BHeiney
Wed, 08/09/2023 - 15:31
Edited Text
Bloomsburg
UNIVERSITY
(jradiiatc
(Catalog
199
4
96
Bloomsburg University
of Pennsylvania
A Member
System
of the State
of Higher Education
Graduate
Programs
Master of Arts
Art Studio
Art History
Communication Studies
Master of Business Administration
Master of Education
Biology
Business Education
Curriculum and Instruction
Elementary Education
Reading
Master of Science
Audiology
Biology
Early Childhood Education
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
Technology
Instructional
Nursing
Special Education
Speech Pathology
Cooperative Doctoral
Program
in
Education
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Communication
Curriculum and Instruction
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Bloomsburg University is committed to Affirmative Action and
Equal Opportunity'. Minorities, women, and other protected class
members are urged to pursue educational and employment
opportunities at Bloomsburg University
.
Foreign Language
Mathematics
Reading
School Health Services
Science
Bloomsburg University reserves, for itself and its departments,
the right to withdraw or change the announcements made in this
catalog.
Social Studies
Special Education
THE SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES
te
Studies
Ivania
1
P^e
Graduate Studies Catalog
1
2
Graduate Calendar
1995 Summer Sessions
Semester 1994
Fall
August 29
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
September 5
Labor Da\-
November 23
November 28
December 10
December 1 2
December 1~
December 1~
Thanksgiving recess begins
-
No
classes
at
1
p.m.
Classes resume at 8 a.m.
Classes
end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations
end
Commencement
Spring Semester 1995
Januan 16
January' 17
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
March
Spring break begins
at
-
March 20
Classes
Spring
April 17
Classes resume at 6 p.m.
May 6
Classes
Ma) 8
May
Mav
1
No
classes
noon
April 13
at
Session 4 ends
June 19
Sessions 2 and 5 begin
July 4
Independence Day - No
July 7
Sessions
July 10
Sessions 3 and 6 begin
July 28
Sessions 2 and 6
August 18
Session 3 ends
8 a.m.
weekend begins
at
end
10:00
pm
1
1
and 4 begin
and
5
classes
end
end
Semester 1995
August 28
Semester begins
resume
Sessions
Fall
Martin Luther King Day
1 1
May 30
Jime 9
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
— No classes
September 4
Labor Day
November 22
November 2~
December 9
December 1
December 16
December 16
Thanksgiving Recess begins
Classes
resume 8 a.m.
Classes
end
Final
at 2
p.n
examinations begin
Final examinations
end
Commencement
Final examinations begin
3
13
Final
examinations end
Commencement
Spring Semester 1996
January' 15
Semester begins
Manin Luther King Day No
-
January- 16
classes
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
March 9
Spring break begins at
March 18
Classes
April 4
Spring
Aprils
Classes
resume
May 4
Classes
end
Ma> 6
Final
examinations begin
.Max
1
Final
examinations end
.\Iav
1
Commencement
resume
at
noon
8 a.m.
weekend begins
at
at
6 p.m.
10 p.m.
Bloomsburg University
Table of Contents
2
Graduate Calendar
5
The University
Academic Support
6
8
1 1
Services
Admission Information
Academic
Policies
Master ofArts
in:
15
Art History
15
Art Studio
16
Communication
17
Master of Business Administration
Master of Education
19
Biology
in:
20
Business Education
21
Curriculum and Instruction
22
Elementary Education
23
Reading
Master of Science
in:
24
Audiology
25
Biology
27
Early
28
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Childhood Education
29
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
30
Instructional Technology
32
Nursing
35
Special Education
37
Speech Pathology
38
Supervisory Certificate Programs
38
Cooperative Doctoral Program
38
Interdisciplinary Studies
39
58
Administration
Course Descriptions
Graduate Council
Council ofTrustees
Graduate Faculty
59
64
Index
63
Campus Map
Page 3
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 4
THE UNIVERSITY
Graduate programs
Bloomsburg
at
Pennsy lvania will
University- of
provide you with the challenge and the opportunity to use
and
to
talents to the fullest.
You
will
be encouraged to
set
our
y
skills
high goals and
Bloomsburg University
Commission
•
work hard to achieve those goals. Our programs are designed to help
you
your chosen
attain excellence in
— stress
ate student,
critical
you
will
of Higher Education for the IVliddle States
Association of Colleges and Schools
field.
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
•
National League for Nursing
sciences, or humani-
•
Council on Education of the Deaf
thinking and creativ e problem solving. As a gradu-
•
American Speech-Language Hearing Association
and the chance to reach your
Graduate studies
accredited by the
•
In return, Bloomsburg will provide
ties
is
full potential.
Bloomsburg
at
you with the opportunity to grow
— in the
arts,
be encouraged to engage
in research
and to write
•
a thesis as part of your
WTiether studying
Council on Social
program of study.
full
time or part time, you will be prepared to
provide leadership in your profession and to
make important
Work
Education.
Programs have been approved by the Pennsylvania Department
of
Education and the State Board of Nurse Examiners.
contribu-
tions to society.
Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania
is
one of 14
the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education.
universities in
We have the best of
both worlds: our association with the State System gives us the resources
and
and the
Goals to Achieve the Mission of the Bloomsbvirg University
School of Graduate Studies
ability to
provide excellent undergraduate and post baccalaure-
ate education: yet we're small
enough
to treat every student as an indi-
vidual.
1 )
We offer 64 undergraduate programs and master's degree programs
in 18 fields of study. In
vania,
Bloomsburg
cooperation with Indiana University of Pennsyl-
offers a doctoral
program
in
elementary education.
Educational supervisory certificates are also available.
Graduate Studies
a
is
member
The School of
of the prestigious Council of Graduate
Granted imiversity status in 1983,Bloomsburg is organized into three
colleges; Arts
and Sciences, Business, and Professional
Studies;
and two
2)
The Town of Bloomsburg is located along the banks of the SusqueRiver, about 80 miles north of Harrisburg. You'll fmd a delicate
a
cultural background.
3) Encourage
ulty^
12,000, along with the cosmopoli-
campus of 6,700
full-time students
from both
and urban areas throughout the Commonwealth and across the
The School of Graduate Studies has approximately 600 students.
is
served by two interstate bus
lines,
and two commu-
facilitate international
exchange of graduate
fac-
meet the current and future needs of individuals
and agencies within the
5) Plan
university's service
commimities.
programs to incorporate current and future global and
envi-
issues.
T> Incorporate state-of-the-art information technolgies in
all
aspects
of academic activities.
Student Life
Bloomsburg provides limited on-campus graduate student housing
during the regular school year. In addition, there are
to live in otir
tains a
list
community. The
university's
Residence
many fme
Scranton
Mission
places
Life Office
main-
of off-campus housing. Meals are available for graduate
dents throughout the school year at our newly-renovated dining
nity airports are within an hour's drive.
stu-
facility,
Commons, or you may opt for the newly-renovated Kehr Union
snack bar. Residence halls are open to graduate students dtiring the sum-
The Bloomsburg University School of Graduate
Studies
is
commit-
ted to maintaining affordable opportunities for qualified students of di-
verse background to study in a variety of high quality, post-baccalaureate programs.
and
and students.
— the kind of country living and friendliness
community of
tan flavor of a university
Bloomsburg
by seeking
faculty
quality programs.
hanna
balance in Bloomsburg
and
6) Provide periodic review of programs to achieve and maintain high
Location and Environment
you d expect from
for students
awards and contributions.
Enhance recruitment of women, minorities and students of diverse
ronmental
schools. Graduate Studies and Extended Programs.
nation.
Enhance fmancial resources
grants, gifts, research
4) Plan programs to
Schools.
rural
utilization of information technologies.
The
essential
component of these programs
and maintain an academic environment
is
to foster
that stresses critical tliinking,
scholarly activities, enhancement of leadership
ability,
cultural diversity
mer
sessions. For
more information about housing, contact
tor of Residence Life, Elwell Residence Hall,
Bloomsburg
the Direc-
University,
Bloomsburg, PA 17815, C717) 389-4089. Complete information about
graduate student
ate Student
ate school.
life
at
Bloomsburg University can be foimd in the Gradu-
Handbook which will be available upon acceptance to gradu-
Bloomsburg University
Page 5
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
Harvey A. Andruss Library
Reading Clinic
more than 335,000 bound
volumes, 1.75 million microtexts, and 1,600 current periodicals. The
library also has state documents, a collection of more than 5,600 pho-
of school-age children and adults. Free remedial tutoring
The Harvey A. Andruss
Library houses
nograph records, a pamphlet
and young adult book
nile
editions,
file
of approximately 7,600 items, a juve-
collection,
autographed copies, and
and a special collection of
illustrated books.
more than 400 information databases through
area network, Firstsearch and
fields
and are
particularly
thorough
been designated the "Quiet Level" and
vidual carrels
education and busi-
is
levels.
The third
furnished with indi-
and study tables. Students are requested to
taining this floor as a quiet study area. Eating
to the Tiffany
local
articles.
Andruss Library provides 450 study stations on three
level has
CD-ROM
Databases cover most
in the areas of
ness for bibliographic citations to journal
Online access to
a library
DIALOG is available.
first
assist in
main-
and drinking are limited
Room on the groimd level.
Library faculty at the Reference
Desk are available during most library
hours to answer questions, assist students searching for information and
resources, and advise regarding research projects.
Library orientation through interactive video
for
photocopying
is
is
available.
The charge
5 cents, and the charge for microform copying
is
10 cents (paper copy) and 25 cents (microfiche copy). Assistance in
using the library 's Public Access Online System (PALS) automated catalog
is
available at the Reference Desk.
Comparative and international
Institute for
Management Studies
The
ies
Institute for
Comparative and International Management Stud-
(ICIMS) has been created to
fulfill
and goals through sponsorship and
Bloomsburg
University's missions
initiation of activities
aimed
at in-
creased understanding of cross-cultural and comparative management
issues.
The
institute initiates, coordinates, and administers joint
grams with overseas universities
degree pro-
in business administration;
sponsors
management research projects within the United States and at overseas
sites;
provides consulting services and workshops in
all
areas of
man-
agement; and develops and administers quality executive development
and training programs
as required
by
a particular country.
Curriculum Materials Center
The
basic objective of the Curriculum Materials Center
acquire, catalog,
rials
is
to locate,
and make accessible curricular and instructional mate-
to preservice
and inservice teachers. The resources housed
in the
center include elementary and secondary textbooks, a multicultural cur-
riculum materials collection, curriculum guides, games, instructional materials kits, tests,
and computer software.
computers and a
A cluster of Macintosh micro-
laser printer are also available.
The Reading Clinic
offers free diagnostic evaluation of reading skills
(Saturday mornings) on
is
also provided
a space-available basis. Consultation
parents of school-age children
is
with the
included in the evaluation process. The
services of the clinic are available
September tlirough August.
Speech, Hearing, and Language Clinic
The Speech, Hearing, and Language
Clinic provides services to stu-
dents, faculty, staff, and the community. Available services include evalu-
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 6
ation and therapy for speech, voice, language, and fluency: speech read-
TTiere
assessment includes special
ing. Audiological
ing aid e\ aluations. and
site
of lesion testing, hear-
Is
The
ing and auditor) training for the hearing impaired and parent cfiunsel-
also a repair center for university -owned audio visoial
houses an autr>tutorial lab
facility
records. There
Institute for Interactive Technologies
The
faculty
equipment
may
deposit
audio visual materials for independent study by students. The lab
commfxlates the viewing of
fitting.
w here
a
is alsf)
ac-
audio cassettes, and
films, videos, slides,
photo copy stand area where materials can be
photfjgraphed for the creation of slides.
Technologies HIT; provides research,
.Additional resfjurces include; transparency machines, dry presses,
and
posterboard mounting materials, and lamination services. The area
operational problems that occur in education and industr>- through the
houses a sign and poster-making unit that can instantly generate poster-
Institute tor Interactive
training, education, and entrepreneurial assistance to scjlve training
application of various interactive technologies.
The
IIT designs, devel-
ops, and produces interacti\ e technoIog) -ba.sed appUcatiorLs that include
computer-based
CD-I.
lis
and
interacti\'e videodisc,
DM and Quicktime. The IIT
digital
from
letter-sized originals. If
needed, the
Academic Computing
.Academic computing
t video training and oppfjrtunities for assistantships for graduate stu-
are located throughout the campus.
Television and Radio Services
Hartline Science Center Sutliff Hall and
Office of Television and Radio Programs and Services provides
ented
tele\"ision prrxluction. ViTiiie priority is gr\
and other campusorien to academic endea\
through program production and other
ser^"ices.
The
office
campus
ministratrveh responsible forViTJL Q. the student-<.)perated
dio station.
TTie
911 on
the FNl
Rrxjm
1 1
ranging from a
srjphisti-
facult)-
and students can
easih'
46 has
1
Hall
and .McO^rmick Center.
a cluster of
PC computers
1 1
48 houses an AT&T
directly
connected to
Ben Franklin
areas in
are:
— PC and Macintosh computers networked to
The PCs can be used
to connect to the Unisys
file
puter-
Room
videotape
2
— Networiced Macintoshes.
— cluster of Sun worlcstations for specialized use.
able are portable equipment, several video editing rrxjms. an audio re-
Laser printers are found in most of the labs and classrooms.
office
the
is
university
satellite
\ideoconferencing. provides on-Iocation taping of lectures, presentations
and other academic
off-air
and
acti\'ities,
off-satellite.
f copyright
and can record informational programs
Videotapes can be copied through the office
permitting; and tap^es recorded in incompatible overseas
formats can be converted to the American television
The
office also operates the
sv stem.
are not being used for a class.
provid-
on campus, as well as o\ er BUTV.the iiniversit)-'s cable
channel, which can be seen throughout the Bkxjmsburg and
eral public areas
Berwick
areas.
The message center
suitable for the posting of class
is
schedule changes, campus events, non-profit group
eral
acti\ities,
uln and
staff
w ith
services. Available
audio equipment.
slide projectors,
an
arra\ of
for faculty'
staff
%
isual
equipment, materials, and
equipment includes video and
l6mm film pla\-back.
35mm and Polaroid cameras, flashes and accessories,
overhead and opaque projectors, screens,
The PCs and
serv ers
avail-
.Macs are networked, thus
can connect to these host computers from dorms and
Work
their
microcomputers.
areas are mrjnitrjred by student consultants
to help students with
who are available
pwoblems tising the equipment and basic software.
The schedules of current op>en hours for labs and classrooms are posted
at
each kxration.
TTie AT&T 3B2/1 000 is a
minicomputer running the Unix operating
easels,
and
campus using the SSHEnet and
Internet.
netw orked PCs and .Macs and through
FORTR.\.N.
COBOL Ada. PI71
The Unisys 2200
tistical analysis
is
.
.Minitab
dial-in
It is
of other audio
in
visxial
classrooms
equipment.
and the Oracle database.
the administrative computer and
using SPSS and
frjr
FORTR.\N
is
used for
sta-
prograinming. This com-
puter can be accessed by networked PCs and
process.
accessible from the
modems. This system has
supports the P.\LS online bljrary catalog and
can arrange for film deliven. and set-up
members as well as delivery
file
off
off
fac-
man\- other useful items.
The .WR
are
can send and receiv e electronic mail from others on campus and from
pro\ ides Bloomsburg University
audio
and classrooms
sy stem .Ml students can request an account on this computer Students
Audio Visual Resources
(WRj
in labs
having access to the mini- and mainframe host computers as terminal
and gen-
announcements and can be accessed by calling 389-BLT\'.
.\udio \ Isual Rev.iurces
computers
processing, spreadsheet and other application programs that are
able on network
users. Students
campus video message center
.\11
networked. TTiese PC and .Macintosh computers have access to word
ing constanth updated information to tele\lsion monitors located in sev -
television
.A
CtMnputer classrooms are available for general student use when the>'
de\"ice.
resource center for
s
servers.
2200 mainframe com-
Rrxjm 3
The
it.
PC 386 and 486 computers.
projects in support of classroom assignments or e\ aluatioas. .VLso avail-
cording studio, a video cop^ stand. and a video paintbox
lo-
Services Center.
Kehr Union. Computer clasv
computer lab in .McCxjrmick rrxjm
The student work
Room
tele\"ision studios,
Old Science
3B2/1(XX) minicomputer with
ra-
cated multi-camera studio for broadcast-level production, to a single-
camera VTIS studio where
Hall.
areas are
specialized labs are located in Sutliff Hall. Bakeless Center,
TTie student
dial.
houses three
faciliD.'
also ad-
is
Navy
-
has a strong commitment to community- service
ors. the office also
rooms and
work
Human
cated in Ben Franklin Building. .McCormick
assistance with the production of instructional
as-
Facilities
facilities
Central clusters of general access computer labs and
dents in the Master of Science program in instructional technology.
The
WR staff can
the creation of the original df)cument
sist in
technologies such as
provides workshops for interac-
alsr;
size display s
dial-in
modems.
It
also
the student registration
ADMISSION INFORMATION
Entrance requirements to graduate studies
at
Bloomsburg University
vary according to the program to which you apply.
Details of specific
degree program requirements are discussed under the program descriptions presented later in this catalog.
an application form, contact the Office of Graduate Studies, Room 109,
Minimal Entrance Requirements
Waller Administration Building, Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg, PA
Minimal requirements for applicants for graduate study include an
undergraduate quality point average (Q.PA.) of at
least 2.5
and possession of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or
In addition,
university.
most applicants
will
Foreign Applicants
be required to take either
the Graduate Record Exam, Miller Analogies Test, National Teacher Examination, or Graduate
17815; telephone (717) 389-4015.
on a 4.0 scale
Management Admissions Test
as required
by the
program.
Individuals
from foreign coimtries must complete a separate Gradu-
ate Admissions Application for International Students. This application
form
is
available
from the Office of Graduate
Studies,
Room
U.S.A. International applicants
Application
must have the
results
gree, an individual
ate Studies,
study, either
degree or non-de-
must complete an Application for Admission to Gradu-
pay the $25 application
fee,
and have an
official transcript
of all undergraduate grades sent to us directly from the institution from
individual graduated. In addition, an individual seeking ad-
mission to a degree program
may need
to
fulfill
any additional require-
ments established by the department which offers the degree program.
The
application with the $25 fee
is
sent to the Business Office, Waller
(TSE),
ment
to
process
be sent to the Office of Graduate Studies and not the depart-
which the student
is
Therefore, it
tion as
soon
is
applying. Completion of the admission
is
Spoken English
available in the country of residence, submitted directly to the
P O.
Box 6151, Princeton, NJ 0854 1-61 5 1, U.S.A. Bloomsburg University
requires a minimum score of 550 on the TOEFL. Results from the test
taken more than two years prior to the date submitted will not be considered.
Acceptance to the university
as a graduate student
constitute a guarantee of fmancial assistance.
It is
does not
rare for international
students to receive a graduate assistantship during their first year of study.
All international applicants
at least
must have
their applications
complete
four months prior to the start of the semester for wliich they are
applying.
permitted to enroll for classes.
advised that prospective students complete the applica-
as possible prior to the semester in
enroll. Applications that are
For
is
required before the student
78 1 5,
Office of Graduate Studies from the Educational Testing Service,
Administration Building. Transcripts and other supporting documentation are to
if
1
from the Test of
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and the Test of
To pursue any graduate program of
which the
109, Waller
Administration Building, Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg, PA
which they intend
not completed in one year are destroyed.
more information regarding admission
to graduate studies
Testing
to
and
Graduate students will be required to complete any testing required
by
their department,
i.e..
Miller Analogies Test, Graduate
Record Exami-
nation (GRE), National Teacher Examination (NTE), and Graduate Man-
agement Admissions Test (GMAT). Any fees for testing must be paid by
the student.
Graduate Student Categories
Graduate students
at
Bloomsburg University may be admitted into
one of the following four
categories:
Non-Degree (Category 510)
Persons
who desire graduate level university instruction, but do not
intend to earn a master's degree, may be admitted as non-degree students
provided they present
official transcripts
denoting graduation from an
accredited undergraduate college or university. This
students
tificate
who
the category for
program. Non-degree students may apply to the Graduate School
for transfer to provisional or regular status.
However, no more than 12
semester hours earned as a non-degree student
ward a
is
are auditing a course or enrolled in the supervisory cer-
master's degree, except
when
may be later applied to-
special permission
is
granted by
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
0
Page 8
Graduate Studies Catalog
Provisional (Category 520/530)
A student ma)
be admitted as provisional
degree program
in a
when
Tuition
the student possesses a baccalaureate degree but does not meet the
criteria for regular admission.
scholastic record
The student may have an undergraduate
which shows promise, but
required for regular admission.
status will
be specified
must earn
a
minimum
and Fees
The reasons
in the letter
Q.P.A. of 3
0
less
than the 2.5 Q.PA.
for a student's provisional
of admission.
6
in the first
A provisional
student
to 9 semester hours of
Pennsylvania residents
Less than 9 semester hours
$164 per semester hour
9-15 semester hours
$1,477 per semester
Over 15 semester hours
$164 per semester hour
graduate study at Bloomsburg University in order to be eligible for regular
student status.
lar
student status
that
all
If this
is
Q.RA. requirement
is
attained, transfer to regu-
automatic upon certification by the student 's adviser
deficiencies are corrected. If not attained, the student
is
subject
to dismissal procedures.
Out-of-state residents
Less than 9 semester hours
$289 per semester hour
9-15 semester hours
$2,598 per semester
Over 15 semester hours
$289 per semester hour
Regular (Category 540)
A regular graduate student is a degree-seeking student who meets all
criteria for regular
admission to a program of the student's choice. The
student must possess a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college
or university; must have an undergraduate Q.RA. of at
scale;
ate
least 2.5
on
a 4.0
Student Union fee
One
semester hours
to four
$15
semester hours
Five to eight
$30
Nine or more semester hours
$60
have scores on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), Gradu-
Management Admissions Test (GMAT),
Miller Analogies Test (MAT),
Student Healtti Service
or National Teachers Examination (NTE) that are acceptable to the pro-
Nine or more semester hours
gram of the student 's choice; have met all the criteria established by the
Eight or less semester hours
$37 obligatory
Not required
degree program; and be under no obligation to make up deficiencies.
Onl) a regular graduate student
eligible for
is
for a master's degree (see details
elsewhere
graduate students must maintain a
graduate student
is
admission to candidacy
in this catalog).
minimum Q.RA.
of 3.0.
If
Regular
a regular
Academic equipment
One
to 11
semester hours
$5.50 per semester hour
Twelve or more semester hours
$62 per semester
not admitted to master's candidacy after completing
15 semester hours, the student
may be transferred to non-degree status
or be subject to dismissal procedures
at
the discretion of the Assistant
Student Union Operational Fee
One
to 11
semester hours
$2 per semester hour
Twelve or more semester hours
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
$62 per semester
Degree Candidate (Category 550)
Upon admission to candidacy for a master's degree, students are
placed in a new category. If a student does not maintain a 3 0 Q.RA. or
if the
student does not complete the graduate program in six years from
the date of admission to graduate school, then the student can be trans-
Recreational
One
to four
$15
semester hours
Five to eight
$30
semester hours
Nine or more semester hours
$60
Graduation and diploma
$1
ferred to non-degree status or be subject to dismissal procedures. Ex-
ceptions to this policy are with the approval of the Assistant Vice Presi-
(does not cover cost of renting academic regalia)
dent for Graduate Studies and Research.
Readmission
If a
$10
Late registration fee
graduate student has not enrolled in any graduate course for a
two-year period, the student's record
in the inactive files.
A new
is
marked "withdrawn "and placed
application and $25 fee must then be sub-
Optional activities (use of recreational
facilities)
Two semesters
$35
$25
One semester
mitted for reactivation.
Summer sessons
Graduate Courses
in
the Senior Year
Current Bloomsburg University undergraduates may register for
graduate courses under certain conditions.
First,
they can only take a
graduate course during the semester they will complete their undergraduate degree, and the)' must need less than a
graduate. Second, a
is
required.
recommendation from
full
load of classes to
their undergraduate adviser
These students must follow the regular graduate applica-
tion process.
$2 per week
All
students taking nine or more semester hours and
all
international students are required to have health insurance.
Students
plan.
For
may
also opt to enroll
in
the university's student health
more information, contact
the
Bloomsburg University
Health Center, (717) 389-4451 or 389-4452. Please be
that all fees are subject to
change without notice.
aware
Audits
You may audit a graduate course for self-improvement.
You must follow the regular graduate application process,
pay
the required fees, and obtain the approval of the
all
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
and Research.
When you audit a course,you are not required to take tests.
Upon completion of an audited course, a grade of V is recorded on your
transcript.
Off-Campus Courses
Bloomsburg often
cations in the
who
dents
versity;
offers graduate cotirses at other lo-
Commonwealth. These graduate courses
are not enrolled in a master's
at
open
are
to stu-
Financial Heip/Assistantships
Bloomsburg Uni-
Bloomsburg University provides several options to help graduate
however, these students must obtain approval from the Assis-
tant Vice President for
classes
program
Graduate Studies and Research to enroll in these
and must complete an application
for admission to
Graduate assistantships are available for students pursuing a master's
Graduate
which they
Studies prior to the completion of the semester in
students financially.
are en-
degree.
The number of assistantships
in
any particular program or de-
partment is variable and subject to change according to university needs.
rolled.
Stipends are awarded by the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Stud-
Refunds
All
ies
withdrawals require the approval of the Assistant Vice President
for
Graduate Studies and
Research. Immediately
after withdrawal, a letter
the
tant Vice President for Ad-
ministration,
Office,
Business
Bloomsburg Uni-
If you
must withdraw
from a course, you might
receive a partial refund of
jI^^^^V
"^^^^^
Assistantships are either"half-time
Half-time " assistants receive
full
full
or partial tuition waiver.
"
tuition waver.
Quarter-time " assistants
pay for two semester hours of graduate work. In addition, half-time gradu-
ter-time graduate assistants receive a $1,058.75 stipend for the semes-
ter
Summer
stipends are $825.24.
As part of the
university's
commitment
to Affirmative Action, 10
the opportimity to apply for these assistantships.
for-
of advanced deposits,
if applicable af-
ter the first full class day:
First
80 percent
Third Week 70 percent
lar assistantships.
Applications for regular and minority graduate assistantships are
department or program to which you are applying. Upon award of a
Graduate Assistantship" by the Office of Graduate Studies. This
document describes Graduate School policies for the administration of
ria for
assistantships.
60 percent
Other Forms of Aid
50 percent
Some federal fellowships may be available in selected fields of study.
After Fifth Week
No
Program coordinators should be contacted with regard to
refund
class for wliich
he or she has been
properly scheduled and does not submit a request to add/drop/withdraw
for billing
avail-
able at the Office of Graduate Studies and should be submitted to the
Fourth Week
Fifth Week
The requirements and
conditions of appointment for these assistantships are identical to regu-
graduate assistantship, you will be provided with the document "Crite-
through Second
Weeks
gible for refund.
"
Blacks and other persons of color are encouraged to avail themselves of
schedule
is liable
Both types of assistantships carry either a
Except for minimim
based on the following
courses by the appropriate dates
which require 20 hours of work
graduate assistantships are targeted for minority graduate students.
feit
does not attend
"
each week or "quarter-time "which require 10 hours of work each week.
depending
fees,
refunds for tuition will be
A student who
students, however, are granted assis-
tantships imder a two-semester contract.
on when you withdraw.
course
j^^^^
students are granted assistantships for one
A few graduate
at a time.
ate assistants receive a stipend of $2, 1 17.50 for the semester while quar-
versity.
a
summer sessions. Most
semester
requesting a refund must
be directed to the Assis-
and Research upon the recommendation of departments having
graduate programs. Stipends are available during the academic year and
and will not be
dition, the Pennsylvania
gram
is
available as
is
these. In ad-
Higher Education Assistance Agency Loan Pro-
the student work-study program. For
mation regarding these forms of financial
aid,
more
infor-
contact the Office of
Fi-
eli-
nancial Aid,
17815.
Ben
Franklin Hall,
Bloomsburg
University,
Bloomsburg, PA
Page 10
Graduate Studies Catalog
ACADEMIC POLICIES
X
Bloomsburg University
Responsibilities of a graduate student at
in-
Each student
•
hours (for financial aid purposes,
in class schedules.
Each student will take responsibility for satisfying requirements
graduation in his or her
•
and
for
staff will assist students, decisions
on
courses and other matters rest with the student.
students employed
load
is
For
summer
sessions, the
hour per week of
include, but are not limited to, not having proper undergraduate pre-
session
requisites for the desired graduate program.)
is
all
classes
and take
all
verifiable reasons; students granted
from professors
in
will not
full-time student is
time
is
1
2 semester
9 credits and over). For
maximum
course load each
assistants, the
course
for quarter-time graduate assistants, 9 to
an absence from
class
can expect
making up work or examinations.
is
six full
full-time
recommended course
load
coursework. (For example,
weeks, the
maximum course
is 1
if
semester
the
summer
load during that session
6 semester hours).
examina-
tions. Absences from graduate classes are granted only for urgent and
assistance
full
time, however, the
full
6 to 9 semester hours;
ciency and discuss them with graduate advisers. (Such weaknesses might
Students are expected to attend
and
12 semester hours.
Each student should identify any undergraduate weakness or defi-
•
liable for billing
semester is 6 semester hours. For half-time graduate
field.
While graduate advisers and
•
is
eligible for refund.
The course load each semester for a
be aware of all university
will take the initiative to
policies as described in this catalog
•
draw courses by the appropriate dates
be
clude:
\
V
Credit
ter
is
hour for
measured
in
terms of semester hours, at the rate of
1
semes-
1 5 hours of lecture/discussion work plus final examinations.
Courses numbered 500 or higher in
this catalog (the last three digits
of the course number) are graduate courses. Courses numbered lower
than 500 that are listed in this catalog are open to both graduate
Advisers
Students
dents and advanced undergraduates. Graduate students
who
are provisional, regular, or candidates for a degree,
along with students enrolled in the Supervisory Certificate Programs,
12 semester hours of courses numbered 400 to 500 that are
this catalog
stu-
may apply only
listed in
toward a master's degree.
are assigned graduate advisers.
The
Transfer of Credits
duties of the adviser are:
•
to serve as a consultant in planning the student's program;
•
to help students
•
to certify the courses students
Graduate students may transfer up to 9 semester hours in graduate
choose courses;
courses taken
do choose
are part of their degree
program;
•
ation
•
(if
appropriate);
the time of the application for candidacy and submitted on a form for
that
and to arrange for a comprehensive examination (if required by the
another approved college or universit)' with the approval
The request for transfer of graduate courses must be made at
Research.
to endorse the student's application for degree candidacy and gradu-
at
of the adviser and the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
purpose available
in the Office of
Graduate Studies.
After formal admission to graduate school,
all
requests to take and
graduate program selected).
Upon acceptance
is
into a
program of study, the program coordinator
usually assigned as a temporary adviser.
lected
b)'
A
permanent adviser
is se-
the student and temporary adviser, taking into account the
student's research and career interests.
student as advisee, she/he
is
If this
individual accepts the
formally appointed permanent adviser
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
ommendation of the department
by
upon rec-
involved.
Non-degree students are not assigned advisers. They may regard the
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
viser for choosing courses
and Research as
their ad-
and interpreting academic regulations.
Scheduling, Registration, and Course
information
Students register for graduate courses through the Registrar's Office,
except for students
in
non-degree status
who
submit their registration
materials directly to the Office of Graduate Studies.
A
student
who
does not attend
class for
which he or she has been
properly scheduled and does not submit a request for add/drop/with-
****
0^'
Bloomsburg University
Grades
R
Grades for graduate courses
A
—
—
Research
W—
work
that exhibits
apply to
independence and
—
C
D
—
Good
Fair,
F
I
—
—
—
acceptable work toward a master's degree program, within
W, providing the student
Not acceptable work toward a master's degree program
work
Failing
grade
V—
(0 quality points)
in
extends the period for adequate reason.
is
changed
to N,
If
the
and the student
work
is
made
not
is
denied further
Passing grade
in
transfer graduate credits
nator. Students
student's master's
must be pre-approved by the program coordi-
program
was
at
pass/fail
grade
is
workshop
fulfills
transfer to
Bloomsburg
in the
the institution
at
must have earned
at
ca-
which
a grade of
B or
not transferable. In general, work-
shop format courses are not acceptable
•
and the con-
Bloomsburg. Transfer credit must be
taken. Also, students
higher Credit for a
in residence
must match the required areas of study
pable of counting toward a graduate degree
the course
in transfer;
the following requirements,
it
however,
if
may be considered
the
for
University:
The workshop should consist of 45 contact hours (15 contact hours
The workshop must include exposure
to the disciplinary research
— Course
To
calculate your Q.P.A., follow this process:
of quality points for each grade by the
semester hours for
The
age.
The workshop must be taught
as part of a master's degree curricu-
which the course was
taken. Professional de-
at
your computation.
sum of the
When a
last entry.
initial
grade remains on the transcript as part of the student's
A
cotxrse
is
repeated
at
semester hours
is
part of the per-
used to calculate the student's quality point aver-
may be repeated
only once.
Bloomsburg
University.
D
A
course taken
Although
this
is
Blooms-
a general graduate
school policy, individual departments or graduate programs
ment more
at
or E has been earned must be
may imple-
stringent requirements.
Academic Grievance Procedure
Alleged academic injustices relating to grades or professional conduct
if
possible.
The student should
first dis-
cuss the matter with the concerned faculty member, appropriate chair-
and Research.
In order for the matter to
be resolved expedi-
the consultation(s) should take place as soon as possible after
If
informal attempts to resolve the
matter are unsuccessful, the student should consult with the Assistant
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
who will
inform the
student of procedtires for initiating a formal grievance with the Academic
velopment workshops are not acceptable.
A maximum of 1 2
in
the alleged incident has occurred.
graduate course;
university at
number
semester hours for
of
divide this total by the
3.
grades used
multiply the
1.
number
burg University in which a grade of
tiously,
programs
all
manent record and
Studies
lum of the
repeated only once.
permanent record. The grade of the repeated course
term or research papers or other major assignments appropriate to a
•
add these points;
that course; 2.
The workshop must include the opportunity for outside work such
•
A course may be
repeated
person, and college dean or the Assistant Vice President for Graduate
literature appropriate to the course;
as
Audit
CR
should be resolved informally,
per semester hour) for a 3-semester hour course;
•
If
thesis/research
must have taken the course(s)
tent of the course(s)
W.
the grade is
passing the course, and E otherwise.
is
course has been repeated, use only the
opportunity to complete the work.
—
semester
is
and
is
thesis/research
Incomplete; work must be completed within four months unless
up, the grade
permission
The Registrar establishes the semester's midpoint
(1
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
P
the withdrawal is after the midpoint of the
limits (2 quality points)
Failing
to withdraw, if this
requested before midpoint of the semester, the grade
(3 quality points)
quality point)
E
of the Assistant Vice President for
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
ttie
Research for permission
intellectual maturity (4 quality points)
B—
progress
in
Withdrawn with approval
Graduate Studies and Research. The graduate student must
are:
Distinguished, scholarly
Page 11
may be transferred from graduate
Bloomsburg University toward a second master's degree.
Grievance Coordinator for a hearing before the Academic Grievance
Board.
Repeat of Courses
A maximum of one course in which grades of D or E have been recorded or a maximum of two courses in which a grade of C has been
recorded (totalling not more than 6 semester hours)
may be repeated
upon application to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
Research.
by the
The
application shall be approved
student's graduate
person.
upon request
in writing
program coordinator and department
chair-
Academic Probation
A graduate
may be placed
student not maintaining satisfactory academic progress
in
academic probationary
status.
Enrollment
is
limited
maximum of 9 semester hours for the grading period in probationary status. A student on academic probation is not eligible to hold a gradu-
to a
ate assistantship.
To be removed from academic probation, a graduate
student with a quality point average deficiency must attain the minimum
Graduate Studies Catalog
P^e 12
overall quality point average of 3
ate Studies
didates.
and Research
0
— as required by the School of Gradu-
for regular graduate students
A student who attains a 3
period in academic probationar>'
status,
first
grading
but does not attain the overall
Q.F A. as required, ma)' be recommended by his or her academic
Satisfactory academic progress at the graduate level
adviser,
•
a graduate student's ability to earn the
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research for con-
on probation
Graduate students
fecton,-
for
who
to
for satis-
•
in
and Research.
meet the
comprehensive
Failure to request
at the appropriate
time of
all
examinations of the degree program with acceptable grades;
academic dismissal. Such students may
•
a graduate student's ability to complete the thesis requirements
of the degree
demic probation. Upon recommendation of the academic adviser, gradu-
program with
a passing grade.
Non-degree students (Category 510), except for those
program coordinator, and department chairperson, and approval by
in
supervisory certificate programs, are excluded from consideration
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research, probationary- status will
quality point
requirements
submit a request in writing to their academic advisers to be granted aca-
ate
hours
credit
minimum
a graduate student's ability to successfully
progress will be notified by the Registrar's Office or the Assis-
academic probation will result
evaluated on
average of 3.0. Any grade of D or E must be repeated;
meet the minimal standards
tant Vice President for Graduate Studies
mininnum
necessary to the degree program with a
one additional grading period.
fail
is
the basis of several criteria:
the graduate program coordinator, and the department chairperson to
tinuation
Academic Progress
Satisfactory
and degree can-
0 Q.PA. or higher for the
for satisfactory progress.
be granted. Exceptions to these procedures under
extraordinary circumstances will be by written request to the Assistant
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
the normal six-year limitation for expired courses shall be applied. Graduate students dismissed for
Academic Dismissal
academic reasons may appeal
their dismissal
within one year, in writing, to the Graduate Council. The decision of
A graduate student not maintaining satisfactory progress, who
is
not
the council
is
fmal.
permitted to enroll in probationary status, is excluded from registration,
and the student's academic record
Dismissal is automatic
two grading periods
if the
is
overall
Examinations
"
marked academic
dismissal.
Q.PA. is below the
minimum after
'
in probationary' status or after failing to pass the
Comprehensive Examination
As part of the master's degree requirement, a comprehensive examination
is
likely to
master's thesis
is
be required.
Also,
required of students
an examination
in defense of a
who choose to write a
thesis.
two times while in probationary status. A graduate student
under academic dismissal
Paper
Piaster's Thesis or Departmental
Normally, the master's thesis consists of an independent scholarly
is
not eligible to attend courses
investigation
which includes the experience of collecting, assembling,
offered in the School of
interpreting,
and presenting
Graduate Studies for a period
search problem in the student's academic or professional
of at least one calendar ) ear
ti\'ely, it
can include the preparation and exhibition or presentation of
creative
works
A dismissed graduate
stu-
in certain
one
greater than 6 hours, only
the
School of Graduate Studies in
degree program or to
further studies in a non-de-
gree status.
dent
is
A
graduate
stu-
not permitted to reg-
ister for
any courses in a pro-
field.
Altema-
of 6 semester hours.
If
re-
the thesis
is
6 semester hours may be counted toward
degree requirements.
order to undertake studies in
a new
to solve a formal re-
programs. The School of Graduate Studies
quires that a thesis be a
to
body of information
minimum
dent may, after a period of
year, reapply
a
If a
is
master's thesis
is
included in the student 's program, a
comminee
appointed by the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
Research from individuals nominated by the student's adviser.
for the Appointment of a
Tfjesis
Committee
" is
A "Form
available for this pur-
pose from the Office of Graduate Studies. The comminee guides the
study,
approves the thesis in both form and content, arranges for the
gram from which he or she
defense, certifies satisfactory completion of the thesis, and determines
was
the grade.
dismissed.
Under exceptional
cir-
Final copies of
every thesis must
utilize
the format as pre-
sented in "Master's Thesis: Procedures," and must be printed on 100
cumstances and with the ap-
percent conon paper suitable for archiving such as that available
proval of the Assistant Vice
Universits' Store.
President for Graduate Studies
and Research,
may readmit
dent.
a
program
a dismissed stu-
In the latter instance.
Some master "s degree requirements
Such
a
paper is interpreted
as
one
paper must be
the
include a departmental paper
that gq-ows out of a course
fore does not require special registration or carry
tion of a departmental
at
certified
its
and
own credit.
there-
Comple-
by the adviser as
part of
Bloomsburg University
Page 13
the application for graduation.
Information about "Master's Thesis: Procedures
Office of Graduate Studies and should be read
prior to begiiming
Human
In cases
work on
or Animal
where
"
is
available
from the
by all graduate students
a thesis project.
Research
a graduate student 's research requires the use of any
human or animal subjects, the student must seek appropriate approvals
through the Institutional Review Board for Human Subjects and/or the
Institutional Animal
Care and Use Committee. Students should discuss
the application process with their faculty adviser and obtain the appropriate approval application forms
from the Office of Grants in Waller Ad-
ministration Building.
Admission to Candidacy
Students should apply for candidacy after completing
1
2 semester
hours of graduate work. Students must apply for candidacy on a form
available
from the Office of Graduate Studies before completing
1
5 se-
mester hours. Under certain circumstances, theAssistant Vice President
for Graduate Studies
and Research may grant an extension.
Students must meet the following conditions for admission to candi-
dacy for a master's degree:
•
The student must be admitted
•
Official transcripts of all
must be on
file
as a regular graduate student.
undergraduate and previous graduate study
with the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
and Research.
•
•
•
Students must have a
The
minimum Q.RA. of 3-0.
application must be endorsed
by the
student's adviser.
Students applying for candidacy for the Master of Education pro-
gram must have evidence of a
valid teaching certificate. Please
check
with the appropriate program coordinator for verification of this requirement.
Admission for candidacy to a master's degree program might be deferred
this
if
needed courses are unavailable because of limited
class size. If
happens, the student will be put on a priority waiting list for required
courses.
Once the student has been accepted as a candidate for a master's degree, the student
is
eligible to
use the service of Bloomsburg University's
Career Development and Placement Center
Time Limitation
sity
Each student is expected to complete the requirements for a master's
Bloomsburg University
will grant extensions for sufficient reason,
C
earn no credit toward a master's degree.
Students must have a cumulative Q.RA. of 3.0 or higher to graduate
degree within six calendar years. Tliis includes courses accepted by transfer
requires at least 30 semester hours of graduate credit. Courses with
grades below
with a master's degree from Bloomsburg University.
The Graduate Calendar
upon application to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
in this catalog gives deadlines for applying
completion of thesis and departmental papers, compre-
Research and with the approval of the student 's adviser This extension
for graduation,
must be requested before the
hensive examinations, etc. These are deadlines, but suidents should plan
six-year period ends.
to
complete each segment before the due
date,
whenever possible.
Graduation Requirements
Students who are completing degree programs must apply for gradu-
Graduate Transcripts
may request a graduate transcript througli the Registrar's
may be done by letter, or by filling out a form available at
ation at the Office of the Registrar, Room 6, Ben Franklin Hall, telephone
Students
(717) 389-4263, and pay the graduation fees prior to the deadline listed
Office. This
in the university calendar
the Registrar's Office.
Each program that leads to a master's degree
at
Bloomsburg Univer-
The
cost per transcript
is
$2.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 14
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Bloomsburg University
will
Master of Arts
be noted and an appropriate course of study outlined.
an exhibition of creative work are required for
sis
Art History, Art Studio
and presented paper are required
Page 15
A thesis and
A the-
art studio majors.
for art history majors.
Retention and Candidacy
Requirements of this program are the same as those for the School
Program Coordinator: Robert Koslosky, Ph.D.
of Graduate Studies.
(717) 389-4187
Graduation
Art studio majors will choose an area of concentration consisting of
The Master ofArts program in art history develops an advanced knowledge base, writing proficiency, and research
to pursue a variety of professional options.
hours
est.
required including a thesis based
sidlls
enabling the student
A minimum of 30 semester
on the
four levels of the selected specialization along with selected elective
courses as suggested by their committee. Art history majors will specialize in
an area of study along with advanced general
studies.
A mini-
student's area of inter-
mum of 30 semester hours is required; this number may be exceeded
In conjunction with the student's committee, an individualized pro-
depending on the student's program. All other graduation requirements
is
gram of study
is
designed. Opportunities for interdisciplinary and
campus experience
off-
are available.
for this
program are the same
as for the School of
Graduate Studies.
Areas of Concentration for Advanced Study
The Master ofArts program in art studio emphasizes the development
of creative and scholarly competencies in one or
The seven
more of the following
areas of concentration available to graduate students for
advanced study
in art studio include:
studio areas: drawing, crafts, ceramics, graphics, painting, or sculpture
with concurrent or parallel work
and psychology of
art, art
in the areas of art history,
philosophy
education, and visual aesthetics for a mini-
mum of 30 semester hours.
Plan
I is
32.580, 81, 82, 83
32.595
Directed Study in the Studio Arts
B.S. in art
education) from an accredited institution of higher educa-
Plan
II is
for individuals
in art. In addition to
who
art (B.A., B.F.A.,
have not graduated with a curricu-
meeting the general admission requirements
31 565
31 570
10"
31 575
ac-
31 580
ceptance, students are required to appear for a personal interview with
31 585
the department chairperson, program coordinator, and an adviser in their
31 592
major field. At
31 595
choosing the master's degree in
art studio
need
to submit an 8"
plastic sleeve of slides representative of their creative
this time,
work.
x
Upon
any deficiencies in the applicant's background
I, II, III,
Graphics
Painting
FV
1, II, III,
IV
I, II, III,
Sculpture
I, II, III,
Photography
FV
I, II, III,
FV
31 560
one-page statement of the applicant's objectives and philosophy. Those
must
Crafts
Graduate Courses in Art History
also include a
for the School of Graduate Studies, these applicants
IV
32.550, 51, 52, 53
who
lum
HI,
or
32.540, 41, 42, 43
have earned a bachelor's degree in
n, HI, IV
tailored for
32.530, 31, 32, 33
may apply under two admission plans.
I,
I, II,
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
individuals
tion.
32.510, 11, 12, 13 Advanced Drawing
32.520, 21, 22, 23
Admission
Students
32.500, 01, 02, 03 Advanced Ceramics
30 590
30 591
Faculty Research Interests
30 595
Karl A. Beamer,
M.E A.,
associate professor.
Ceramics/
The preceding courses in art
studio and art history carry 3 semester
sculpture
Carol B. Bums, M.F.A., assistant professor Crafts
Gary
F.
Clark, M.A., assistant professor
technology,
Computer/t'ideo
drawing
Roberts. Koslosky, Fh.D., professor. Art education/art
hours, except for 3 1 .595 and 32.595 (Directed Study)
able credit
Gallery,
L.
monthly exhibitions of varied
Nagel, M.F.A., professor Graphics
Christine M. Sperling, Ph.D., associate professor Renaissance
art history
Barbara
Vera
J.
work
is
art forms.
M.FA., associate professor Photography
Charles T. Walters, Ph.D., associate professor
American/
Oriental art history
Kenneth T. Wilson Jr,
M.S., associate professor
Painting
6 semester hours.
Gallery of Art,
which
features
A special exhibition of student
held annually, and an exhibition organized and planned by
students in the art gallery course
Strohman, M.F A., associate professor Drawing
L. "Viditz-Ward,
art
to
Permanent Art and Slide Collections
The department operates the Haas
history
Stewart
and 30.595 Master's Thesis with 3
which carry vari-
is
held in the spring of each year In
addition, an art student intern maintains a small art gallery space in the
Multicultural Center of the student union.
The Department ofArt maintains an extensive permanent art collection of more than
pus.
400 pieces with works displayed throughout the cam-
The department's slide collection numbers more than 50,000 units.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 16
Required Courses (12 semester hours)
Master
of Arts
The following core courses
23 501
Communication
Program Coordinator: Mary Kenny Badami, Ph.D.
(717) 389-4184
are required for this degree program:
Nature of Communication
Communication
23. 502
Interpersonal
25.445
Organizational Communication
25.501
Introduction to Communication Research
Elective Courses (18 semester hours)
A minimum of 9 semester hours offered by the Department of Communication Studies must be elected.
The purpose of this program
is
enhance the understanding of the
to
philosophy, theory, and practice of the
means by which human beings
25.502
Rhetorical Criticism
25 .585
Special Topics in
Communication
25 .586
Special Topics in
Communication
587
Special Topics in
Communication
exchange information, ideas, and values through personal or mediated
25
interaction.
Using a variety of research
communication plays
zational situations.
tools, students discover the role
In interpersonal, small group, public,
and organi-
A master's degree in communication prepares gradu-
ates for doctoral study in communication
and for careers in a number of
areas including business, law, medicine, education, government, media,
public relations, advertising, arts and entertainment, social and
services, high technology industries,
.
and international
relations
human
SpecialTopics courses include interviewing theory, political communication, nonverbal
conflict, small
and the sexes, communication, technology and society, communication
training in the organization, cultural foundations of the information so-
and neciety, rhetoric in a
gotiations.
communication, communication and
group communication, cross
mediated
society,
and the rhetoric of
social
move-
ments.
Admission
Up to 9 semester hours offered in other departments may be elected
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, applicants for the Master ofArts in
Commu-
as
approved by the student's
•
program must submit:
Graduate Record Examination scores (a minimum combined score
of 950 on the verbal and quantitative
•
Three
letters of
Examples of such courses
Sociology' of
46.440
Language and Culture
48.451
Laboratory Training in Group Processes
.
nication
adviser.
are:
Mass Communication
4 5 500
tests).
recommendation from
individuals
who
have the
knowledge to comment on the applicant's potential to successfully com-
Faculty Research Interests
plete a graduate program.
•
ies
Evidence of completion of two to three basic communication stud-
courses including, but not limited
to,
public speaking, interpersonal
Mary Kenny Badami, Ph.D., professor. Cross-cultural
communication with focus on orientation programs;
communication, persuasion, and business communication. Applicants
training
without such preparation will be expected to enroll as auditors in 25
gender and race as communication variables
Interpersonal
.
1
04
Communication and/or other course(s) as determined by
the Graduate Committee.
•
A one-page statement describing the applicant's
and direction
Applicants
for enrolling in the program.
who do not meet all of the requirements may request an
waiver of select entrance requirements.
organizations.
Timothy
B.
meeting the general retention requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, a graduate student in communication must
minimum grade of B in each of the four core courses to remain in
standing. Students may be given the opportunity' to re-
good academic
take a course after review of special circumstances by program faculty.
of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses
quired for graduation.
Commu-
is re-
education.
N. Schreier, Ph.D., associate professor.
Contempo-
and criticism, and persuasion
in
the popular culture
Kara Shultz, Ph.D., assistant professor. Study of human
symbol systems as they act in the creation, maintenance,
E.
and revision of cultures.
Tomlinson, M.A., associate professor. Organiza-
tional
A minimum
Ph.D., assistant professor.
rary rhetorical theory
James
Graduation
•
Rumbough,
and communication
Howard
earn a
Bodenman, M.A., assistant professor.
and small group processes within
nication apprehension, interpersonal cotnmunication
Retention
In addition to
and political communication.
Janet Reynolds
Interpersonal
interview with program faculty to discuss special circumstances or may
petition, in writing, for a
in otganizatiottal settings;
Dale A. Bertelsen, Ph.D., associate professor. Media
criticism
objectives, goals,
and interviewing
and political communication, and the impact of
communication
technology'
on
society
Bloomsburg University
Pi^e 17
48.453
Organizational Psychology
which the student completes 24 semester hours of coursework, or
57.572
Multimedia Programming
its
93 583
Human
tion
Resources Development
conclusion, an application for the test must be
is
filed.
at
The examina-
a six-hour essay test that examines the candidate's knowledge of
philosophy, theory, and application of material covered in at least three
•
A 6-credit thesis
strongly
optional but
of the four core courses and other departmental courses the candidate
advanced study beyond the
has taken to that point. In the event of failure on the examination, or
or a departmental research paper
recommended
for those seeking
is
any part thereof, the student
master's degree.
•
A comprehensive examination is required.
During the semester in
MBA
Master of Business
will
be given one opportunity
to retake
the part(s) failed.
•
baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university
•
a
•
a
minimum undergraduate GPA of 2.50
minimum score of 450 on the Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT).
•
Administration
minimum
a
on the Test of English
score of 550
as a Foreign Lan-
guage (TOEFL) for international applicants whose native language
is
not
English.
Program Coordinator: Minoo Tehrani.Ph.D.
(717)
389-4759
•
three letters of recommendation
•
a
•
an
resume
official
copy of all academic
transcripts.
Retention and Candidacy
Bloomsburg
University's School of Business
was founded
in 1930.
Today, the College of Business has six academic units and, with
than 100 students,
The
versity.
lytical,
is
the largest graduate program
MBA programs, launched in
and operational
skills
at
more
Bloomsburg Uni-
MBA curriculum blends accounting, finance, the
international business courses to prepare students for a globally
dynamic
and competitive business environment.
theoretical
Level
II.
I
consists of background courses that are prerequisites to Level
Students with an undergraduate major in business administration are
likely to
have had most Level
projects, to develop
and augment
and practical knowledge.
courses. Level
I
pleted before beginning Level
Tlie graduate faculty employ a variety of instructional techniques, case
and group
Graduation
The MBA programs are comprised of two levels of courses.
legal environ-
ment, management, management information systems, marketing, and
studies, applied research,
II
work. Level
I
courses must be com-
courses include:
Financial Accounting or Principles of Accounting
•
Principles of
II
Management
•
Marketing Principles and Practices
•
Statistics
actively involved in research. Interdisciplinary graduate faculty teach a
•
Business
•
Business Finance
MBA programs.
1
•
The graduate faculty in the College of Business are higlily trained and
variety of subjects in the
MBA
coordinator.
1976, provide theoretical, ana-
required to meet the problem-solving and
decision-making challenges in managing business resources.
The
For special requirements for candidacy into the MBA programs other
than those for the School of Graduate Studies, please contact the
Law
exchange programs and internships and a diverse group
•
Micro and Macro Economics
of faculty and students tremendously enhance the learning experience.
•
two semesters of mathematics including one semester of calculus.
International
The degree program
is
planned to
reflect the
curriculum standards
of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
The
goals,
MBA programs at
•
MBA, one and
the part-time MBA.
the full-time
in-
a half years
ing the following:
consists of
36 semester hours. The sequence of the Level
MBA program starting in the fall includes:
Fall Semester
91.524
Managerial Accounting
93.511
Statistical Analysis
97.551
Marketing Management
and Design
Spring Semester
Admission
Applicants to the
II
Bloomsburg University recognize the needs,
and aspirations of a diverse group of students. The programs
clude
•
Level
courses for the full-time
MBA programs must
provide dociunents indicat-
93. 554
Management Information Systems
93.562
Organization Theory
96.535
Financial
Management
II
Page 18
Gradiaate Studies Catalog
Special topic courses are available in each discipline. Other gradu-
may be
ate electives
taken with the permission of the
MBA
programs
coordinator
Students must complete
all
requirements for graduation with a 3 00
minimum GPA. No more than two C grades are allowed in the graduate
courses taken
dinator
cial
at
at
Bloomsburg
Universit}- Please contact the
requirements.
Faculty
Accounting
Richard
Baker. Ph.D.. professor
L.
Michael C. Blue. Ph.D. associate professor
E.
Gum.
Burel
Dennis
B.
Ed.D.. professor
Hw^g. Ph.D.. associate
professor
Richard Schrader. Ph.D.. assistant professor
1st
Computer
Summer Session
93.560
& Information Systems
Boyne.
Patricia
Operations Management
.M.S.. assistant
professor
Carl Chimi. Ph.D.. associate professor
Dective
Frank S Davis. Ph.D.. professor
2nd Summer Session
93 .566
James
Organization Behavior
Social Responsibility"
93 58 1
Business Policy
amd
Business Ethics
Decthe
Charles
Finance
J.
Pan time students have
six years to finish the
above program in a
Ed.D. associate professor
Hoppel. Ph.D.. associate professor
& Business Imw
Barbara
logical
Dun. Ph.D.. associate professor
Gene Gordon.
93 538
.
S.
Harold K. Prey. M.S.. associate professor
FalJ Semester
E.
Behr. J.D.. professor
Karen Dwell. J.D.. associate professor
David G. Heskel. Ph.D.. associate professor
sequence.
Two electives (6 credit hours ) must be chosen from a^"ailable graduate courses in the College of Business.
Examples of these are as follows:
David Martin. Ph.D.. associate professor
Bruce
L.
Rockwood. J.D.. professor
William. Steven Smith. Ph.D.. associate professor
9 1 50 1
Accounting
9 1 502
Ad\"anced Financial Accoimting
9 1 503
Govenmieni and Fund Accoimting
91521
Ad^"anced Cost Accounting
Charles Chapman. M.A.. associate professor
91.522
Ad\-anced Auditing Accoimting
Howard
91. 523
Advanced Tax Accounting
Mark Larson.
91. 551
International Accounting
Stephen
91 552
Controllership Accounting
Irem Ozkarahan. Ph.D.. associate professor
93 512
^^anagerial
-
-
.
Management
.Mainuddin Afza. Ph.D.. associate professor
.M.
Ruhul .\min. Ph.D.. professor
I.
Kinslinger Ph.D.. associate professor
Ph.D.. associate professor
.Markell. Ph.D.. associate
Minoo Tehrani.
Economics
professor
Ph.D.. associate professor
Peter B. Venuto. Ph.D.. professor
93 540
Small Business Institute Seminar
93 556
International
93. 563
Operations Research
93-583
Human
96.540
International Finance
96.550
Security .\nah sis
96.554
Financial .Management Decisions
Salim Qureshi. Ph.D.. associate professor
9~-552
Marketing Research
Robert N. Watts. M.BA.. associate professor
98.50"
International Legal En\-ironments
Pamela Wynn. Ph
Management
and
D
.
associate professor
Marketing
Resources De\ elopmeni
Stephen Bator>. D.B.A.. associate professor
.Mary K. Erickscn. Ph.D.. associate professor
Portfolio
Management
MBA
coor-
the College of Business for further information or other spe-
Kiran Karande. Ph.D.. assistant professor
Bloomsburg University
Master
Retention
Education
of
Page 19
Requirements for this program are the same as those for the School
Biology
of Graduate Studies.
Candidacy
Program Coordinator: George
P.
Chamuris, Ph.D.
An
oral
biology
(717) 389-4735
is
examination to assess the student's knoyvledge of general
required for admission to candidacy.
Graduation
The
the
iMaster of Education
program
in biology'
is
intended to enhance
competence of secondary- school teachers of biology- by extending
their scholarship in content
pendent
study,
and method through formal courses, inde-
A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses is required.
A minimum of 18 semester hours must be taken from 500-level courses
(see
jor
and research.
list
beloyv) including
two required education
Either 50.591 Directed Study- in Biology or
Admission
.\n
tion Thesis
undergraduate degree in biology' yvith Level
I
Certification
is re-
quired for admission to the program. Undergraduate deficiencies must
be
rectified prior to
admission to candidacy without credit toyvard the
is
required to
of the research
sive
fulfill
component
the research component.
is
biology- courses;
all
are considered elective courses.
Graduate Record Examination are required for admission.
50.432
Microbial Genetics
50.441
Cytogenetics
50.455
Environmental Microbiology-
50 462
Plant Anatomy
50 463
Biological Photographic Techniques
50.521
Systematic Botany
biology
50.530
Evolution
George R Chamuris, Ph.D., associate professor Biology of
wood- and bark-inhabiting fungi
James E. Cole, Ph.D.. professor Vertebrate ethology
Judith R Downing. Ph.D.. professor Imtnujiology. bacterial
50.531
Dey-elopmental Biology-
50.532
Molecular Genetics
50.549
Entomology
50.550
Mycology-
50.55 1
Consery ation of Biological Resources
50.552
Limnology-
50. 55""
Biolog)- of
50.558
Fungal Ecology'
.
Joseph
microbiology,
and cell
resistance to antimicrobial agents,
and
.
infectious diseases
.
caused by bacteria
'
Phillip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor
Cytogenetics
George J. Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor Developmental
plant moiphology
Lower Vertebrates
50.559
Omithology-
50.561
Animal Behavior
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D.. assistant professor Soil microbiology
50.5"'0
Medical Parasitology
Thomas
50.5^1
Endocrinology
50.5"'2
Comparative Animal Physiology
50.5^3
Systemic Physiology
Frederick C.
Hill,
malacologY,
S.
Ph.D., professor Vertebrate zoology,
and aquatic biology
Klinger Ph.D., associate professor Marine biology,
physiological ecology a>7d biometiy
Mark
S.
Melnychuk. Ph.D.. associate professor. Nutrition
and
reproductive physiology
Ly-nne C. Miller Ph.D., professor
Medical parasitology.
immunology and physiology experimental
phannacology and toxicology
parasite
Louis
V Mingrone, Ph.D., professor
ics.
James
Phytochemical systemat-
floristics
E.
olog)'
Parsons, Ph.D.. associate professor Clinical microbi-
and medical mycology
Cynthia A. Surmacz, Ph.D.. professor Cell physiology
exercise pljysiology
Margaret
L.Till,
50.5"5
Cell Phy siology-
50.5^6
Neuromuscular Physiology-
50.590
Current Topics in Biology-
50.591
Directed Study- in Biology-
50.592
Master of Education Thesis
Marine Science Courses
TJje following
and
Ph.D., assistant professor Endocrinology,
adrenocortical mechanisms, comparative animal
comprehen-
examination may also be required. Otheryvise there are no required
Radiation Biology
Fungal genetics,
An oral defense
required; a written and/or
50.411
RArdizzi. Ph.D., assistant professor
in Education.
50.592 Master of Educa-
degree. Scores from the general and the biology- subject portions of the
Faculty Research Interests
courses. 60.501 Ma-
Philosophies of Education and 79.591 Research
courses are offered at the Marine Science Center, Wal-
lops Island, Va.
55.431
Ecology- of Marine Plankton
55.500
Problems in Marine Science
55.540
Environmental Science Education
55.570
Research Cruise
physiology
-
Biology-
P^e 20
Graduate Studies Catalog
Master
Education
of
Business Education
Program Coordinator: Roger W.
Ellis,
Ed.D.
(717) 389-4109/4121
The program
mentation, and
The program
instruction in
is
designed to prepare students in the design, imple-
management of office systems in a business environment.
and
Emphasis (18 semester hours)
Introduction to Office Systems and Information
hands-on
94 5 1 0
Office Systems Applications
94.520
Administrative Communications
realistic learning activities,
projects.
.
94.530
Telecommunications
certifi-
94.540
Training and Development in Office Systems
may lead to certification in business education with the comple-
94.550
Integrated Office Systems
This program does not require evidence of a valid teaching
cate. but
94.500
information technology, and field-based research
offers practical
new
Office Systems
tion of additional coursework. For information regarding certification,
(Students should enroll in this course during the last semes-
please contact program coordinator
ter
Admission
Certification
Applicants must
satisf)'
the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies as well as the following requirements for the
Master of Education in Business Education:
A minimum Q.P.A.
•
Completion of the Graduate Record Exam general knowledge
tion with a
•
of 2.5
minimum score of
on
a 4.0 scale.
sec-
1,000 or the Miller Analogies Test with a
Submit two
positions,
from the Pennsj lvania Department of Education
letter of intent stating professional
background, ex-
letters
of recommendation with the names, addresses,
and telephone numbers of the references
who
in Business Edu-
cation:
•
Additional coursework in the areas of education and business as
determined by the program coordinator
perience, and rationale for wanting to be admitted to the program.
•
who wish to receive a Level I Professional Teaching Certifi-
must fulfill these requirements in addition to the M.Ed,
score of 30.
Submit a t)ped
Students
cate in business education (accounting, data processing, marketing, and
office technologies)
•
minimum
of the degree program.)
after a
review of transcripts.
•
Completion of the business teacher education packet.
•
Passing the National Teacher Examination core batter)- and the
specialty area for business education.
have knowl-
edge of the applicant's academic and professional background.
•
Applicants
who do not meet these requirements may be admitted
as provisional after an interview
Faculty Research Interests
with the program coordinator
Ellen M. Clemens, D.Ed., associate professor
Requirements for
this
program are the same
Donna J. Cochrane,
as those for the School
of Graduate Studies.
and
office
technologies
A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses is required.
The program consists of two required courses, two elective courses, and
sy
Ed.D., associate professor Training
development, business teaching methodology,
Nancy A. Dittman,
Graduation
an office
Methodology
and business education
Retention and Candidacy
stems emphasis consisting of six courses.
Required Courses (6 semester hours)
Ed.D., associate professor Business
communications, international cominunicatiotts
Roger W. Ellis, Ed.D., associate professor Records and
information management
Dennis O. Gehris, Ed.D., assistant professor Work attitude
assessment, business teaching methodology, software
applications in business
79.591
Foundations of Educational Research
90.581
Seminar in Business Education
Approved Graduate
Electives (6 semester hours)
Graduate-level courses to
fulfill
the elective requirements will be cho-
sen by the student and the program coordinator based on career needs.
Janice C. Keil, Ed.D., assistant professor Business teaching
methodology
John J. Olivo Jr. Ph.D., professor Ergonomics, impact of
technology on organizations'policies and procedures,
telecommunications, analyzing and improving workflow,
end-user computing
Bloomsburg University
Page 21
Faculty Research Interests
Master of Education
Any graduate
eral arts
Curriculum and
faculty
member from
the Bloomsburg University
and sciences or education departments may participate
lib-
in this
program.
Admission
Instruction
Applicants must satisfy the general admission requirements for the
Program Coordinator: John
R.
A
School of Graduate Studies.
Hranitz, Ed.D.
admission.
(717) 389-4030
The following
cation.
teaching certificate
The program does not provide
The program is field-based and designed to enhance the professional
work with
curricular and instructional competencies of individuals who
children, youth,
and
any research projects and the
•
I
certifi-
to clarify requirements, review
academic records, discuss transfer of any courses and
for
not required for
additional criteria are also required:
Meet with program coordinator
•
is
Instructional Level
thesis;
Attain a score of 30 or higher
initiate
planning
and
on the
Miller Analogies Test.
Retention
adults.
The program 's field-based approach ensures the needs of school-based
faculty are continually addressed
through faculty involvement in the
Graduate students must take a
calendar year.
not taking a
following areas:
A
minimum
of 9 semester hours per
Q.PA. of 3.0 or higher must be maintained. Students
minimum
of 9 semester hours per calendar year will be
considered "inactive after two years.
"
•Planning and implementation of the core courses;
Candidacy
•Advisement of theses;
Application for candidacy must be
•Development of research
•Improvement
made
after
completion of 12 to
15 semester hours. Only courses with a minimum grade of B are con-
projects;
sidered applicable to this program. Students must repeat
of instruction;
which the grade of C or lower
•Development of curriculinn;
Up
to 18 semester hours
is
all
courses in
earned.
from accredited
institutions, other
than
approval, be accepted toward
com-
•Continuous evaluation of the degree program; and
Bloomsburg
•Implementation of theory into the classroom.
pleting the degree requirements of this program. However, no courses
will
The "field-based "core curriculum of this program will permit tmique
University, may,
be transferred
in
which
upon
a grade less than a
B was earned.
Graduation
and interesting applications of theory and research to each classroom.
Individuals motivated to
improve the quality of instruction
Graduate students must be admitted to candidacy, complete 30
format that will enable them to expand (1) their knowledge of the subject
they are teaching, (2) their knowledge of the curriculum and
its
individualization through
di-
applicable methodology, (3) their
skills in
The
liberal arts
core of 6 semester hours will increase the depth of
several disciplines will
skills
of each graduate student. Knowledge from
be combined
graduate student to develop
the thesis, and apply for graduation. All deficiencies, monetary and aca-
The following courses
gram
and educational professionals.
the knowledge base and
mester hours of approved course work, complete 6 semester hours for
demic, must be satisfied before the degree can be granted.
agnosis and prescription, and (4) their skills in communicating with students, parents,
into a course that will permit the
new and often unique educational perspec-
in
constitute the 36-hour master's degree pro-
curriculum and instruction:
The Core Curriculum (4 courses requried): 12 semester hours
Studies in Human Diversity
79.593
Theories of Human Learning
48.576
60.584
Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design, and Develop-
79. 59 1
Research in Education
tives.
The
se-
will find a
ment
individualized curriculum enables each graduate student to
pursue 12 semester hours of graduate study within an area of concentration
such as English, social sciences, mathematics and computer
ence, physical and
and
life
sci-
sciences, elementary, early childhood, reading,
himianities.
Completion of the individualized curriculum may require that
dents enroll and pursue courses offered by other universities.
The
Liberal Arts Curriculum (2 courses required): 6 semester
hours.
The
stu-
Individualized Curriculum
(4 courses required):
79.599
Thesis:
1
— Area of Concentration
2 semester hours
6 semester hours
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 22
•
Master
of
Education
students seeking an M.Ed, in Elementary Education are required
All
to demonstrate
Elementary Education
The research paper must follow
thesis.
Manual of the American
Publication
Program Coordinator:
the style format of either the
Psychological Association or
Form and Style by Campbell.
Brown, Ed.D.
Neil L.
competency in writing skills by completing an in-depth
may take the form of a departmental paper or a
research paper This
Departmental papers must be read and approved by the student's
(717) 389-4876
adviser and one other
member
of the graduate
as
The program enhances the professional competence of an individual
a teacher and a leader through its emphasis on integrated learning
experiences in the study of the child. Areas of study include elementary school curriculum
and its trends, new techniques, current research,
and opportunities for study
in the teacher's
academic
field
of interest.
Applicants must
satisf\'
the general admission requirements for the
Possess the Instructor Level
1
Certification for teaching in the
el-
ementar)' schools of Pennsylvania.
•
and supenision
Brown, Ed.D., assistant professor Social studies and
early childhood education
Neil
L.
Chris A. Cherrington, Ph.D.. associate professor Reading
L.
Clarke, Ed.D., assistant professor
Supen ision
Computing and
Ph.D., associate professor
supervision
Gan' J. Doby, Ph.D.,
assistant professor English
and supervi-
Hussein Fereshteh, Ph.D., assistant professor Foundations of
education
Robert Gates, Ed.D., assistant professor Supervision
administration
and
Measurement of
G. Gilgannon, D.Ed., professor
education
Requirements of this program are the same as those for the School
Mary
Harris, Ed.D., associate professor
Foundations of
education
of Graduate Studies.
Take the Miller Analogies Test before completing the 12 to 15
se-
mester hours needed for application for degree candidac)' (minimum
is
Beers, D.Ed., assistant professor Foundations,
administration, curriculum
Nancy
Retention
score
Meade
Bonita B. Franks. Ph.D., associate professor Reading
Meet with the program coordinator to clarify program requirements,
review academic records,and outline a plan for completing degree work.
•
30).
John
R. Hranitz, Ed.D.,
professor Early childhood education
and supervision
Jane McPherson. Ph.D.. assistant professor Early childhood
education
Gorman
Graduation
L. Miller,
Ed.D., professor
Mathematics and supervi-
sion
A minimum of 30 semester hours is required to complete this master 's
Frank
Misiti, Ph.D., assistant
professor Science education
William S. O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor Reading, early childhood
education, and supervision
program.
Required Courses
Gilda Oran, Ed.D., assistant professor Supervision
and
early
60.501
Major Philosophies of Education
60.502
School and Society'
60.506
Urban Education
Egerton Osunde. Ph.D., assistant professor Social Studies
supervision
60.514
Home,
Edward J. Poostay
79. 591
School, and Communit)' Relations
Research in Education
Also required are 6 to
1
2 semester hours of coursework related to an
area of professional interest,
e.g., early
childhood education
Donald
(or adviser-approved alternative)
childhood education, reading,
or an academic discipline.
Ph.D., professor
Reading
Computing and
Ph.D., associate professor
supervision
Rosemary Radzievich,
Ed.D., assistant professor
Reading and
supervision
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., associate professor Early
childhood education
David
The remaining courses needed to complete the degree program may
selected, with an adviser's approval, from those listed in this catalog.
Acceptable courses are listed under the following areas: elementary' and
early childhood education, educational foundations, secondary- education, reading,
L. Pratt,
and
Elementaiy education
Foundations of educa-
Viola Supon, Ed.D., assistant professor
Electives
be
must
sion
mission to the M.Ed, in Elementar>' Education program:
•
C.
Henry D. Dobson,
School of Graduate Studies as well as the following requirements for ad-
thesis
Studies.
Faculty Researcli Interests
Robert
Admission
A
faculty.
meet the requirements of the School of Graduate
or those offered by other academic departments.
E. Washburn,
Ph.D., professor
tion
Mary Alice Wheeler, Ph.D.,
Bormie L.Williams, Ed.D.,
assistant professor
assistant professor
Supervision
Mathematics
and supervision
Patricia K. Wolf, Ph.D., assistant professor
Supervision
Bloomsburg University
burg University Reading
Master
Education
of
•
An
Page 23
Clinic.
interview with the program coordinator to clarify program
re-
quirements, discuss goals, evaluate academic records, and outline a long-
Reading
range program. The program coordinator's recommendations will be
forwarded to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
Program Coordinator: Edward
Poostay, Ph.D.
J.
(717) 389-4092
•
A minimum
•
An
undergraduate Q.RA. of
applicant
may be admitted
who
3.0.
does not have an undergraduate Q.PA. of 3 0
as a provisional student, but will
be required to take
the Graduate Record Examination (must achieve a combined Verbal/
Quantitative/Analytical score of
achieve a
This program provides an opportunity for professionals to earn an
M.Ed, in Reading and/or certification as a K-12 reading specialist in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The program emphasizes
knowledge base
in current research, diagnosing
All graduate-level
and remediating read-
part of the
The
clinic
was
•Students must maintain a Q.EA. of 3
on
•After completing 12 semester hours, students
university's application
must adhere to the
procedures for candidacy.
established in 1957 and
in the
Reading
Clinic, are
Transfer Credits
•A maximum of 9 semester hours of graduate-level coursework may
be transferred from an accredited
a competitive basis.
institution.
•Transfer courses must carry a grade of
completed no
Admission
earlier
•Transfer credits
Applicants must satisfy the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies as well as the following requirements, which
are specific to the Reading Specialist certification
in
0.
repeated to achieve a grade of B or higher
Graduate assistantships, which provide a tuition waiver and a stipend,
available
must be com-
Retention
Department
provides free diagnostic and tutorial services for children and adults.
and require working 1 0 to 20 hours per week
required, the tests
•Graduate-level reading courses with a grade of C or lower must be
of Curriculum and Foundations within the School of Education and the
College of Professional Studies.
If
University.
reading programs are coordinated through the
is
,200) or the Miller AnalogiesTest (must
attaining a
and resource room teachers.
Bloomsburg University Reading Clinic, which
1
score of 45).
pleted before the student completes 9 semester hours at Bloomsburg
ing difficulties, and improving the instructional practices of classroom
teachers, reading specialists,
minimum
program and the M.Ed,
B or higher and must be
than three years prior to admission.
may be requested or submitted at any time
during
the student's six-year program, but require prior approval from the
student's adviser
and the Assistant Vice President
for
Graduate Studies
and Research.
Reading program:
•
A written
recommendation from any two of the following
ences: undergraduate faculty, graduate
administrators, or other individuals
academic
abilities.
faculty', direct-line
refer-
Graduation
supervisors,
who are familiar with the applicant s
Students seeking an M.Ed, in Reading must complete 36 semester
hours with a Q.RA. of 3
Recommendation forms are available at the Blooms-
0.
Students seeking certification as a reading specialist must take a com-
prehensive examination, written or
The reading
oral.
specialist certification
program consists of 24 semester
hours; 12 additional semester hours are required for the M.Ed, in Reading.
The first eight cotirses in the following list are required for the read-
ing specialist certification program; the courses 60.501 and 79. 591, and
two
elective courses are required for the M.Ed, program.
courses can be selected from a predetermined
list
The
elective
of courses, with prior
approval from the program coordinator and the Assistant Vice President
for
Graduate Studies and Research. The parentheses indicate the semes-
ters the courses are offered:
Required Courses
63. 540
Introduction to the Teaching of Reading (fall, spring, summer)
63. 541
Diagnosis and Prescription in Reading
63. 543
Clinical
Practicum
I (fall,
63 544
Clinical
Practicum
II
63 .545
Organization and Administration of Reading Programs (sum-
mer)
(fall,
summer)
spring)
(summer)
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page
2-*
63. 546
Reading
63. 548
Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Learner
63-550
Literature. Literao"
60.501
.Major Philosophies of Education
"9.591
All
in the
Research
in
Content .Areas
(fall,
spring)
(fall,
Education
(fall,
Ed^\ ard
(fall,
spring,
requirements must be completed
summer)
summer)
\\'itliin
six year program
J.
Poosta\. Ph.D., professor Diagnosis, remediation.
parent involvement
Language
Chris A. Cherrington. Ph.D.. associate professor
sLx \ears
from the date
of admission into the program. Students must reenroll for
which exceed the
Faculty Research Interests
spring)
and Culture
all
arts
and cbildivn s literatinv
courses
completion deadline outlined
in
the
Graduate Catalog.
Level
I
Certification
examination prepared by the
Requirements
Students seeking certification as a Reading Specialist must complete
24 semester hours with a Q.P.A. of 3 0 and take a comprehensive essay
faculty in the
of
Science
be obtained
from the program coordinator
tion with the names, addresses, positions,
Master
graduate reading program.
Specific guidelines for the comprehensi\ e examination can
who
the references
clinical
Audiology
•
and telephone numbers of
have knowledge of the applicant
s
academic and
background.
The
applicant should arrange for an inter^•ie^ with the program
coordinator
•
.\n applicant
institution,
Program Coordinator: G. Donald
Miller.
must have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited
with a
minimum
grade point average of
do not have an undergraduate major
Ph.D.
in the area
2.8.
Students
who
of communication
dis-
orders will be required to satisfactoril\ complete certain academic and
(717) 389-4436
practicum deficiencies as prescribed by the faculty following indi^idual
transcript analysis.
The puTfKJse of the training program in audiolog)
ates to provide diagnostic
riet\-
of job settings.
and
is
to prepare gradu-
habilitative audiological
The program
is
sen ices
in a va-
accredited by the Educational Stan-
•
w
is
designed to afford
its
graduates the academic and
clini-
cal
practicum requirements necessary- to
cal
Competence inAudiolog) (CCC-A) issued by ASHLA as well as to meet
recei^•e the Certificate of Clini-
the requirements for an audiolog}- license as issued
b)-
the
Common-
.Applicants
The students
and in private
receive broad-based academic training
and obtain practicum experience
ing on
and medi-
in a variet}
of practical settings includ-
campus and extemship sites. The student's academic exp>eriences
fail
tional admission will
verbal, quantitative
for admission.
to satisf\ the program's requirements ma>basis. In
be specified
be
such cases, the terms of the condi-
for the individual applicant.
Retention
Tlie student
in hospitals
cal centers, clinics, physicians offices, schools, industries,
practice settings.
who
admitted on a pro\isional
wealth of Penns\lvania.
Graduates of the program obtain employment
Record Examination will be required of all applicants
combined minimum score of 1.450 on the
and anahtical subtests needed
dards Board of the .\merican Speech-Language-Hearing Association
(ASHLA) and
Tlie Graduate
iih a
must maintain
a Q.R.A.
of 3 0 with a
Cs tliroughout the graduate prognmi. A grade of C
in
maximum
any
of two
clinical expe-
rience will necessitate repeating the course to achieve a grade of
B or
higlier
Candidacy
Students must apph" for admission to candidao' once they ha\ e com-
include evaluating and conducting research in the discipline.
Students ma\" be accepted into the graduate audiolog} program
w ith
any undergraduate degree, but individuals without an acceptable imder-
pleted 12 to 15 semester hours of coursework.
Graduation
graduate program in speech and hearing will, by advisement, be required
to take prerequisite
coursework and practicum
•
as a part of their gradu-
A minimum
of 42 semester hours
is
required to complete the
master's program.
ate audiolog>' degree program.
Required Courses
Admission
•
The
applicant
L ndergraduate
is
required to submit a one-page, typed letter of
tent stating professional background, experience, and rationale for
v\
in-
ant-
ing to be admitted to audiolog).
•
The
applicant
is
required to submit three letters of recommenda-
~2 200
"2 300
.
.
Courses
Introduction to Audiolog}.\uditon Training and Speech Reading
Graduate Courses
~2 500
.
Measurement of Hearing Loss
Bloomsburg University
Methods inAudiolog\'
72.502
Physiological
72 504
Hearing Aids and Auditory Training
72.506
Extemship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
I
72.508
Extemship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
II
72.510
Research
72.512
Seminar
72.514
Seminar inAudiology: Industrial and Public Health Audiology
72.516
Seminar
in Audiology:
Auditory Problems in Children
72.518
Seminar
in Audiology:
Theoretical and Clinical Masking
.
Faculty Research Interests
Richard M. Angelo, Ph.
services.
in Audiology
in Audiology:
Basic
D., Ed.D., professor, director
and
clinical electrophysiology;
of clinical
hearing
aids
Special Problems
72 520
Educational Audiology
72.522
Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
72.524
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiology
I
72.525
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiology
II
72.526
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiolog)'
III
72.527
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiology FV
72.532
Electronics and Instrumentation in Audiolog>'
.
Page 25
Donald Miller, Ph.D., professor, curriculum coordinator
Clinical audiology including electrophysiological evaluation;
industrial audiology and hearing conservation
VishakaW. Rawool, Ph.D., assistant professor Electrophysiology, clinical audiology, aural rehabilitation
G.
74 568
.
Advanced American Sign Language
Other elective courses
Elective Courses
Methods and Practicum inAudiology
available via advisement.
•
A thesis or departmental paper is required.
•
The M.S. inAudiology degree program has monitoring and exit cri-
72.528
Clinical
72.590
Independent Study and Research
teria.
72.591
Independent Study and Research
demic and
72.599
Master's Thesis
written examinations during or near the completion of the program.
There are periodic comprehensive reviews of each student's
clinical abilities.
aca-
These reviews may take the form of oral or
Admission
Master
of
Science
A
B.S.
or B.A. in biology or
its
equivalent
is
required for admission
to this master's program. Undergraduate deficiencies
Biology
must be
rectified,
without credit earned toward the degree, prior to admission to candidacy. Scores
from both the general and biology subject portions of the
Graduate Record Examination are required for admission.
Program Coordinator: George
P.
Chamuris, Ph.D.
Candidacy
An oral examination is required for admission to candidacy. The exam
(717) 389-4735
assesses the student's
This program prepares students for either admission to a researchoriented doctoral program in the biological sciences or
The program
also
biology.
Graduation
employment in
a biological or health-oriented profession.
knowledge of general
A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate-level courses is required.
With the exception of the Master of Science Tliesis (thesis option), there
enhances the knowledge, perspective, and expe-
are
no required
courses. All courses are considered elective courses.
rience of teachers of biology in secondary schools. A broad array of subdisciplines
is
represented
among the faculty, providing a solid program
in general biology.
The
Courses
university
in
is
a
member
of the Marine Science Consortium.
marine science are offered during the summer
at
Marine
Science Center located near Wallops Island, Va.
in
50.41
1
Radiation Biology
50.432
Microbial Genetics
50.441
Cytogenetics
50.455
Environmental Microbiology
50.457
Entomology
Graduate students may use this facility to take graduate-level courses
50.462
Plant Anatomy
marine biology or to pursue research projects
50.463
Biological Photographic Techniques
50.521
Systematic Botany
University Marine Biology Laboratory.
at
the Bloomsburg
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 26
50.576
Neuromuscular Physiology
50.590
Current Topics in Biology
50.591
Directed Study in Biolog>'
50.593
Master of Science Thesis
Marine science courses
offered at Wallops Island, Va.
55.43 1
Ecology of Marine Plankton
55.500
Problems
55.540
Environmental Science Education
55.570
Research Cruise-Biology
in
Marine Science
Thesis Option. This option
recommended for students planning to
is
continue their studies through additional graduate or professional
ing.
A minimum
courses.
The Master of Science Thesis (50.593) accoimts
semester hours.
train-
of 18 semester hours must be taken from 500-level
An
oral defense of the thesis
Non-Thesis Option. This option
non-research oriented careers.
is
is
for
6 of these
required.
tailored for students interested in
A minimum of 18 semester hours must
be taken from 500-level courses, hi addition, one of the following must
be completed: (1) Directed Study
ter hours, which
in Biology (50.591) for three semes-
must be defended orally, or (2) a departmental research
paper based on the
literature
must be submitted and defended
The departmental paper carries no semester hour
orall).
credit.
Faculty Research Interests
Joseph R
Ardizzi, Ph.D., assistant professor.
microbiology,
Fungal genetics,
and cell biology
George P Chamuris, Ph.D.. associate professor Biology of
wood- and bark-inhabiting fungi
James E. Cole, Ph.D., professor. Vertebrate ethology
Judith R Downing, Ph.D., professor. Imtnunology. bacterial
resistance to antimicrobial agents,
and infectious diseases
caused by bacteria.
Philip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor. Cytogenetics
George J. Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor Developmental
plant morphology
Frederick C.
Hill,
malacology,
Ph.D., professor Vertebrate zoology,
and aquatic
biology
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D., assistant professor Soil microbiology
Thomas
50.530
Evolution
50.531
Developmental Biolog\'
50.532
Molecular Genetics
S.
Mark
S.
Mycology'
50.55 1
Conservation of Biological Resources
50.552
Limnology
50.557
Biolog)' of the
50.558
Fungal Ecology
Lower Vertebrates
50.559
Omitholog)'
50.561
Animal Behavior
50.5^0
Medical Parasitology
1
50.572
biology,
Melnychuk, Ph.D., associate professor Nutrition
Lynne C.
50.
Marine
and biometry
and
reproductive physiology
50.550
5"^
Klinger, Ph.D., associate professor
physiological ecology,
Endocrinolog)
Comparative Animal Physiolog)'
50.5''3
Systemic Physiology
50.575
Cell Physiology
Miller, Ph.D.,
professor Medical parasitology,
immunology and pljysiology, experimental
pharmacology and toxicology
parasite
Louis
V
ics
James
Mingrone, Ph.D., professor Phytochemical systemat-
and floristics
E.
olog)'
Parsons, Ph.D., associate professor Clinical microbi-
and medical
mycology-
Cynthia A. Surmacz, Ph.D., professor Cell physiology
and
exercise pljysiology
Margaret
L.Till,
Ph.D., assistant professor Endocrinology,
adrenocortical mechanisms, comparative animal
physiology
Bloomsburg University
Requirements
Certification
Master of Science
Page 27
Three recommendations from any of the following persons: under-
•
graduate or graduate faculty, direct-line supervisors, administrators, and
Early Childhood Education
who
other individuals
and personal
ties
academic
abili-
are available
from
are familiar with the applicant's
qualities.
Recommendation forms
the program coordinator for early childhood education.
Written completion of a 10-day
•
Program Coordinator: John
R. Hranitz, Ed.D.
able from the
(717) 389-4030
is
intended to enhance the professional competence
Forms are
can obtain the Instructional Level
N, K-3.
The program
the teacher with an Instructional Level
cation, K-6 to obtain N, K-3, Early
I
Certificate in Early Child-
also has
I
of early childhood education.
an option that enables
Certificate in
Students must maintain a Q.PA. of 3 0 throughout their program.
•
Courses in which a grade of C or lower are obtained must be repeated
with a grade of B or higher Students not maintaining a Q.PA. of 3 0
Elementary Eduafter
Childhood Education
Certification.
•
•
Admission
The following admission requirements, which apply to both the
Master of Science in Early Childhood Education program and to the
candidacy will be removed from the candidacy
State Police
checks required by the Department of Health and Wel-
of Graduate Studies. Undergraduate work need not be in a specific field
of study.
An
and the Bureau of
tice
teaching in private and public schools.
day care centers
Certification
Start
programs, and
is
and pass a screening examination
administered
(a candi-
when they have completed
12 to 15
semester hours of graduate work. The examination consists of written
and
who lack an imdergraduate Q.P.A. of 2.5 will be admitted on
A 3 0 Q.PA. is required of all persons seeking admis-
sion to candidacy.
oral requirements.
Graduation
The Master of Science
in Early
Childhood program consists of 30
semester hours; 12 additional semester hours in course work and
All applicants will take the Miller Analogies Test.
is
All students will take
dacy exam) which
a provisional basis.
•
Head
in Pennsylvania.
interview and a review of academic credentials are required.
Applicants
of 30
must be completed prior to prac-
fare
•
be met in addition to the general admission requirements for the School
list.
Students must apply for candidacy.
master's program with an Early Childhood Education Certification, must
•
and vision
Retention
the teacher of yoimg children. Individuals not holding any type of cer-
hood Education,
tests,
from the program coordinator.
young child from prenatal
through age eight, curriculum, current practice, and areas of interest to
tification
available
includes integrated
cialty area
learning experiences in the study of the
Forms
Passing the National Teacher Examination core battery and the spe-
•
It
avail-
program coordinator
Passing and/or remediation of speech and hearing
•
tests.
This program
experience. Forms are
'Written completion of a 14-day participation experience.
•
are available from the
of the individual as a teacher of young children.
field
program coordinator
A minimimi score
required.
practicum are required for the Level
must complete 6 semester hours
ter
I
Certification, N, K-3. Students
in foundation courses, 18 to
30 semes-
hours in early childhood education core courses, and 6 semester
hours in related studies courses.
Required Courses
Facuity Research Interests
John
R. Hranitz, Ed.D, professor
Child development,
administration, research, theory,
and curricular practices
and experiences
practices
William
S.
and experiences
O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor Child development,
theory, reading, children's literature,
practices
Methods and Materials
62.520
Methods and
60 5 1 2
Educational Media and Software
62.522
Curriculum Trends
62.523
Practices in Teaching the Young Child
62.590
Current Research and Development in Early Childhood Edu-
.
Jane McPherson, Ph.D., assistant professor Curricular
and curricular
and experiences
Gilda Oran, Ed.D., assistant professor Curriculum practices
needs,
Bonnie Williams, Ed.D.,
practices
assistant professor
and experiences
Curricular
II
Childhood Education
Learning and Development of the Young Child
62 592
Identification
62 593
Organization and Administration of Educational Programs for
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., associate professor Theory,
and prescription of learning
and curricular practices and experiences
in Early
I
cation
.
research, identification
in Early
Materials in Early Childhood Education
62.591
.
and experiences
Childhood Education
62.510
and Prescription of the Needs ofYoung Children
Young Children
62.594
Practicum in Early Childhood Education
•Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood Education
must complete 30 semester hours with a 3 0 Q.PA. Students seeking a
Master of Science in Early Childhood Education with N, K-3 certifica-
P^e 28
Graduate Studies Catalog
must complete 42 semester hours with
tion
•A departmental paper,
prehensive examination
is
thesis,
a Q.P.A. of 3 0.
ter admission into the
comprehensive project, or the com-
required for completion of the degree pro-
gram. Specific guidelines are available from the program coordinator
All
papers must be written following the American Psy chological Asso-
ciation (APA) style guide.
•All
A five
chapter format
is
preferred.
program requirements must be completed within
program. Students are required to complete their
programs within four > ears
be granted
after
candidacy
in certain situations. Students,
is
granted. Extensions
who
fail
to enroll
may
and com-
plete a course within a rwo-\ear period, are placed in an inaaive
Inacti\ e students
must reapph'
file.
for admission, retake the screening ex-
amination, and reapph' for candidao: Courses older than six years wiU
six years
af-
not meet the degree reqtiirements.
completed either before or during the graduate program.
Master
Science
of
Undergraduate area of concentration in education of the deaf/hard
•
of hearing.
Education of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing
• .\1J
applicants to the graduate program in education of the deaf/
hard of hearing miost have completed an introductory course in
or
tics
its
introductory course in communication disorders. (Students
Program Coordinator: Samuel
statis-
equivalent, an introductory course in sign language and an
may
take
these as general education electives.)
B.
Slike,
D.Ed.
Required Courses
(717) 389-4436
The graduate program
in
"'2.200
education of the deaf/hard of hearing
is
offered through the Department of Communication Disorders and Special
Clinical Obser\ation
"'4.
American Sign Language
1 54
provided a variety of courses to prepare them for working with
individuals with a hearing loss.
as experiential
background
Coursework furnishes conceptual as weO
in the areas of
academic therapy, speech-
language therapy, communication, ps\'cho-social development, curricu-
lum and instruction. Depending on their undergraduate major, students
are prepared to
tiple
work with
Histon,-.
"4.205
Introduction to Instructional Methods with the Deaf/Hard of
Education, and Guidance of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Hearing
"4.251
Phonetics
Students who anticipate apph ing for admission to the graduate program
in
education of the deaf/hard of hearing are strongh" urged to elect the
following cotirses:
Electives
preschool, elementan,; secondary, or mul-
handicapped deaf/hard of hearing
I
"'4.201
Education. Prospeaive classroom teachers or itinerant hearing thera-
pists are
Introduction to Audiolog)'
72.450
"4.155
American Sign Language n
"4.254
The Deaf Culture
"4.255
American Sign Language
74.256
American Sign Language TV
individuals.
In their practicum courses, students are provided the opportunityto
work with
situations.
individuals with a hearing loss in one-to-one
III
and group
Various sites throughout Pennsylvania are offered for
practicum experience. These
sites are
chosen according to the needs
•A bachelors degree with a Q.RA. of 2.8 in the education of the deaf/
of the student intern. These practica provide a classroom as well as an
hard of hearing area of concentration and an overall Q.PA. of 2.8 are
itinerant
experience with students with a hearing
loss.
required.
The Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing program does not advocate any particular method of working with students with a hearing loss.
Persons with a hearing loss are viewed as individuals -with varying needs.
If
either Q.PA.
a provisional basis
is
below
and must earn
a
2.8.
the student will be admitted on
Q.RA. of 3 0 or better upon comple-
tion of 9 to 12 semester hours in graduate-level courses.
No Cs may be
earned during the provisional period.
Prospective classroom teachers are afforded a background in
all
meth•
ods of instruction so as to prepare them to work with persons with a
Applicants must submit a one-page, handwritten letter, stating pro-
fessional background, experience,
and rationale
for
wanting to be
ad-
hearing loss in a variety of educational settings.
mitted to this master
Admission
•
Applicants with bachelor
s
degrees in earh' childhood education,
elementary education, secondary education, special education, and
communication
disorders, are considered to have appropriate educa-
backgrounds
for entry into the program.
sition,
from
indi\ iduals
who have knowledge of
and telephone number of the writer
Applicants must
make arrangements with
the program coordina-
tor for an interview.
•
cation courses. Prerequisite coursework in the following areas must be
letters of reference
confirmation purposes, the letters must contain the name, address, po-
Those students without
education courses in their background are required to take a core of edu-
program.
the applicant's academic and teaching background are required. For
•
tional
Three
s
The National Teacher Examination and/or the Graduate Record
P^e 29
Bloomsburg University
Examination will be required of all applicants.
There
one entry point
is
program —
summer
enrollment
March
is
is
not restricted and
There
is
semester.
1 5.
The
application deadline for
summer
Judith M. Hirshfeld, M.A., assistant professor. Developing oral
communication
Application for admission as a part-time student
may be made
at
and counseling
any time.
no quota for students interested
in entering the
a part-time basis. Part-time students are required to
gram coordinator
Faculty Research Interests
for full-time enrollment in this graduate
to design a curriculum
deaf/hard of hearing children
and
their families
program on
Gerald W. Powers, Ed.D., professor. Admission procedures
meet with the pro-
sequence and time
skills in
the deaf/hard of hearing individuals
and criteria for graduate
line.
Samuel
B.
training programs
Slike, D.Ed., professor.
Teaching sign language
and
speechreading through videodisc technology
Retention
Graduate students are required to earn a Q.PA. of 3-0 with a maxi-
mum of two Cs for retention in this master's program.
a practicum course, the course
If a
must be repeated and
C is earned in
a grade of
B or
better earned.
74.567
Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.569
Curricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
II
Spring Semester
Candidacy
74 570
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
.
II
Requirements for this program are the same as those for the School
of Graduate Studies.
Summer Sessions
Graduation
Following
is
als
an example of a full-time curriculum sequence:
Summer Sessions
(total
of 12 weeks)
Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
74.564
Speech
for the
74.566
Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.568
Advanced American Sign Language
ministered during the semester the student plans to graduate.
graduation, students are academically prepared to apply for
licensure in Permsylvania and to pursue state and national certification
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
as a teacher of the deaf/hard of hearing.
They are granted
a provisional
1
Problems andTrends in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
.
(thesis
I
Fall Semester
74 565
must complete a departmental paper
or nonthesis) and successfully pass a comprehensive examination ad-
Upon
74.560
and Their Families
All graduate students
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
of 6 weeks)
Research in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.584
72.522
(total
Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered Individu-
74.490
national certification
by the Council on Education of the Deaf upon for-
mal application.
Master of Science
assessment, and training for optimal performance.
Quality of instruction in the classrooms and laboratories
Exercise Science and
Adult Fitness
terized
by faculty who are continuously engaged
faculty bring an excitement
and enthusiasm for
directly involving their students in
activities are
Program Coordinator: Linda M. LeMura, Ph.D.
port,
(717) 389-4563
ries.
at
charac-
The
scientific inquiry
by
both scholarship and discovery. These
augmented by learning resources such
both on campus and
is
as active learners.
as library support,
nearby Geisinger Medical Center, computer sup-
and well-equipped human performance and physiology laborato-
With excellent
facilities,
highly qualified faculty, and practical field
experiences that are integral to the program, the master's degree in
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness provides strong preparation for suc-
This program prepares students for advanced scholarly opportunities via
doctoral study or
rate fitness, wellness
cilities.
The program
employment
in rehabilitation centers, corpo-
programs, and senior citizen continuing care
is
interdisciplinary in nature; students
fa-
complete
courses in Exercise Science and the Biological Health Sciences. Additionally, clinical
pass the
full
cessful careers in this burgeoning discipline.
and research internships are required, which encom-
spectrum of health, including
rehabilitation, physiological
Admission
A bachelor's degree in either health and physical education, the biological or allied health sciences, or a related field
is
required. Under-
graduate deficiencies must be eliminated, without credit earned toward
the degree, prior to admission to candidacy. Additionally, applicants must
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 30
have an undergraduate Q.RA. of at
least 2.5
and
of 50 on the Miller Analog)- Test or 1,000 on the
portions of the Graduate Record Examination,
minimum score
attain a
\
erbal
and quantitative
completing 12
.\fter
Facuity Research Interests
se-
Linda M. LeMura. Ph.D.. associate professor Enei-g)' metabo-
mester hours of graduate work, the student must apph' for admission to
lism, exercise electrocardiograplyy. lipid
candidac). This application must be
submined before the completion
metabolism
Jern- K. Medlock. Ed. D professor Cardiac ivhabilitation.
.
of 15 semester hours of graduate work.
health education, coronary risk factors analysis
Leon Szmedra.
Candidacy
Ph.D.. assistant professor Cardiovascular
adaptations in heart disease, neuromuscular physiology
Requirements for this program are the same as those for the School
of Graduate Studies.
Graduation
The Master of Science
in Exercise Science
36 semester hours of wliich 6 to
1
and Adult Fitness requires
2 semester hours in practicum are
required for graduation. Additionally, attendance
lege of Sports Medicine
at
the American Col-
(ACSM) Exercise Test Technologist Workshop
is
required prior to graduation.
\1ser serves as chairperson of the thesis committee.
member is
letics
Graduate students admitted to candidacy- for the Master of Science
degree are required to complete a
thesis.
The student must confer with
the assigned graduate adviser to select a thesis adviser.
The
thesis ad-
factilt)'
or the Biological and Allied Health Sciences departments. The third
facult}"
member may be
selected from any discipline within the univer-
as appropriate to the thesis topic.
sity-
A second
selected from either the Health. Ph) sical Education, and Ath-
b) the thesis adviser
The thesis topic must be approved
and the graduate program coordinator The com-
pleted thesis will be presented to the thesis committee, peers, and the
universit)-
commimit).
an instructional systems approach.
Master
The MSIT program
Science
of
Instructional Technology
Bailey, Ph.D.
become
and instructional computing with
a nation-
a
more mod-
coverage of TN' production/post production, communicauon
and human resource development. The
forces cooperative
(717) 389-4506
niversity has
timedia technologists." This program integrates extensive experiences
est
J.
Bloomsburg L
'
in instructional design
Program Coordinator: Harold
at
acclaimed, unique program for the preparation of interacdve mul-
ally
eclectic nature of this
skills,
program
teamwork as students combine their theoretical aca-
demic learning with practical, hands-on projects that are being designed,
developed, produced, and e\^tiated by the Institute for Instructional
Technology-.
The Master of Science
in Instructional
Technology (MSIT) program
emerged to respond to the increasing need to prepare professionals who
Curriculmn Overview
Students study a variety of issues related to the design and develop-
can integrate microcomputers and video technology- into the educational
ment of effective
and training environments of basic education. The MSIT program
projects.
ad-
dresses the preparation of three types of professionals:
•
Those who wish
to enter a career in the training
Those
who
tings as trainers
for their
•
already
work
and de^-elopment
in business, industry, or health care set-
and developers, but seek a formalized degree structured
needs and further development
The
or higher education.
ctirriculum of the program concentrates
in the following ar-
•
Curricultim and Instructional Design
lum and
— systems approach, curricu-
instructional materials, psychology of learning
and screen
de-
sign
•
Instructional
Computing
— computing
literacy, programming
and
authoring, computer-assisted instruction, computer-based interactive
Those who wish to become instructional technology resource spe-
cialists in private, public,
The program curriculum includes study
eas:
sector of business, industry-, non-profit institutions, or government.
•
instruction, and then apply these principles in course
video,
•
on the application of
the computer and other emerging technologies to education and
scripts
train-
•
ing, with the emphasis directed towards the design, development, pro-
gies
duction, and evaluation of computer-based interactive multimedia
•
computer
grapliics
Video Production and Post-Production
—
equipment, aesthetics,
and editing
Technology
— past and current technologies, emerging technolo-
and networking
Human
Resource Development
—
teamwork, interpersonal com-
courseware. Master's candidates have the opportunity to experience a
munication, orgai-iizational psy chology; project management and orga-
variety of state-of-the-art interactive technology configurations through
nization training
Bloomsburg University
Page 31
Admission
ate
For Instructional Technology, standardized tests such as the Gradu-
Faculty Research Interests
Record Examination (GRE) and the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) are
Harold
not required for admission, but are required for candidacy.
Persons
who desire graduate
intend to earn a master's degree
level university instruction
but do not
Bailey, Ph.D., professor.
interactive video, project
may be admitted as non-degree students
Timothy
L. Phillips,
No more than 12 semester hours
may be later applied toward a master's
Nancy
Special admission requirements for the
E. Thornton,
Ph.D., assistant professor Instructional
educational evaluation, cognitive psychology
MSIT program include the
June
L.
Trudnak, Ph.D., professor mathematics education,
following:
•
Three
•
A
1-
instructional design,
interview with one or
letters of
to 2-page
computing and
design, appreciation of learning theory to instruction,
degree except by special permission.
A personal
management
Ph.D., assistant professor Instructional
authoring tools
dergraduate college or university.
•
Instructional design,
design, interactive graphics, instructional
provided that they provide proof of graduation from an accredited un-
earned as a non-degree student
J.
computer-based instruction, interactive technologies,
more of the MSIT
faculty.
computer programming and design
of hypermedia applications
recommendation.
paper describing the applicant "s
interest in instruc-
tional technology.
•
A minimal TOEFL score
of 570 for international students.
Graduation
Persons
who
hold a bachelor's degree in any discipline from an ac-
credited college or university
may become degree
candidates and pro-
ceed to the master's degree by completing a minimum of 33 semester
hours of coursework including either an internship or master's
All
thesis..
courses are 3 semester hours imless otherwise indicated.
Required Courses (18 semester hours)
57.550
Instructional Design
57. 551
Advanced
57.570
Introduction to Interactive Technologies
57.573
Authoring Systems
57. 575
Managing Multimedia Projects
27.5 1
TV Production and Design (summer)
One
1
spring)
(fall,
Instructional Design
1 (fall,
(fall,
spring)
(fall,
summer)
spring)
(fall,
spring)
course from the following:
25.445
Organizational Communication (spring)
25.585
Communication Interviewing Techniques
25.586
Communication Training
25.587
Conflict and Communication: Small
48.453
Organizational Psychology (spring)
93 -566
Organizational Behavior (summer)
93. 583
Human Resource Development (fall)
Elective Covirses
Select three courses
in the Organization
(6 semester hours
Group Discussion
minimum)
from the following:
summer)
57.560
Interactive Graphics
57.572
Designing Multimedia with HyperCard
57.574
Authoring Systems
09.580-589
(fall,
II (fall,
summer)
SpecialTopics
Final Requirement
(one course)
57.590
Graduate Internsliips (3 credits)
57.599
Graduate Thesis (6 credits)
(fall,
summer)
Graduate Studies Catalog
Master
of
Page 32
Science
Faculty Research Interests
M. Christine Alichne,
Nursing
R.N., Ph.D., professor. Professional
socialization of nursing students, relationship between
and personal values, predictors of success
cardiopulmonary nursing, advanced nursing
practice and community/university nursing centers.
Mary A. Gavaghan, R.N., Ed.D., associate professor. Causal
interpersonal
in nursing,
Program Coordinator:
Patricia A. Torseila,
D.N.Sc, R.N., C.S.
attributions, coping,
and needs of cancer patients;
and psychosocial
practices of breast self-examination
(717) 389-4419
factors as possible determinants of breast cancer
prebioptically; and information desired
The
goals of this
advanced
program are
clinical practice to:
Use advanced knowledge,
1)
in the
by patients
undergoing lymphangiography.
Annette Gunderman, R.N., M.S.N. associate professor Adult
continuing education, women's health, adult health and
to assist students in selected areas of
,
critical
thinking and communication
illness.
competent use of nursing process, therapeutic interventions and
Nancy A. Onuschak,
technology to provide nursing services designed to promote, restore and
maintain health and
the progress of a diverse client population
facilitate
and psychiatric and mental health nursing
Employ the multifaceted roles of practitioner, educator, researcher,
care and
Patricia A. Torseila, R.N.,
care services designed to impact the delivery of health
promote attainment of client
growth and professional
postmyocardial infarction patients regarding transfer
setting, educator perception and use ofpattern recogni-
Synthesize advanced knowledge of nursing and related disciplines
Demonstrate advanced competence
professor
Dorette Welk, R.N., Ph.D., professor Attitudes in
tion principles in baccalaureate nursing programs,
to improve the practice of professional nursing.
•
C.S., assistant
and elderly.
enhance personal
role development.
Graduates of this program:
•
D.N.Sc,
Mentoring: analysis of the concept for nursing education,
community health nursing, and nursing education topics
goals.
3) Participate in learning activities designed to
research
topics
leader/manager in accord with ANA standards, to coordinate and expand
upon nursing
of
benefit analysis of clinical education in B.S.N, students,
toward a goal of optimal wellness.
2)
R.N., D.Ed., professor Perception
factors affecting quality of therapeutic nursing care, cost-
and
general
in using nursing
process to
formulate clinical decisions designed to promote, restore and maintain
health and attain client goals.
•
Use advanced knowledge, critical thinking and communication
the competent use of therapeutic interventions and technology to
sist
in
as-
diverse clients in a variety of settings to attain an optimal level of
•
vanced practice of professional nursing and provide the foundation
education
wellness.
Collaborate with clients, support systems and other providers
who
at
the doctoral level.
quired in each of these two specialty areas for graduation. The master's
influence the health care environment to coordinate services designed
degree program
to improve the quality of health care, provide for continuity of care
Community Health Option
assist
•
and
the client to effectively interface with the health care system.
Validate, use
and extend research
to
improve the quality of profes-
sional nursing practice.
•
•
identified
needs of
and other designated populations.
skills
to impact the deliv-
Serve as consultants for clients and other consultees to
change
•
in social
and
political action
designed to effect change in
in role
development.
specialty' areas in
The main focus
is
clinical special-
on preparing the
community
promote and improve community health care. Students develop
competence in their multifaceted role as a clinical specialist and use their
solving and
communication to promote change
in the
in the
community. As
competent use of the
nurs-
ing process to diagnose the health problems of special populations,
facilitate
the progress toward the goal of optimal
wellness within the community environment, and to impact the
deliv-
ery of health care in the community. As advanced practitioners, they
Bloomsburg Universit)' offers a Master of Science
with
Nursing.
munity health nursing, working with special populations and commu-
design programs to
Operationalize personal and professional goals designed to enhance
growth
designed to prepare the graduate as a
Community Health
advanced practitioners, they engage
policies that affect health care.
•
is
accredited by the National League for Nursing.
advanced knowledge, responsible decision-making, irmovative problemfacilitate
for positive growth.
Engage
in
nities to
Employ leader/manager knowledge and
ery of health care and promote attainment of client goals.
•
This option
ist
is
graduate to assume a leadership /management role in the area of com-
Develop teaching plans designed to meet the
clients
for
A minimum of 39 semester hours is re-
health,
in
Nursing (M.S.N.)
and adult health and
illness.
The programs of study prepare graduates as clinical specialists in the ad-
serve as consultants and engage in social, ethical and political actions to
influence and initiate change in health care policy in order to promote
the health of communities.
Bloomsburg University
Adult Health and Illness Option
This option
is
illness.
mission for candidacy.
designed to prepare graduates to assume a leadership/
manager position
as a clinical specialist in the area of adult health
and
Through the development of competence
in their multifaceted
engage
in responsible deci-
role as a clinical nurse specialist, students
Following a preliminary review of admission materials, qualified
dents are invited for personal interviews with
members
be considered on an individual
basis.
Applicants
may request a prelimi-
nary interview with the program coordinator for
dent practice designed to meet the changing health needs of a specific
applicants
advanced knowledge,
critical
thinldng
and communication skills in the competent use of therapeutic interven-
and technology to
tions
assist
political actions are
emphasized to
initiate
and
affect
change regarding the development of health care policy and
effect
on health care
its
delivery for a targeted adult population
Students may select either full-time or part-time study depending upon
evening in order to
Classes are scheduled in late afternoon and
sional
facilitate
These
such time as
skills
equivalent to a sound baccalaureate nursing base.
Retention
In addition to meeting the general retention requirements for the
who
School of Graduate Studies, students in the M.S.N, program
been admitted
have
must maintain a minimal Q.PA. of 3 0, receive a minimum grade of B in advanced clinical courses, and complete
to candidacy
the program within six calendar years. Failure to meet these require-
FuU-Time or Part-Time Study
their individual needs.
clarification.
a provisional basis until
completed to ensure knowledge and
identified prerequisites are
others to impact the delivery of health care for a specific adult popula-
and
may be admitted on
the adult client in attaining wellness. As
advanced practitioners, the students serve as a consultant for clients and
tion. Social, ethical
stu-
of the faculty.
Applicants who do not meet the identified admission requirements will
sion-making, innovative problem-solving, and independent/interdepen-
adult population. Students use
Page 33
progression in either type of study. Profes-
ments
will result in the student
being transferred to non-degree status
(Category 510).
Candidacy
Nurse Traineeship Grants from the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services are avaOable for full-time
Requirements for candidacy are the same as those for the School of
study on a competitive basis.
Graduate Studies. Requests for admission to candidacy are submitted
Graduate assistantships are also available to students in the program.
to the option adviser
Preceptors
In the clinical courses in each specialty area, students have the op-
portunity to
work with
a preceptor
works with the
sistant Vice President for
faculty adviser to select the preceptors based
program and the individual student's
upon the
Students are placed in major medical and health care centers in Pennsylvania as well as
with the National
munity agencies
in a variety of settings
Graduation
Required Core Courses (18 semester hours)
Institutes of Health
where
(NIH) and com-
holistic health care
is
82.500
Applied
82.501
Role Theory and Development in Nursing Practice
82.502
Conceptual Role Models
such as hospice care and other specialized health practices.
is
made
jointly
by the
faculty adviser
Statistics for
Health Professionals
82.503
Nursing Research
82 505
Physical Assessments for Advanced Nursing Practice
82.550
Nursing Research
.
delivered,
by the As-
goals.
Placements
The selection
for approval
Graduate Studies and Research.
who is a master's prepared clinical
nurse specialist in the area of the student's specialization. The student
Clinical
and subsequently are reviewed and recommended
by the Nursing Departmental Graduate Council
I
II
and the individual
student.
Clinical Specialization Courses (15 semester hours)
Admission
82.504
•
Document
a bachelor's degree
with a major
82.506
gram accredited by the National League
Q.PA. of
statistics,
3.0,
in nursing
for Nursing,
an vindergraduate
research,
and health assessment
Be licensed to practice nursing
(as either integrated content
in the
United
Submit three
•
Submit a narrative detailing personal and professional goals for
recommendation;
Have completed a minimum of one-year postbaccalaureate
practice in the applicant's
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
82 53 1
Community Health Nursing
82.532
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
.
I
II
n
Elective Courses (6 semester hours)
Graduate-level courses to
fulfill
elective requirements will
clinical
chosen area of clinical specialty prior to
ad-
be chosen
clinical
option
requirements, and role development of a clinical nurse specialist. Electives
graduate education;
•
82.512
by the student and an adviser based on career needs,
•
letters of professional
(Community Health Option)
Community Health Nursing I
.
States;
Have received a minimal composite score of 1 ,200 on the GraduRecord Examination (GRE);
•
ate
82 5 1 1
in
or as a separate course);
•
Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles for Contemporary
Practice
from a pro-
and successful completion of undergraduate courses
for Nursing Practice (Adult Health
Option)
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, applicants must:
Advanced Physiology
may be
selected from graduate coiu-ses in psychology, sociology,
political science, business,
nication, education,
nursing electives
communication
disorders,
speech commu-
and nursing. The following courses are considered
when
not required for the clinical option:
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 34
course
Advanced
82.504
Physiolog>' for Nursing Practice
is
presented in a seminar format with an open forum defense of
the proposal, serving as a comprehensive examination.
Epidemiology': Concepts and Principles for Contemporary'
82.506
Clinical Policies
Nursing Practice
Management and Organizational Behavior
82.5 1 3
82.533
in Advanced Nurs-
Prior to enrolling in advanced clinical courses, graduate students
ing Practice
be candidates for the degree. As
Management and Organizational Behavior in Health Care De-
with agencies serving as
liver)-
clinical
practicum
must have the following documentation on
System
Nursing prior to participating
Projection of Part-Time Course Sequence
First
set forth in the contractual
Year
Fall
82.501 Role Theory and Development in Nursing Practice
Spring
82.502 Conceptual Models in Nursing
Summer 82.503 Nursing
82 500 Applied
Research
Health Professionals
in the clinical
graduate students
with the Department of
component:
•
verification of current cardiopulmonary' resuscitation certification;
•
verification of current professional liability insurance for a
minimum
of $300,000;
•
a comprehensive health examination;
•
verification of current Pennsylvania R.N. licensure;
•
a current resume.
I
Statistics for
.
sites, all
file
Clinical Sites
and Preceptors
Second Year
Lehigh Valley Hospital, Allentown, Pa.
82 504 Advanced Physiology for Nursing Practice
Fall
.
Patricia
-OR- Oective
Spring
Summer
Campbell, M.S.N., R.N.
Linda Petrine, M.S.N., R.N.
82.505 Physical Assessment for Advanced Nursing Practice
-OR
-
Elective
Berwick Hospital Center Home Health Care
82. 506 Epidemiology; Concepts
and Principles for Contempo-
rary Nursing Practice
Services,
Berwick, Pa.
Marilyn Gibbons, M.S.N., R.N.
-OR- Elective(s)
Berwick Hospital Center, Berwick, Pa.
Carolyn Martin-Shaw, M.S.N., R.N.
Tfjird Year
Community Health Nursing
82.5 11
Fall
Christine
I
Zimmerman,
M.S.N., R.N.
-OR-
82.512 Adult Health and
Illness
Nursing
Carlisle Hospital, Carlisle, Pa.
I
Susan Walsh, M.S.N., R.N.
Spring
82.531
Community Health Nursing
II
-OR-
Columbia-Montour Home Health/Visiting Nurse Assoc.
82.532 Adult Health and
Illness
Nursing
n
Laureen Comstock, M.S.N., R.N.
Jane
Gittler, M.S.N.,
R.N.
Fourth Year
FaU
82.550 Nursing Research
Hahnemann
n
University, Philadelphia, Pa.
Private practice associated with Lycoming
Optional Spring: 82.590 Thesis
Projection of a full-time sequence of courses
is
possible over a two-
Maternal and Family Health
Research
OB and GYN
Associates, Nurse-Midwifery Service, Williamsport, Pa.
Rosalie F Kaleda. M.S.N., R.N..
year calendar.
CN R
Services, Inc., Wilkes-Barre,Pa.
Cheryl FuUer, M.S.N., R.N., C.N.R
Students have the opportunity to
and preceptors
extend research
in all
which
is
collaboratively with faculty
They
also validate, utilize,
and
coursework and through the development of a
research proposal, which
sis,
work
in research endeavors.
is
required for graduation, or tlirough a the-
The second research
course. Nursing Research
II,
S.
Hershey Medical Center of The Pennsylvania
State University, Hershey, Pa.
Mary Kathryn Reeves-Hoche,
edge drawn from core and clinical coursework to expand on the research
in
Nursing Research
I.
M.A., M.S., R.N.
M.S.N., R.N.
serves as the cul-
minating experience in the program. The students synthesize knowl-
prospectus developed
The Milton
Wendy Wilkinson,
optional.
In developing a
compre-
National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and
Human Services, Bethesda, Md.
Diane Tompkins, M.S.N., R.N.
hensive research proposal, students conduct an extensive review and
Polyclinic Medical Center; Harrisburg, Pa.
critique of relevant literature, formulate a conceptual or theoretical frame-
work and select an appropriate
research design and methodology.
The
must
agreements
Trish Bennett, M.S.N., R.N.
Linda Bennett, M.S.N., R.N.
Bloomsburg University
Sandra Christensen, M.S.N. R.N.
Melanie Duffy, M.S.N. R.N.
Joanne Ferrari, M.S.N. R.N.
Linda Haldeman, M.S.N., R.N.
University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pa.
,
Page 35
,
,
Susan Hamilton, M.S.N., R.N.
Ann Meyers,
Professional Home Health Care Agency (Affiliate of Polyclinic
Medical Center)
M.S.N., R.N.
Terri Williams, M.S.N. R.N.
,
Pat Cassel, M.S.N. R.N., C.R.N.P
,
Presbyterian Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pa.
CyntiaTyger, M.B.A., R.N., C.N.A.A.
Barbara Gleeson, M.S.N. R.N.
,
The Nurse's Center, Bloomsburg, Pa.
Deborah Traugh, M.S.N., R.N., C.N.R
Sandra Hicks, M.S.N. R.N.
,
Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Louise Guszick, M.S., R.N., C.R.N.P
Student Health Center, Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg,
Harrisburg Hospital, Harrisburg, Pa.
Cindy Harris, M.S.N., R.N., C.R.N.P
Pa.
Master of Science
•
2.8,
Special Education/
Exceptionalities
An undergraduate
cumulative Q.PA. of
2.8.
the student will be admitted as provisional,
nated after completion of 1 2 to
3-0 or better
is
earned.
1
If
5 semester hours in
No Cs may be
average
below
is
which must be
elimi-
which a Q.PA. of
earned during a probationary
period.
Retention
Program Coordinator:
Carroll J.
Redfern, Ed.D.
A Q.PA.
of two Cs
(717) 389-4119
is
of 3.0
is
A maximum
required for retention in the program.
permissible.
If
a
C
is
earned
in a
practicum course, it must
be repeated with a grade of B or better within
a time
frame determined
by the area of concentration.
This program provides an opportunity for individuals to pursue two
different master's programs.
for those
who
A Master of Science in Special Education is
hold certification in special education.
It is
intended to
improve the competence of the student's work for further graduate work
in the field of special education.
gram
is
The Masters of
Exceptionalities pro-
who are not currently working in the special
who wish to expand their knowledge and develop
for professionals
education
field,
but
Graduation
Students seeking the M.S. in Special Education must complete a mini-
mum of 30
may opt
semester hours with a cumulative Q.PA. of 3
0.
Students
to complete a thesis or a departmental paper, or take
tional semester
hours
6
addi-
— yielding a total of 36 semester hours — in place
of the thesis or departmental paper
new skills for working with the exceptional person. Certification in Special Education may also be pursued through the Masters of
Master of Science in Special Education
Exceptionalities program.
Graduation requirementsChoice A: Thesis option
24 hours
course work plus six credits for thesis. Choice B: Department paper
option
Applicants seeking admission to the master's degree program in spe-
education must
satisfy
the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies. The following additional criteria are also
A one-page, handwritten letter of intent
•
•
•
•
— 30 hours of course work plus department paper
— 36 hours course work.
Choice C:
Core requirements (9 credits)
70.565
Reading and Interpreting Research in Special Education
OR
stating professional back-
ground, experience, and rationale for wanting to be admitted to a specific
certificate
Course work option
required:
•
and
—
Admission
cial
Prerequisite: B.S. in Special Education
79. 591
Research in Education
70.575
Seminar
70.591
Practicum in Special Education
in
Current Issues in Special Education
department;
Two
letters of
recommendation;
Resume;
An interview with the program
Free Electives (a
coordinator;
Graduate Record Examination; and
minimum
of 12 credits must be taken in special
education. Note: one graduate methods course
is
recommended
previous methods course has not been taken in the lastfive years).
if
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 36
70.501
Administration and Supervision in Education of Exceptional
Individuals
Faculty Research Interests
70.502
Mental Retardation
Arthur
"0.506
Introduction, to Early Intervention
70.522
Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for Special Needs
Mary
B. Hill. Ph.D.,
professor Special education research
and
technology
Students
Kenneth R Hunt, Ph.D.. professor Behavior disorders, applied
behavior analysis, behavior management
Needs
70.526
Transition for Individuals with Special
70.533
Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
70.534
Learning Disabilities
70.544
CrowelJ Jr, Ph.D., associate professor Mental
R.
retardation, learning disabilities, administration.
assessment, inclusive practices
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
(recommended
Dove Jones, Ed.D., assistant professor Early childhood,
Sheila
Michael
if
previous assessment course older than five
J.
Karpinski, Ph.D., assistant professor
Exceptionalities, vocational education, transition
years)
Ann
70.547
Technology for Exceptional Individuals
70.550
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
Disabilities (Elementar)')
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
70.556
The MentaUy Gifted
70. 562
Issues of Individuals with Physical Disabilities
70.5"'0
Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.572
Seminar
Disabilities (Secondary')
in
Individuals
Master's Research Paper
72.572
Augmentative Communication
74.490
Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered Individu-
74.501
J.
Redfem,
Ed.D., professor
mental retardation, supervision
Joseph M.Youshock, Ed.D., professor Exceptionalities,
vocational education, transition, curriculum development
on secondary levels
Behavior Disorders
Special Workshop
70.599
als
Carroll
Exceptionalities,
70.551
70.596/597/598
Lee, Ed.D., associate professor Inclusion, early
L.
childhood, language arts
*70.522
Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for Special Needs
*70.526
Transition for Individuals with Special
*70.533
Language Arts
*70.534
Learning Disabilities
Students
for Students
and Their Families
Introduction to Sign Language
Needs
with Special Needs
With adviser approval you may also choose additional elective gradu-
*70.544
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
such as reading, early childhood, curricu-
*70.550
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
ate courses in related fields
lum and foundations, psychology', and
sociology.
Disabilities
*70.551
Master of Science in Exceptionalities
Graduation requirements
course work plus six credits for
thesis.
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
Disabilities
— Choice A:Thesis option — 24 hours
Choice
B:
Department paper
— 30 hours of course work plus department paper
Course work option — 36 hours course work.
option
(Elementary)
(Secondary)
*70.562
Issues of Individuals with Physical Disabilities
*70.570
Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.501
Administration and Supervision of Education for Exceptional
Choice C:
One Graduate Reading Course
Core requirements (9 credits)
Individuals
70.5 16
Psy chology of Exceptional Individuals
70.556
The Mentally Gifted
70.565
Reading and Interpreting Research in Special Education
70.572
Seminar in Behavior Disorders
OR
72.572
Augmentative Communication
"'4.490
Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered Individit
79. 591
Research
70.575
Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
in
Education
als
74. 50 1
Free electives (a
minimum
of 12 credits must be taken in special
education. Note: for certification to teach the mentally/plyysically
handicapped,
all starred
courses or their equivalent must be taken.)
Introduction to Sign Language
70.591
Special Workshop
Master's Research Paper
Practicum in Special Education or student teaching, depending
70.501
and Their Families
70.596/597/598
70.599
Individual
on student background
Administration and Supervision of Education for Exceptional
Individuals
With adviser approvalyou may also choose additional elective gradu-
*70.502
Mental Retardation
ate courses in related fields
*70.506
Introduction to Early Intervention
lum and foundations, psychology, and sociology.
such
as reading, early childhood, curricu-
Bloomsburg University
Master
of
Science
Page 37
Faculty Research interests
Dianne H.Angelo, Ph.D., associate professor
methods, augmentative communication
Speech Pathology
Ronald
Program Coordinator: G. Donald
Miller,
R.
Champoux,
Clinic, clinical
Neurogenic disorders
Ph.D., professor
of speech and language, orofacial disorders of speech,
Ph.D.
clinic
Robert
(717) 389-4436
J.
Lowe, Ph.D., associate professor Phonology,
phonetics, speech science, clinic
M.Weitz, Ph.D., assistant professor
Julia
Normal language,
language disorders in children
The graduate program
clinical practice
in
speech pathology prepares students
with a variety of communication disorders and
variety of clinical settings.
The program
is
heavily based
on
extemship practicum
Retention
clinical ex-
perience both in our in-house clinic and culminating with a
ter of
for
in a
full
semes-
in a clinic, hospital, or school setting.
Graduate students must maintain a Q.PA. of 3-0 with a
two Cs throughout the graduate program.
must make application
school, students
ter they
a grade of C
maximum of
is
earned in a
course must be repeated. To progress in graduate
clinic course, the
Admission
If
for admission to candidacy
af-
have completed 12 to 15 semester hours of coursework.
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, applicants for the master 's degree program
in
Graduation
speech pathology must meet the following specifications:
The graduate program
•Applicants are required to submit a one-page, typed letter detailing
their professional
background, experience, and rationale for wanting to
be admitted to the program
in
speech pathology.
from references
who
rience
is
have knowledge of their academic and
speech pathology consists of a minimum
considered necessary and inseparable from the existing course
sequence.
•Applicants are required to submit three letters of recommendation
in
of 42 semester hours with most courses being required. Clinical expe-
It
becomes an important
step in the development of a
com-
petent clinician, linking the classroom and textbook information with
clinical
clinical
experience, certification, and eventual employment in the
field.
background. This information must include the name, address, position,
Required Courses
and telephone number of each reference.
72.550
Adult Aphasia
minimum Q.PA.
72.552
Preschool Language Disorders
an area other than communication
72.554
Stuttering
72.556
Phonology
•Applicants must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited
tution with a major in
of 2.8. Applicants
communication disorders and
whose major is
in
a
insti-
disorders will be required to satisfactorily complete certain academic
and practicum deficiencies. These
will
be prescribed by faculty follow-
ing analysis of the individual's transcript.
•A minimum combined score of 1 ,450 on the verbal, quantitative and
analytical subtests of the
all
applicants.
Graduate Record Examination
is
required of
72.558
Clinic
72.560
Voice Disorders
72.562
Language Disorders of School-aged Children
72.565
Speech Disorders
72.566
Clinic
II
72.576
Clinic
III
72.580
Communication Disorders of theTraumatically Head Injured
72.582
Research in Speech and Language Pathology
72.584-.586
I
Field
in Adults
Experience
I
and Children
&U
Elective Courses
72.530
Fundamentals of Audiology
72.568
Speech Habilitation
72.570
Adult
72.572
Augmentative Communication
72.574
Seminar in Communication Disorders
72.590
Independent Study and Research
II
-
in the Schools
Secondary Language Disorders
72.591
Independent Study and Research
72.592
in Audiology
and/or Speech Pathology
72.593
Workshop
Workshop
in Audiology
and/or Speech Pathology
72 594
Workshop
in Audiology
and/or Speech Pathology
72.599
Master's Thesis
.
.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 38
Curriculum and Instruction (N, K-12)
Social Studies
30 semester hours
Special Education
21 semester hours
Prerequisites for Admission
Supervisory Certificate
•
Certification in the area for
which supervisory
certification
is
sought.
Programs
•
for
At least five years of satisfactory teaching experience in the field
certification is sought. (Valid certificate in the field is
which
required)
Program Coordinator: John
R.
Hranitz, Ed.D.
Program Requirements
A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate-level courses from the
(717) 389-4030
following areas:
Management and
The Supervisor of Curriculum and
Instruction Certificate Programs
Principles
administration
and practices
include the supervisor of curriculum and instruction certificate and the
School law and fmance
supervisory (N, K-12) certificate programs designed for supervisors in
Group dynamics
an area of specialization. Thes are designed for individuals seeking certification
with district-wide responsibilities that includes designing, co-
ordinating, improving, evaluating,
and extending instruction from
N to
in
school supervision
Research techniques
Curriculum development
Practicum
— field experience
12.
Admission
•Candidates must provide proof of a valid Pennsylvania teaching
Cooperative Doctoral Program
certificate.
•Candidates must provide evidence of at
ton' teaching experience. (Experience
an intern certificate
is
least five years
on an emergency
of
satisfac-
certificate or
not acceptable.)
combines the resources of both
minimum
of 36 semester hours
at
the
The program includes
graduate level from seven areas of competency.
•Curriculum and instruction
— theory, design, and development
•Curriculum and early childhood, elementary, middle, and secondary'
offers a Doctorate of Education in cooperation
is
a
cooperative doctoral program in elementar)' education that
Program Requirements
Candidates must complete a
Bloomsburg
with Indiana University of Pennsylvania (TUP). This
education
•Research
institutions.
areas of concentration
•
curriculum and supervision;
•
administration;
•
reading;
•
early childhood education;
•
educational psychology; and
•
special education.
•Supervision, management, and administration
in:
•Group dynamics
•School law and fmance
•Practicum
— field experience
Students take courses
at
both Bloomsburg and lUP and the
doctoral committee guiding the dissertation consists of faculty'
Supervisory (N, K-12)
This program
is
from both
designed for the person with primary responsibility
supervising and directing the activities of professional and non-professional
employees
in given fields.
If
institutions.
you are interested
in this doctoral
S.
Bloomsburg
Bloomsburg, PA
University,
degree program, you
O'Bruba or John
should contact William
1
R. Hranitz at
78 1 5
Areas of Specialization
Curriculum and Instruction
Early
Childhood Education
36 semester hours
30 semester hours
Elementary Education
30 semester hours
Reading
30 semester hours
School Health Service
30 semester hours
Secondary Education
30 semester hours
Communication
30 semester hours
Foreign Languages
30 semester hours
Mathematics
30 semester hours
Science
30 semester hours
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary courses are planned
by more than one
department or program. The courses are sometimes taught by
teams of faculty members. Students should consult with their
advisers to determine the appropriateness of these courses for
their particular degree programs.
Bloomsburg University
Page 39
Course Descriptions
Course Codes
Graduate Courses
Code
Field of Study
91.
Accounting
40
46.
Anthropology
40
30.
Art
40
31.
Art History
40
32.
Art Studio
41
72.
Audiology/Speech Pathology
50.
Biology
43
90.
Business Education
45
23.
Communication
45
25.
Communication Studies
45
40.
Economics
45
60.
Educational Foundations
46
62.
Elementary and Early Childhood
...42
Education
47
96.
Finance
48
05.
Health and Physical Education .48
80.
Health Sciences
48
42.
History
48
92.
Information Processing
57.
Instructional
09,
Interdisciplinary Studies
49
98.
Law and
50
93.
IVIanagement
50
55.
Marine Science
50
97.
Marketing
51
27.
Mass Communications
51
53.
Technology
Legal Elements
49
49
Mathematics and Computer
Science
51
82.
Nursing
45
94.
Office
54.
Physics
44.
Political
79.
Professional Studies
48.
Psychology
54
63.
Reading
54
65.
Secondary Education
55
45.
Sociology
55
70.
Special Education
56
74.
Studies
Systems
53
53
Science
in
Hearing Loss
53
54
57
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 40
91.551
shown
Note: Semester hours
parentheses
after
prerequisites,
if
indicated at the
course
in
any, are
91.552
An
Controllership Accounting
(3)
integrating course dealing with
administrative problems of the accounting
function; internal control system design and
maintenance; relations with audit committee,
CPA firm, and regulatory agencies pertaining
to internal and external reporting.
each
course discription
Accounting (Code 91)
Financial Accounting
(3)
Emphasis on asset valuation, income
determination, and financial accounting
principles, with selected topics from the cash
flow statements and interpretation of financial
Special Topics
Advanced Financial Accounting
Advanced
problems
This course addresses a variety of topics in
accounting and allows the instructor to focus
profession.
accounting, and selected topics
dealing with government units and nonprofit
service organizations. Selected reference to
professional literature and uniform CPA
fiduciar)
examination problems. Prerequisite: 91-
Government & Fund Accounting
"iOl
(3)
Accounting principles and practices of
governments and nonprofit institutions.
Comparisons between accounting principles
and practices which apph' to governments
and nonprofit institutions and those which are
generally accepted in business.
91.521
Students should contact the
46.440
concepts and practical procedures of reporting
Special emphasis
is
management.
placed upon the use of
budgetan control and budget analysis; the use
of standard costs; the relevance of
management's costs and profit responsibilit)
reports; and the importance of capital
expenditure planning and control.
91.522
Advanced Auditing Theory
(3)
In-depth examination of the audit process,
including compliance with GAAS, ethical
considerations.
anah ses,
EDP auditing,
as well as current
use of statistical
problems facing
the auditing profession.
91.523
Advanced Tax Accounting
(3)
91.524
Managerial Accounting
(3)
Language and Culture
discussed include: dialectal variation, discourse
analysis,
46.450
Peoples and Cultures
of
South
America
(3)
Surveys introduction to the aboriginal, nonliterate cultures of South America including
the ecological background, archaeology, and
cultural patterns.
students.
Readings and Research
in
American
Art History
Advanced study of the
(3)
history of visual art in
America.
31 .570
Readings and Research
European Art History
in
Early
(3)
31 .571
Readings and Research
European Art History
in
Later
(3)
Examines period from the early Renaissance
through French Impressionism.
31 .575
Readings and Research
in
Oriental
(3)
Advanced survey of Oriental Art in the broadest
sense of the word, the art, and architecture of
the ancient Near East, Japan, China, and India.
An introduction to both monuments and
cultural ideas. Exposes advanced students to
basic problems in chronology, style, and
research methodology.
History of Anthropological Thought
and Theory
(3)
Intensive survey of the leading
interpretation with special emphasis
on the
concept of culture and its practical application
to modem problems.
Art
30.590
Arts for Exceptional
(3)
Stresses importance of art activity' as a
means of
enriching and stimulating special children's
awareness of themselves and their world.
Emphasis
is
placed on those positive a.spects
child possesses.
World from the
Pharaonic Egyptian period through the
contemporary 20th century. Typical and
outstanding examples of each period are
discussed and researched. Imperative to an
architecture in the Western
architecture.
(3)
Children
(3)
Advanced survey of the evolution of
rationale for the creation of such an
Current Theories of Art and Art
Advanced Visual
in
understanding of the physical structures studied
an analysis of the type of society and the
(Code 30)
Education
Readings and Research
Architectural Art History
is
Focuses on current theories of art and art
education practiced in American schools with
an emphasis on eventual application. A research
paper or research project is required.
30.591
31 .580
methods and
theories of anthropological and ethnological
management decision making.
solving, case studies.
from the late 1 9th century to the present
with readings and research for advanced
art
Art History
for creative activity
problem
(3)
movements in
multilingualism, language, and
cognition and the role of language in education.
Introduction to the literature of accounting in
Theory,
(3)
evolution and contemporary' cultures. Topics
Presents an in-depth analysis of Federal and
Pennsylvania tax codes with particular
emphasis on corporations, estates, and trusts.
Readings and Research in
Contemporary Art History
Detailed study of contemptiran
Tlie place of oral or non-oral language in human
(3)
Provides a thorough understanding (jf the basic
cost information to business
(Code 31)
Research focu.ses on specific topics relating to
the periods from Pre-Historic to Gothic.
Anthropology (Code 46)
46.470
Advanced Cost Accounting
31 .560
instructor prior to enrollment.
statements, stockbroker's equit), partnerships,
91 503
(3-6)
on appropriate current topics in the accounting
(3)
consolidated
in
Master's Thesis
Art History
(3)
statements.
91.502
30.595
31 .565
91.599
91.501
(3)
title;
end
of
International Accounting
Addresses the global nature of accounting in
the current business environment.
which the handicapped
31 .585
Art
and Culture
of
France
(3)
Stud)'-t()ur of France with specific attention to
French Art seen in relation to its social and
cultural environment. Visits will be made to
places of artistic and cultural interest in and
around Paris and specific areas of France related
to the particular course of .study. Course also
offered through the School of Extended
Programs for ad\ anced students and members
of the community.
31 .592
Readings and Research
Visual Aesthetics
in
Advanced
(3)
Advanced stud\' of images and viable aesthetic
Bloomsburg University
positions in the plastic arts emphasizing artistic
visual statements in crafts. Individualized
and perceptual awareness and concern with
environmental relationships.
instruction and independent planning for each
31.595
Directed Study
Advanced study of
history.
History (3 or 6)
in Art
a topic in the area of art
Intensive review of the scholarly
literature in the field.
A paper is required under
the direction of a faculty adviser.
student
on
32.521
all
Advanced
Crafts
Individual concentration
II
(3)
on
specific
media
and related tecliniques. Intense involvement
with refined design schemes, systems, and
variations that are oriented toward an
increasingly more defined singular direction in
Art Studio
32.500
(Code 32)
Advanced Ceramics
Advanced Painting
IV
(3)
Mature fulfillment of personal expression.
Painting should reflect continuity of intent and
style. A selection of work is prepared for
exhibition and thesis.
Advanced Sculpture
32.550
(3)
I
Requires students to define in writing their
level of knowledge and philosophical direction,
crafts.
32.522
painting designed into architectural space.
32.543
four levels.
Page 41
Advanced
Crafts
III
(3)
Highly independent and mature involvement
with advanced concepts, methods, and
then prepare a plan of study that allows for a
direction of work. Students are responsible for
the completion of show quality pieces.
Advanced Sculpture
(3)
processes in a specific crafts direction. Students
32.551
Requires students to define in writing their
should begin to develop a thesis presentation
wliich should emerge from studio experiences,
independent research, and from a wide, highly
selective exposure to craft objects in museums,
Emphasis on student experimentation while
still being concerned with the concept form.
Focus on growth and development of more
I
level of knowledge and competency, then
prepare a plan of study that will allow for a
direction of work. Students are responsible for
making and
firing their
own work.
galleries,
and private
Advanced Ceramics
II
(3)
32.523
Advanced
Students intensify their study of selecting a
specialized problem relating to the experiences
gained in Advanced Ceramics
32.502
Advanced Ceramics
I.
III
(3)
Students continue to pursue an advanced and
Crafts IV
(3)
Continued involvement with advanced
concepts in crafts. Concentration on
completing final works for a one-man or a one-
woman
show.
A
definitive position
positive philosophical ideas.
Advanced Sculpture
facilitates
continuity in learning.
32.503
Advanced Ceramics
IV
(3)
Focuses on professional and philosophical
attitude reflected in students' work. Students
are required to have an exhibition of their
work.
Advanced Drawing
involvement of personal expression and
imagery.
32.511
Advanced Drawing
(3)
II
Emphasis on the development of individual
themes and projects.
32.512
Advanced Drawing
III
(3)
transition
from experimentations to a more
and aesthetic
reflect a significant
definite direction in technique
opinion.
Advanced Sculpture
32.553
be developed.
Students produce highly professional pieces
IV
(3)
of art while maintaining an awareness of their
32.530
Advanced Graphics
(3)
I
responsibility to society. This responsibility
Advanced level exploration of traditional and/
or experimental printmaking methods.
Emphasis on personalized imagery and
fulfilled
technical proficiency.
32.580
32.531
Advanced Graphics
(3)
II
Exploration of advanced level printmaking
including color and color registration
(3)
I
Explores advanced drawing techniques and
(3)
work should
reflecting a personal philosophy in crafts should
procedures.
32.510
III
Students'
paper
refined level ofstudy in the discipline of creating
an art object. A specialized problem relating to
the experiences gained in the first two levels
(3)
studios.
32.552
32.501
II
for a thesis.
Advanced Photography
(3)
I
Focuses on foundations of black and white
photography for the advanced student.
Emphasis on the technical controls of exposure
and printing, research on historical and
contemporary photographers and issues, and
active participation in class critiques
32.532
Advanced Graphics
(3)
III
Focuses on personalized forms for potential
expected to be
innovative and proficient in technology of
is
by an exhibition of each student work
and
lectures.
Advanced Photography
thesis statement. Students are
32.581
printmaking.
Students identify teclmical and conceptual
problems and goals which they will pursue
(3)
II
Concentration on the selected forms for a
during the course. "Written statement of
intentions, self-evaluation of work, and a final
portfolio required. Attendance at lectures and
unified thesis statement.
critiques
is
32.582
Advanced Photography
32.533
Advanced Graphics
IV
(3)
required.
Focuses on personal expression and imagery
for potential thesis statement
self-direction
32.540
and innovation.
Searches into purpose of painting with specific
Stresses proficiency in black
attention to traditional methods,
exposure and printing. Students design a
semester photographic project with a finished
—
32.513
Advanced Drawing
IV
(3)
Advanced Painting
(3)
I
i.e.,
glazing,
egg tempera, and imderpainting.
Concentration and production of drawings for
a unified thesis statement.
32.520
Advanced
I
(3)
Advanced
levels of experimentation with
contemporary idioms in crafts design. Emphasis
on highly professional concepts of form and
methods and on investigation and refinement
of techniques as a means of realizing significant
(3)
and white
and exhibition as final goals.
Continued class participation and development
portfolio
32.541
Advanced Painting
II
(3)
Exploration and different approaches of
Crafts
III
of technical
skills
expected.
painting for individual expression. Emphasis
on achieving
32.542
32.583
in representational painting.
Advanced Painting
III
(3)
Continued development into maturity of
individual style
with emphasis on mural
—
Advanced Photography
IV
(3)
Students write a statement outlining their thesis
work to be carried out during the course. A
final
thesis,
required.
exhibition, and portfolio are
Graduate Studies Catalog
32.595
Directed Study
in
Page 42
Studio Art
Continued development of
a
(3 or 6)
student's
involvement in a studio area after satisfactory
completion of four levels of advanced study in
that area or in a related area of relevance.
Consent of the instmctor and the department
chairperson are required.
Audiology/Speech Pathology
(Code 72)
72.500
problems
(3)
mechanisms. Covers etiology of hearing losses,
interpretation of audiometric evaluations, and
available rehabilitative procedures. Lab
experience in the administration of clinical
audiometric evaluation is provided.
Prerequisite: ''2.200. ^2.300.
in
in
Audiology: Industrial and
Public Health Audiology
(3)
Problems and programs ofhearing conservation
in public institutions and industries examined
with special emphasis on legislation and
medico-legal questions. Examines role and
function of the public health and industrial
72.516
Study of the electrophysiologic techniques
used to assess cochlear and retrocochlear
Review of theories and
clinical
evoked
responses,
and
Seminar in Audiology: Auditory
Problems in Children
(3)
Hearing Aids and Auditory Training
variety of clients.
72.530
Fundamentals
of
Audiology
concepts
in diagnostic
and
rehabilitative
72.532
procedures.
Emphasis on solving practical equipment
problems and understanding the operation of
equipment used in clinical practice and hearing
Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical
and Clinical Masking
(3)
implications of the audiological topics to each
of the fields of study listed above.
Instrumentation and Electronics:
Clinical
and Hearing Science
services.
adults.
72.520
of aphasia, neurological basis for aphasia,
symptomatology of aphasia, associated
Educational Audiology
(3)
72.550
Adult Aphasia
(3)
Studies language disorders in brain-injured
Areas of concentration include history
problems, intelligence and aphasia, evaluation
of language and nonlanguage functions, and
Examines the effects of hearing loss on speech
and language development, the use of
current rehabilitative procedures.
Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature in
amplification in the schools, and educational
72.552
and other rehabilitative
audiolog}' alternatives
and models.
measures available to individuals with serious
organic and nonorganic hearing problems.
Study, interpretation, and evaluation of modem
72.522
Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and
Practice
(3)
Habilitation/rehabilitation of the hearing
children.
72.506
impaired including auditor)' training, speech
reading, hearing aids, assistive listening devices,
72.554
Externship: Clinical Practicum in
(3)
I
Hearing losses and deafness affecting the
personal and socio-economic adjustment of
and treated through
supervised study and experience. Extemships
ma> be arranged in approved private and public
communication strategies, and counseling.
Emphasis on the sensory capabilities (audit on',
visual, tactile, and auditor>'-visual training) of
individuals evaluated
the hearing impaired with practiciun lab.
institutions.
72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528
Clinical Methods and Practicum
Audiology
72.508
Externship: Clinical Practicum in
Audiology
(3)
II
See course description for 72.506
72.510
Research
in
Audiology
(3)
Application of clinical and non-clinical research
literature to the solution of diagnostic
and
treatment problems encountered in the general
practice of audiology.
72.512
Seminar in Audiology: Special
Problems
Analysis, interpretation,
(3)
and study of selected
(3)
Emphasizes the Speech, Hearing, and Language
Clinic as an integral part ofthe teaching-training
program of the Department of Communication
Disorders. The clinic provides outpatient
diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons
of all ages with speech, hearing, and language
problems, including students, other members
of the university community, and residents of
the Bloomsburg area; ser\'es as an extension of
the classroom where students can apply and
study evaluational procedures, therapeutic
methods, techniques and materials, and the
classification and etiolog) of speech and hearing
(3)
Stuttering
(3)
Studies the development, diagnosis, and
treatment of stuttering disorders with equal
emphasis on academic understanding and
clinical management.
72.556
in
Preschool Language
Reviews normal language acquisition with
primary emphasis on the application of
developmental information to the diagnosis
and habilitation of language disorders in
instruments and tests included.
Audiology
(3)
Neurophysiological and acoustic basis of
problems of masking in auditor}' measurement
explored and training offered in clinical
masking procedures.
(3)
relation to educational
(3)
Designed for graduate students who are not
audiology majors such as, but not liinited to,
students in speech pathology education of the
in children discussed in
conjunction with appropriate habilitative
aspects of audiology in the educational setting.
72.504
in all
impairment
Deals with the diagnostic and rehabilitative
elect rocochleography.
experience
— diagnosis, therapy,
counseling, and report writing — with a wide
aspects of remediation
,
applications of vestibular tests, auditory
brainstem
and lecture information to actual
under the close supervision of
audiology. Attempts to relate the possible
72.518
(3)
relate text
clinical cases
Congenital and acquired hearing impairment
in children examined with special emphasis
on problems of differential diagnosis.
Educational and social implication of hearing
Audiometry and
Electronystagmography
disorders; gives students an opportunity to
hearing impaired, reading, nursing, or special
education. Presents a synopsis of the primary
Audiology:
Brainstem Evoked Response
function.
Seminar
audiologist.
iVIeasurement of Hearing Loss
Physiological Methods
and related disciplines
certified staff. Students gain
72.514
Studies anatomy and physiology of the hearing
72.502
in audiolog)'
may
include education, psychology',
otology, rehabilitation, and other fields.
that
Phonology
(3)
Examines language-based disorders of
articulation. Emphasis on identification,
description,
and remediation of phonological
disorders.
Discusses enerative and natural
phonological processes are discussed.
72.558
Clinic
(3)
I
Emphasizes the Speech, Hearing, and Language
Clinic as an integral part of the teacliing-training
program of the Department of Communication
Disorders. The clinic provides outpatient
diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons
of all ages with speech, hearing, and language
problems, including students, other members
of the imiversity community and residents of
,
Bloomsburg University
the Bloomsburg area; serves as an extension of
the classroom
72.574
where students can apply and
Seminar
in
Communication
Disorders
72.599
Page 43
Master's Thesis
(3)
(1-6)
Opportunity to employ accepted methods of
study evaluational procedures, therapeutic
Selected theoretical and clinical areas of
educational research in the solution or intensive
methods, techniques and materials, and the
classification and etiology of speech and hearing
disorders; gives students opportunity to relate
communication disorders and related
disciplines. Selected areas may include clinical
study of some problem area of interest or
concern. The problem area selected for the
research project must be related to Speech
Pathology/Audiology.
and lecture information to actual clinical
cases imder the close supervision of certified
and research topics pertaining to student needs.
text
staff.
Students gain experience in
all
—
—
aspects of
diagnosis, therapy, counseling,
remediation
with a wide variety of clients.
report writing
72.560
Voice Disorders
Studies diagnosis
functional
and
clinical
Clinic
III
(3)
See course description for 72.558.
72.580
Communication Disorders of the
Traumatically Head Injured
Biology (Code 50)
50.411
(3)
(3)
Studies the nature of traumatic head injuries,
management of
emphasizing assessment and treatment of
resultant cognito communication disorders.
and organic voice disorders.
Language Disorders
72.562
72.576
of
School Aged
Children
72.582
Research
in
Speech and Language
Pathology
(3)
(3)
Explores disorders of later language acqtiisition
Application of clinical and nonclinical research
and the interaction of language disorders with
academic achievement, especially in the
acquisition of literacy skills. Diagnostic
assessments and treatment approaches are
literature to the solution of treatment problems
developed.
Considers special clinical problems of clients
through advanced study and experience.
Extemships in approved institutions or schools.
Problem areas and student practicums must be
approved by a graduate adviser.
Disorders of Speech
72.565
in
Children and
Adults
(3)
Considers the neuromuscular and structural
disorders that may affect the speech process as
and
adult, cerebral palsy, cleft palate
dysarthrias.
72.566
72.586
Field Experiences
Field Experiences
(3)
I
(3)
II
(3)
See course description for 72.558.
72.568
See course description for 72.584.
Independent Study and Research
Permits students to
II
Speech Habilitation
in
work under
language pathology in a school setting as it
interacts with the other school-related
disciplines.
Emphasis
of communication
72.570
Adult
II
is
placed on
among the
facilitating
scheduled courses.
72.591
-Secondary Language
(3)
Independent Study and Research
(3)
72.592
Workshop in Audiology and/or
Speech Pathology
(3)
Temporary workshops/seminars designed to
focus on contemporary trends, topics and
problems in the fields of audiology or speech
pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers,
emphasis on disorders of right
team teaching, field experience and practium,
new media and technologies and related
tecliniques and methodologies are concepts
that might be incorporated into one of the
hemisphere
damage,
dementia,
and
Augmentative Communication
(3)
schizophrenia.
72.572
workshops/seminars.
Explores the field of augmentative
communication and nonspeaking persons.
72.593
Topics include candidacy issues, assessment,
vocabulary configuration, symbol selection,
and communication interaction training for
See course description for 72.592
language board and electronic device users.
Examines current research practices and
communication interaction patterns
of nonspeaking individuals.
studies in
instructor.
72.594
Microbial Genetics
(3)
Genetic analysis of microbes to provide insights
into the molecular basis of gene action using
viruses, bacteria,
and lower eukaryotes. Topics
include DNA and chromosome structure, gene
organization and expression,
genetic
recombination, plasmids, transposons, and
recombinant DNA. Three hours lecture/
seminar per week. Prerequisite: Consent of
the instructor or two of thefollowing courses
52.341 Biochemistry, 50.242 General
Microbiology, 50.332 Genetics.
Workshop in Audiology and/or
Speech Pathology
Workshop in Audiology and/or
Speech Pathology
See course description for 72.592
50.441
Cytogenetics
(3)
Describes the structure and behavior of
chromosomes and their effects on development
the effects of
Study of secondary disorders of language in
adults. Special
whole
50.232, 50.233, 53. Ml, or consent of the
and human genetic syndromes
See course description for 72.590.
disciplines.
Disorders
plants and animals from cells to
organisms; application of radiochemicals in
biological studies. Minimum of 4 hours per
week including laboratory. Prerequisite:
close faculty
guidance on library study of specified areas or
(3)
Examines the profession of speech and
on
—
(3)
on individual research projects when particular
needs cannot be met by registration in regularly
the Schools
nuclear structure; fundamental properties of
radiation; physical, chemical, and genetic effect
50.432
72.584
72.590
Clinic
(3)
encountered inspeechand language pathology.
an aerodynamic mechanism. Special emphasis
on the
Radiation Biology
Studies effects of radiation on living organisms;
(3)
chromosome
in reference to
abnormalities
on
phenotype. Explores relationship between
chromosomes, oncogenes and cancer.
Laboratory studies include microscopic
techniques, cell structure methods, and
karyotype preparation. Two hours lecture, 2
hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
50.332 or 50.333; or consent ofthe instructor.
50.455
Environmental Microbiology
(3)
Provides a practical application of knowledge
of microorganisms, their effects on our
environment, methods of control, sanitation
regulations, and testing procedures. Field trips
taken when practical. 1 hour lecture, 4 hours
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.341 or
consent of the instructor.
50.457
Entomology
(3)
Studies the physiology, morphology, behavior,
classification,
(3)
A
and general biology of the insects.
collecting period provides an opportunity
for students to collect,
display insects for study.
limited to order
and
mount, and properly
Taxonomic emphasis
family. Equivalent to 5
)
Graduate Studies Catalog
week
hours per
50.462
Plant
Page 44
including laboratory.
Anatomy
(3)
Outlines recent concepts of plant anatomy and
evolution. Laboratory sessions stress
comparative morphology of higher fungi,
laboratory techniques, and field mycology.
Two hours lecture/3 hours laboratory per week.
historical consideration of classical researchers.
Reviews structure, function, growth, and
morphogenesis of the vascular plants.
Addresses composition and growth of
meristems and the phenomena of subsequent
tissue differentiation to increase appreciation
of development events. Describes anatomical
organization by developmental and
comparative methods in order to explain
important cell, tissue, and organ relationships.
Two hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: 50. 120.
50.463
Biological Photographic Techniques
(3)
and
50.551
Conservation of Biological
(3)
Emphasis on the theory and practice of
environmental conservation of biological
resources and on applied ecology. Field trips
to observe practices of wildlife, forest, and soil
conservation. Five hours per week including
laboratory.
Limnology
50.552
(3)
Chemical and physical aspects of lakes, ponds,
and streams and the nature of their biota.
Laboratory and field investigations. Five hours
per week including laboratory.
Biology of the Lower Vertebrates (4
50.557
Study of
copying,
embracing
autoradiography, nature
work
photomicrography, thesis
other special techniques.
filmstrips,
in close-ups,
illustrations,
and
Two hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory per week. Additional
laboratory' hours may be required.
50.571
Endocrinology
(3)
system with respect to their development,
Resources
printmaking, gross specimen photography,
transparencies,
interviewing.
Studies the individual glands of the endocrine
Presents theor>' and practice of photography
as applied to biology- including negative
specimens, and methods of professional patient
amphibians, and reptiles
anatomy and physiology,
evolutionary history, zoogeography, and
behavior. Field and laboratory work includes
collection and identification of local fauna. Six
hours per
fishes,
their
week
morphology, function, regulation, and
significance in integrating physiological
higher vertebrates. Three hours
activities of
lecture per week.
50.572
Comparative Animal Physiology
(3)
Compares higlier vertebrate adaptations to
various environments with respect to
regulation of body fluid volume composition,
core temperature, and nitrogen metabolism.
Four hours per week.
50.573
Systemic Physiology
(4)
Examines how normal body function is
maintained by the precise control and
integration of the specialized activities of
various organ systems. Three hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory per week.
50.575
Cell Physiology
(3)
Applies physical and chemical principles to
including laboratory.
cellular processes, biochemistry of cellular
50.558
Fungal Ecology
(3)
constituents, physiochemical environment;
(3)
Provides a broad treatment of the ecology of
bio-energetics, intermediate metabolism. Three
Morphology, taxonomy, and geographical
distribution of vascular plants. Five hours per
fungi and an intensive examination of selected
hours lecture/discussion per week.
week including
bark, and forest litter, ecology of aquatic and
predaceous fungi, community structure of soil
and/or dung fungi, and aspects of mycorrhizal
symbioses. Laboratory stresses demonstration
Systematic Botany
50.521
50.530
laboratory.
Evolution
(3)
Studies the major concerns of the theory of
evolution and contributions toward their
made by
solutions
systematics,
genetics, paleontology,
and ecology. Three hours lecture
topics,
i.e.,
fungal decomposition of
wood,
of basic principles, testing existing and
formulating new hypotheses, and research
techniques, and has a field component.
per week.
50.559
Developmental Biology
50.531
(3)
Study of progressive changes or transformations
that occur during the existence of various
plants
and
animals.
Morphogenesis,
and genetics
differentiation, metabolism,
control are considered. Experimental studies
in the laboratory
from the
Ornithology
(3)
and
living cells
grown in
identification in the field
by song and
sight.
Studies birds of this region in relation to
migration, time of arrival, and nesting.
Two
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.
Off-campus study may be required.
50.561
Animal Behavior
Presents description and classification of animal
laboratory.
behavior,
its
evolution and biological function.
Emphasizes mechanisms underlying behavior,
Molecular Genetics
(3)
especially species-typical behavior. Three hours
Study of macromolecular complexes, protein
lecture, 2
hours laboratory per week.
gene regulation, and chromosome
structure with emphasis on the eukaryotes.
Three hours lecture/seminar per week.
50.570
Medical Parasitology
synthesis,
(3)
(3)
life history, physiology, taxonomy,
and morphology of parasites of medical
importance to humankind. Special attention
critical survey of the kingdom Fungi with
emphasis on the Ascomycota, Basidiomycota,
and Deuteromycota. Lectures cover
morphology, physiology, biochemistry,
cytology, genetics, systematics, ecology, and
given to clinical aspects such as pathology,
symptomology, diagnosis, prevention, and
treatment. Laboratory work stresses
identification of parasitic disease through living
and preserved material, proper handling of
50.550
A
Mycology
(3)
50.590
Critically
Current Topics
examines
in
Biology
(3)
a specialized topic in
Topic
each semester offered. May be repeated
once, provided that the topic is different.
Three hours of lecture/seminar per week.
biology in a lecture/seminar format.
varies
(3)
the laboratory. Four hours per week including
50.532
Neuromuscular Physiology
Examines normal physiology of the nervous
and skeletal muscular systems; specifically
studying cellular neurophysiology, muscle
contraction, sensory physiology, motor control
and their integration. Three hours lecture and
discussion per week. Background in
mammalian or systemic physiology,
biochemistry and anatomy recommended.
General biology of birds and the study of bird
use living material obtained
local region
50.576
Presents
50.591
Directed Study
An independent
in
Biology
investigation,
(3)
conducted
under the direction of a member of the
Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences, in an area of biology in which the
student has a particular interest. Student
encouraged to identify a problem, employ an
experimental design, and analyze collected
data.
Study of pertinent literature
50.592
Master
of Education
is
required.
Thesis
(6)
Independent research and the preparation of a
formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree of Master of
Education in Biology.
Bloomsburg University
Master
50.593
of
Science Tliesis
(6)
Communication and Communication
Independent research and the preparation of a
formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree of Master of
Education in Biology.
Studies (Code 23 and 25)
23.501
Nature of Communication
(3)
study of communication. Emphasizes
developing competencies in recognizing
philosophical assumptions, conceptual
elements, and adequacy of communication
Teacliing Strategies in Business
90.551
which
geared to involve
studentsintheassessment of their perfonnance
according to specific criteria. Emphasizes an
increasing degree of professionalism and
teacher competency in education today by
using specific criteria for judging a teacher's
effectiveness. Designed to develop teaching
strategies and to evaluate the results of
performance-based instruction.
is
23.502
Interpersonal Communication
(3)
Surveys assumptions, models, theories,
processes, and contexts related to the study of
person-to-person communication. Studies ways
of perceiving the communication of self to
others as a
means of strengthening
interactions.
23.598
Master's Research Project
(3)
Independent research on a topic approved by
the student's adviser(s).
Worl(shop
(1-3)
Addresses those educational ideas and
experiences that encourage, support, and guide
participants to acquire an increased
understanding of the accumulated knowledge
pertaining to the development of business
skills, enhancement of business education as a
profession, and determination of a business
and office personnel's responsibility and role
25.445
An
Organizational Communication
aspects of
develop
how communication
in organizations.
of organizing, as well as considering gender
roles.
theory as
it
(3)
management and curriculum
applies to business education
program administration and supervision.
Course approached from the perspectives of
plarming, organizing, staffing, directing, and
controlling.
25.501
Introduction to
Communication
(3)
fields of research in
communication and an examination of the
contributions of professional speech
communication organizations, graduate
studies, and research. Examines and evaluates
historical, descriptive and experimental
A pilot thesis
demonstrate competency
research studies.
is
required to
in research
techniques and use of bibliographical
Seminar
in
Business Education
(3)
Investigates and evaluates completed research
in
business education on particular topic
Students submit written reports which
area(s).
are
used as the basis for
90.590
class discussions.
Master's Thesis
in
(6)
Rhetorical Criticism
(3)
Studies theory and practice in the investigation
and evaluation of symbolic acts created by
people to influence thought and behavior.
25.585
Business
Education
25.502
Special Topics
in
Communication
(3)
Specialized study by the class. Subject varies by
semester.
90.599
Special Topics
in
(3)
advanced topics in the field
of business teacher education and/or office
25.586
Special Topics
in
Communication
of
(3)
capitalist institutions on industry, agriculture,
commerce, banking, and the social movement.
40.514
Labor Economic Theory
Public Policy and Business
(3)
Focuses on public policies affecting the
economy: historical, philosophical, and legal
basis of regulation; the rationale of free
enterprise. Intensive analysis of selected areas
of economic policy related to government
action.
40.531
Current Economic Problems
(3)
Examines economic problems of current
interest and concern to our society. Basic
economic principles and theories and the
and present as revealed in their published
works.
40.532
Communication
25.587
Special Topics
25.590
Master's Research Paper
25.597
Internship in
in
courses.
Comparative Economic Systems
capitalist systems; the
state capitalism;
modem welfare states;
communism; and
International
modem
socialism.
Economic Policies and
Relations
(3)
intemational economic and
(3)
fmancial analyses to emerging contemporary
(3)
problems of nations trading with one another.
Selected topics include: customs unions;
optimum currency area;
Communication
(3)
Compares workings and perfonnance of the
major forms of economic organization:
Applies
Graduate
(3)
Emphasizes labor economic theory and its
application in analyzing the issues of
employment and inflation. Topics include
growth of the labor force and its composition,
wage theories and wage structures, trade
unionism and income distribution, economics
of poverty, minimum wage, and hour laws,
and civil legislation. Occupational choices, job
search, labor mobility, and human capital
formation included. Students are exposed to
research and measurement methodology to
meet the research requirements of the course.
(3)
Studies current or
systems not normally presented in other
Development
Covers transition from feudalism to capitalism
and the subsequent influence of leading
40.533
Business
Education and Office Systems
Origin and
thinking of recognized economists of the past
resources.
90.581
40.513
40.515
Research
IVIanagement and Development
Studies basic
patterns
Compares and
contrasts international and intercuJtural aspects
Overview of the
Business Education Program
(3)
explanation of theoretical and practical
in the business world.
90.564
Economics (Code 40)
social
Business and Office Education
90.560
forms.
Capitalism
(3)
Presents teaching-learning environments based
instruction
Contact departmental internship
coordinator to obtain detailed information and
the major.
theories.
Education
upon
work experience in industrial, business or
government work setting. Students must
achieve academic integrity of their proposed
experience and its relevance to coursework in
Examination, discussion, and evaluation of
definitions and theories in the contemporary
Business Education (Code 90)
Page 45
intemational cartels;
-
(3)
Integrates classroom experience with practical
and flexible exchange rates. Focuses on impact
of governmental and intergovernmental
relations and regulations.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 46
materials for optimum utility, a review of
contemporar)' literature in the fleld, and a
producti(m component involving advanced
Educational Foundations (Code 60)
60.451
Pupil Personnel Services in the
Public School
(3)
Comprelunsi\ f \icv\ ol pupil i^crsonncl
sen ices in c icmcntan and secondare schools:
work
in television,
60.551
l
60.514
Home, School and Community
Relations
(3)
pupil transportation, psychological services,
Introductor) course in public relations with
ser\ ices.
reference to elementary school.
)evelops a philosophy of partnership between
special
Major Philosophies
60.501
Intreprets
modem
Of
Education
ctlucatioiial jirohlcms ant!
trends in the light ol philosophical
study of priman
(3)
\
iewpoints:
sources of concepts and
philosophies which have influenced and are
influencing education.
60.502
program. Fosters understanding of these
pressures and patterns so that the teacher can
work
effectively to encourage the good and
reduce the harmful impacts of social forces in
relationships of children.
60.503
History of
60.520
with emphasis on individuals and
schools of thought which have influenced and
are influencing education in America.
Comparative Education
(3)
materials.
60.552
(3)
Guidance
educational programs to the American
philosophy and practice of public education
in
schools and their effectiveness in providing
good guidance.
60.561
Urban Education
(3)
Examines problems of the urban educational
system. Emphasizes growth of sensitivit\ u>
the disadvantaged \oungster. in-depth
examination of current research findings in
areas studied, teaching strategies, and resources
and appnraches to rtsoWe major problems.
Discussion of polarization
in critical
prfjblem
in
the
Classroom
(3)
Activity-centered course that provides an
orientation to the use of the
newspaper
in
various subject areas, Prf)vides opportunities
for the
development of Ic-aming experiences,
60.512
Advanced
Educational rviedia and Software
stud\ of the role of
media
in
(3)
on theories of effec tiv e discipline and
classroom management. ,\lethods of planning
for the be ginning of the vearand for establishing
an effectiv e classroom organi/^ition to promote
f ocuses
(
v
earare
urrent models and maj(;r theories
of discipline are
60.530
(3)
educative prfx;ess. Includescritical assessment
of that role, selection of equipment and
Introduction to Educational
Guidance
in
the Elementary Schools
(3)
guidance process in the ekmentarv school,
behavioral and develfjpmentai problems, and
fVleasurement and Evaluation
Elementary School
in
the
in
educational administration
elementary schools.
Creativity for
Teachers
(3)
Problems
in
(3)
changes resulting from judicial decisions.
Covers fiscal control of education with
emphasis on l' problems.
60.577
Educational Research for
Supervision
(3)
Considers development of ability to read and
interpret educ ational research and apply it to
a school situation f^jnclusions concerning
curriculum content and teaching strategies
designed for the improvement of the
educational pnxress are emphasized.
in their
approaches to students and subject matter.
Emphasis on understanding the creative
process, recognizing the creative child, and
dev elopment of the CTcativc potcTitial of student
and teacher
60.550
School Law and Finance
Qjnsiders limitations established by kxal, state,
and federal laws relating to the interactions of
school pervjnnel Special attention to recent
(3)
Emphasizes construction, admini-stration, and
interpretation of group tests of intelligence,
achievement, aptitude, and pervmality in
60.534
(3)
Focuses (;n examination of the functions and
tasks of educational administratitjn. Issues
include the evolving school setting; the
meaning, development, and work of schrx)!
administrators: educational systems analysis:
sch(; and organi/.ational behavior: and career ladders
reviewed and evaluated.
clovers concepts and techniques of the
60.533
in
secondary' schools,
total
Classroom fVlanagement and
appropriate behav ior throughout the
(3)
lixamines construction, administration, and
interpretation of group tests in intelligence,
Administration
Counseling
the
the
60.573
Helps teachers i>ecome more creative
Using Newspapers
in
exceptional children related to the
guidance counseling program
areas
60.507
Measurement and Evaluation
Secondary Schools
achievement, aptitude, and personality
releasing creative capacities of children.
60.506
(3)
guidance and counseling techniques for
teachers and guidance coimselors in meeting
those needs: guidance and counseling for
countries are examined for their impact upon
ourculture and education Particular attention
is given to the relationship of European
Organization and Supervision of
i;xamines types of guidance organizations used
60.576
Educational ideas and practices of various
(3)
and practices
for
schools fincluding the academically talented):
reviewed,
60.505
Guidance and Counseling
Effective Discipline
Historical foundationsof American educational
Counseling
of counseling: development and use of
counseling materials such as test results,
educational information, and (nher pertinent
Studies needs of exceptional children in public
American Educational
(3)
in
theories, principles,
for
60.527
Theory
theor\
home, school, and commimity, O^nsiders
and technic|ues to
encourage community sharing in the planning
of and assuming responsibility forgcxxl sch( k )1s
Techniques
ocuseson
principles, attitudes,
(3)
Hxamines effects of social class, family, and
communit\ pressures and changing patterns
and standards of life in our societ\ on the
sch(}ol
1
Exceptional Children
School and Society
occupational information and data;
interviewing and coimseling techniques,
transparencies, slide-tape,
and com|-)uter-assistcd instruction,
school attendance, schcjol health programs,
guidance
of test results and inventories; use of
Guidance and
60.578
Group Processes
in
Supervision
(3)
f.mphasisoi) group pr'K esses, communication
in
the group and organizational gcmls related
super\ision, Ffjcuses on
knowledge of and practice in laboratorv
experiences in group processes and
to educational
applicability to supervisicm.
Experiences
(3)
provide c;pportunitiesffjr experimenting with
Covers philovjphv of guidance: histf^ry of the
guidance movement: guidance needs of
children and adolescents: methodsf>f gathering
and evaluating leadership skills and promcning
creativity and initiative.
data: nature of schfxjl records: interpretation
P^e 47
Bloomsburg University
60.579
Supervision of Curriculum and
Instruction
(3)
Examines objectives, techniques, and materials
of
staff supervision:
defines the
development. A review, critique, :md evaluation
of current theoretical positions and design
methodology are an integral part of the course.
supemson-
function directed toward the improvement of
with emphasis on the
interrelationships between the humanistic
aspects of education and democratic
educational qualit)' assessment, interpersonal
relations,
and the catalytic role of the supervisor.
Curriculum and Instructional
Practicum
in
the Elementary
(3)
Examines contemporary trends and current
(3)
framework
development of a conceptual
for a social studies program.
Competency-based course consisting of
elements providing a base for the student in
current theory and practice in the evaluation
of school curriculum and instruction. Reviews,
critiques, and application of current thinking
and practice in curriculum evaluation are an
62.528
Language
Arts in the
Modern School
(3)
Studies problems related to instruction in
various aspects of the language
arts;
place of
the language arts in the curriculum; current
research and
its
practical application.
Supervision of
Curriculum and Instruction
(3)
62.510
Methods and Materials
Childhood Education
in
of a curricular and instructional program.
Competency-based experiences discussed in a
weekly seminar. Evaluation of the candidate's
performance based on achievement of
Early
(3)
I
For in-service teachers and graduate students.
Study of selected areas in early childhood
education. Individual or group saidy of subjects
of interest or concern in teaching.
62.520
specified competencies.
Independent Study
Methods and Materials
Childhood Education
Education (1-6)
in
Provides an opportunity for public school
in
submits a 'learning contract
to an adviser
"
designated by the department chairperson.
Contract includes details of the academic goals,
descriptions of the project in
its
Elementary School Curriculum
(3)
Studies problems related to development,
experimentation, and improvement of
curriculum practices in the elementary school.
62.522
relation to the
and of a proposal for a final report, a
reading list, and the proposed credit. Permission
Curriculum Trends
in
literature.
62.530
Awareness of Enviornmental
Education Problems for the
Elementary Grades
Helps
classroom
(3)
II
teachers to pursue in-service projects in
cooperation with a faculty' adviser. The teacher
and methods that are effective in the encounter.
Students become acquainted with children's
books, work with children in a storytelling
experience, discover ways other than through
reading by which children may experience
Early
See course description for 62.510
62.521
(3)
Surv eys ways cliildren may encounter literature
setting responsible for the overall planning,
coordination, implementation, and evaluation
Literature for Children in the
Elementary Grades
Education (Code 62)
the candidate for a Curriculum and Instruction
N-12 Supen isor)^ Certificate in a cooperative
relationship with an individual in a school
62.529
Elementaf7 and Early Childhood
Field-based practicum experience that places
60.581
in
School
as a basis for
Evaluation
integral part of the course.
60.580
Social Studies
research in the disciplines of the social sciences
60.585
instruction
administrative behavior; studies roles of
contemporan' supervision with respect to
62.527
Early
(3)
organize
environmental education activities. Areas of
content include problem-solving activities,
material sources, the use of resources,
curriculum building, development of an
awareness of environmental problems, and
possible solutions to them. Camping and a
camp
Childhood Education
teacher
fee are required.
(3)
goals
to register for the course granted upon approval
of the contract Evaluation based on the written
.
committee
appointed by the adviser and/or department
chairperson. Students may register at any
report and an examination by a
suitable time; the duration of the
Seminar
in
Education
(1-6)
Provides the opportunity for a group of teachers
engaged in a common in-service project to use
the resources of the university and its faculty.
A "learning contract" similar to that of 60.581
is submitted by the group as a basis for
permission to register. Papers relate to aspects
of the project and to the literature designated
in the contract. Discussion and criticism in
seminar meetings under the direction of a
faculty member. Evaluation is based on the
seminar reports and a final comprehensive
written report by the student.
60.584
programs required to meet the needs of children
who enter school with increased experiential
background.
62.523
Practices
in
Teaching the Young
(3)
Curriculum and Instructional Theory,
Design and Development
(3)
Competency-based course consisting of
elements that provide a base in relevant theory
associated with the activity of curriculum
Examination of current practices in teaching
the young child with emphasis on the
developmental aspects of childhood as they
relate to the school program.
62.524
Knowledge and the Curriculum
practices.
in
Elementary
School Science
(3)
Studies the problems resulting from the
increased interest of children in science and
the need for science instruction in the
elementary grades; methods and materials for
nurturing these interests and for implementing
science instruction witliin the limits of the
interests of children are presented
evaluated.
for the
(1-3)
Opportunity for students to broaden their
experiences in environmental education.
a
camp
fee are required.
Prerequisite: 62.530
62.533
Values Clarification
in
the
Elementary School
(3)
Primarily for elementary education stvidents.
of values clarification as
(3)
Studies the place of knowledge in developing
Current Practices
and Materials
Elementary School
Emphasizes the philosophy and composition
a curriculum. Emphasis on content influenced
62.525
Environmental Education Awareness
Activities
in
the Elementary School
by innovative
62.531
Camping and
Child
experience is
flexible.
60.583
Studies the changing goals and the developing
and
it
applies to the
elementary school child. Practical and
theoretical aspects stressed as well as
techniques for helping children build a value
system by which they can live. Emphasis on
methods which aid the teacher in becoming
aware of the emotional needs of children,
humanizing of the education process, and
improvement of working and learning
relationships with others.
62.539
Current Topics
in
Elementary
Education
Investigates current thinking
(3)
and research
aspects of elementary education.
in
3
P^e 48
Graduate Studies Catalog
62.581
Independent Study
in
Comparable
management practices as used in the decision-
Elementary
Education
(1-6)
making
role of the financial manager.
Seminar
in
Elementary Education
(1-
In-depth study of management
to 60.583.
performance improvements. Allows
(3)
opportunity' for students to be involved in
activities
proper hypothesis formation both for their
involved in the financial aspects of business
enterprise.
Theoretical knowledge gained
6)
Comparable
alternative practices in exercise
science and adult health. Provides methods to
validate
to 60.581.
96.535 Financial Management
62.583
between
own
investigations but also for evaluation of
current published works.
through exposure to fmancial management
62.590
Current Research and Development
in
Early Childhood Education
(3)
and research in
early cliildhood education, prenatal through
Examinates recent
literature
age 8.. characteristics of the learner, learning
environment, learning materials, and imiovative
literature
is
applied to problem situations
through the use of case studies and simulation
techniques. Emphasis on the development of
perspective in the decision-making process
with the acquisition of tools to facilitate effective
decision making.
Concepts
05.511
in
Graded Exercise Testing
(3)
Studies concepts, procedures, and techniques
required in graded exercise testing (GXT)
involving bicycle ergometer and treadmill test
protocols.
programs. Departmental paper and/or
curriculum projects are initiated in tliis course.
96.540 International Finance
(3)
Studies the principles and practices relevant to
62.591
Learning and Development
Young Child
understanding the nature of international
of the
(3)
finance,
its
problems and
its
institutions.
Adult Exercise Programming
05.575
(4)
Concentrates on adult physiological functions
under stress and the adjustment and regulatory
activities of the body during exercise;
Sun eys child development and its relationsliip
Discussion centers on sources and instruments
development of
of international export and import financing,
development of working knowledge of
assessments, motor characteristics, and
exchange
physical performance.
to the early school
)
ears: the
the young child from prenatal through age
eight.
62.592
Identification
Needs
of
and Prescription
of the
Young Children
(3)
rates,
balance-of-payments,
governmental regualtions and policies, financial
management, as well as accounting for
international transactions. Prerequisite: 96.3 1
Business Finance.
of
young children and
and mental needs
in
developing
appropriate prescriptive procedures.
62.593
Organization and Administration of
Educational Programs for Young
Children
(3)
Studies the various programs in early childhood
education with emphasis on the expansion
and administration with regard to the selection
of personnel, evaluative techniques, and
curriculum procedures, school law, finance,
and other appropriate subjects.
62.594
Practicum
in
Early Childhood
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio
IVIanagement
Advanced treatment of aspects involved in
developing a logical and systematic approach
to analyzing and evaluating t)pes of securities.
Investment strategy and management of an
investment portfolio. Theoretical aspects of
security' analysis and problems involved in
analyzing and evaluating securities within the
context of the type of industry issuing them.
96.599 Special Topics
May
Law
(3)
of advanced topics in
at the graduate level, and permits the
instructor to focus on issues of particular
address a
variet)'
Individually prescribed course of study
activitA-based learning
enrollment.
(6)
and
and practice teaching.
Previous experience and academic
achievement reviewed. Practician proposal
required, and consent ofprogram coordinator
and department chairperson required.
62.595
Individualized Instruction
Classroom
(3)
modes to individualized settings.
Finance (Code 96)
96.525 Financial IVIanagement Decisions
advanced
aids, aging,
the effects of ergogenic
and the environment on physical
performance.
05.577
IVIethods
and Materials
in
Adult
Physical Education
(3)
Emphasizes the academic and technical
knowledge necessan' to conduct health and
fitness programs in public and private agencies.
Students are prepared to assume leadership
and management positions within the health
and fitness industries.
Health Sciences (Code 80)
80.500
Health Sciences Internship
(3-6)
sciences an opportunit)- to apply acquired
knowledge in an on-site practicum experience
under the super\-ision of an appropriately
credentialed preceptor.
(Code 05)
Technology
in
Health/Fitness
financial
History (Code 42)
(3)
Presents the basic principles of software and
hardware usage for exercise science and human
performance t\'pe of environments. Special
emphasis on spreadsheet and data base
modeling of performance tests and evaluations
used in the area of fitness assessment. Utilizes
several common environments as well as
methods of software modification and
hardware interfacing.
(3)
Studies business financial problems and the
of
knowledge of the physiology of
Provides students in die multidisciplinary health
Health and Physical Education
05.500
Analyzes practices, principles, and procedures
for individualizing instruction. Experiences
include procedures for adapting conventional
development
s
human performance,
—
Principles and Practices for the
instructional
(3)
exercise physiolog}' as applied to adults and
student
(3)
importance and interest to the discipline.
Students should contact the professor prior to
Education
Adult Exercise Physiology
Provides a continuation of basic and advanced
the elder population. Intended to develop
Focuses on techniques of identify ing the
physical, emotional, social,
05.576
05.510
Physiological Assessments
(3)
Studies skills necessary to make rational choices
Soviet Russia
42.452
(3)
Presents a critical analysis of the political,
social, economic, and cultural evolution of the
Soviet
Union and a study of Soviet foreign
Not offered every semester.
policy.
Prerequisite: 42.
42.453
1
13
Problems
America
of
Contemporary Latin
(3)
Analyzes recent events or movements that
may indicate recurrence of historical problems
)
Bloomsburg University
or major developments of international
significance in selected countries of Latin
America. Not offered every semester
42.460/61 Topics
in
European History
(3)
European histoiy.
Seminar-style course studies variety of problems
in European history, in the medieval, early
modem and modem periods. Discusses and
analyzes secondary materials on the history,
philosophy, politics, science and art of a chosen
period. Research paper required. Topics vary
Prerequisite:
from semester to semester.
42.112 or 42.155
Investigates select topics in
M.Ml
History of Labor
in
Specific emphasis on
student materials.
applying instmctional design techniques to
the design and development of instmctional
products in print form.
the United States
(3)
57.551
Advanced
instruction.
Course goes beyond the
in previous courses to simulate a hypothetical
formative and summative evaluation.
In
addition, the course emphasizes learning
theory, cognitive and behavioral approaches
comparison of instmctional
and research evidence that
Provides a survey of the major aspects of
modem
Interactive Graphics
interactive
(3)
computer graphics from
the user perspective. Included are overviews
(3)
introduction and basic
orientation to the use ofinfomiation processing
educational environment. Students
required to investigate the impact of the
computer and associated peripheral devices
on the classroom. Emphasis on the effective
use of available computer resources.
[Vlanagement Information Systems
(3)
Studies information analysis and systems design
from the user's point of view. Students identify
the basic concepts of systems point of view,
organization as a system, information flows,
and nature of management information
systems. Data bases and data base management
systems will be investigated from the manager's
perspective.
92.599
Special Topics
(3)
Examines current or advanced topics in the
field of computer and information systems not
normally examined in depth in other classes.
manipulation of graphical objects, the user
interface, and a basic understanding of the
fundamental implementation algorithms. Not
a programming course, but rather for users of
interactive graphical
57.550
Technology (Code 57)
Instructional Design
(3)
hardware and software.
57.570
Introduction to Interactive
Technologies
(3)
Examines the fundamental concepts of
computer-based learning and information
systems. Specific emphasis is placed on the
design, development, and authoring of
interactive videodisc courseware. Emerging
technologies and their potential impact upon
education and training are also studied.
57.572
Examines the systems approach for the design,
development, and evaluation of instruction
and training materials. Students conduct a
needs assessment and instmctional analysis,
write objectives,
develop instructional
strategies, and develop teacher's guide and
Master's Thesis
(6
Consists of an independent scholarly
investigation in
which the student
designs,
develops, implements, and evaluates a brief
module to address a specific
Under the direction of a faculty
committee, the student identifies a
performance problem in an audience of
interest, and works with a subject matter expert
to design and produce instruction on a
particular topic.
The instmction is later
implemented with the target audience and
evaluated for its effectiveness. The student
then makes the necessary revisions based on
instmctional
the evaluation data.
Designing Multimedia with
HyperCard
(3)
Acquaints the student with the various user,
authoring, and scripting levels of a hypermedia
application program such as HyperCard or
ToolBook. Basic constmcts such as stacks/
books, backgrounds, cards/pages, fields, and
buttons are used in developing multimedia
computer presentations. Applications are
reviewed and developed with emphasis on
good design and programming techniques.
Authoring Systems
I
(3)
Provides a careful, in-depth study of various
(3)
57.599
audience.
57.573
Instructional
Graduate Internship
Allows students to put into practice the theory
that they have learned in previous courses.
Each intemsliip must last at least 1 2 weeks and
must be directly related to the general content
of the master's program.
of the hardware, software, data stmctures,
Information Processing (Code 92)
92.554
Student teams use a
systems approach to design, develop, and
evaluate a comprehensive interactive
computer-based multimedia project.
business environment.
57.590
supports instmctional design practices.
57.560
in the
(3)
and procedures for
effective test items,
role in
A comprehensive
Managing Multimedia Projects
Technology curriculum. Smdents are teamed
together to apply concepts and skills learned
contemporary labor-
Information Processing
57.575
learning outcomes, techniques for writing
management problems and
92.550
systems and authoring languages in an MSSpecific areas of
emphasis include the design and use of
hypermedia applications, characteristics of
various authoring tools, and criteria for
choosing and authoring tool.
Windows environment.
design of instmctional strategies for specific
design models,
labor's changing
our increasingly technological society.
Prerequisite: 3 semester hours in history.
(3)
II
Culminating experience in the Instmctional
to instmction, a
A third of the course is devoted
Authoring Systems
An in-depth smdy ofvarious PC-based authoring
introductory course by elaborating on the
organized labor from the post-Civil War period
to an analysis of
(3)
(57.550) by providing additional information
and practice concerning the design of effective
Surveys the emergence and development of
to the present.
Instructional Design
Serves as a sequel to Instmctional Design
57.574
Page 49
PC-based authoring systems and authoring
languages in an MS-DOS environment. Specific
areas of emphasis include types of authoring
software, generalized authoring options,
specific techniques for planning and creating
instmction using the authoring tools, and
principles of effective design of computerbased instmction.
Interdisciplinary Studies (Code 09)
09.401
History and Politics of the
USSR
(3)
Provides sufficient background in history and
political science to enable students to better
understand the USSR. Encompasses some of
the major developments in the Soviet Union
since 1917 employing lectures, films, slides,
guest speakers, readings, and discussion.
09.427
Socialism: Theory and History
(3)
Surveys socialist philosophies from Biblical
times to the present concentrating on the
theories of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and
Mao and
including a review of the major historical events
surrounding
socialist
development.
09.580-589 Special Topics
(1-3)
Provides an opportimit)' for graduate students
from any graduate program to expand
their
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 50
knowledge from a previously learned
experience or to explore a new learning
experience not offered on a regular basis. Each
course carries from 1 to 3 semester hours.
Prerequisites are determined by the instructor.
Graduate Internship
09.590
(1-6)
environment and issues that could enhance an
enterprise's sunival and success.
resources in organizational settings. Emphasis
basic principles of behavior, motivation,
on
and development, leadership, and
performance in organizations.
training
93.558
Social Responsibility and Business
Ethics
(3)
Relates the American business system and
93.599 Special Topics
individual business firms to the social, political,
This course
economic environments. It
examines the powers and responsibilities of
(3)
may address a variety of advanced
Management at the graduate level,
ProNides a work-study experience initially
administrated by an academic faculty- member
and a sponsoring employer. Provides the
opportunity for an internship experience across
tehnological and
topics in
the business system as a major institution within
and permits the instructor to focus on issues of
particular importance and interest to the
discipline.
Students should contact the
disciplines at a graduate level.
the same society.
09.599
Master's Thesis
(3-6)
The course addresses social
responsiveness in the general context of
managerial ethics.
93.560
Law & Legal Elements (Code 98)
98.507
society as well as individual business firms in
Operations Management
(3)
International Legal Environment of
Analyzes of manufacturing and service systems
and application of decision making of
Business
operational policy problems.
(3)
Introduction to public and private international
law
as applied to the increasingly globalized
business environment. Cases include: Trade
law: extraterritorial application of U.S. law:
treat)"
the
NAFTA and
law: U.S. -Japan relations:
GATT; European Union: multinational
corporations:
human rights, communications,
and environmental regulation
international
98.599
sy
in
the
stem.
Special Topics
(3)
Addresses a variety of topics in law and legal
elements and allows the instructor to focus on
appropriate current topics in the accounting
profession.
Students should contact the
93.562
Organizational Theory
(3)
Applies comparative examination of major
approaches to the study of organizations
theories and research fmdings to practical
Topics include sy stems of power
and influence, organization structure,
organizational conflict and cooperation,
individual motivation, group process,
behavioral science research and its implications
situations.
on management.
93.563
Operations Research
(3)
Covers construction and use of qtiantitative
models in business decision making.
93.566
Management (Code
93)
Statistical Analysis
(3)
statistical principles
of data.
93.512
Managerial Economics
(3)
Covers economic analysis of the firm and its
environment; determination of prices, output,
and employment.
93.540
Small Business
Institute
Seminar
SmaU
concepts to practical
decision-making business problems.
in applying theoretical
International
Management
human
aspects of organization, spotlighting
Includes the
the group and the indi\ idual.
fmdings and conceptual models of those who
have conducted empirical behavioral research
and the behaviors of class members. Includes
concepts of roles, norms, cohesive and divisive
processes. Explores social and status aspects
of self-concept, personal perception, goals,
feelings, ego. responsibility, decisions,
conditioning, and personal functioning.
Business Institute Program as well as experience
93.556
(3)
(3)
Provides graduate credit for students
participating in the College of Business'
Organization Behavior
Focuses on internal organizational issues with
recognition given to personal and external
organizational background factors. Deals with
and procedures
basic to research in business and interpretation
Covers
Marine Science (Code 55)
Ecology
55.431
of
Marine Plankton
(3)
Studies phytoplankton and zooplankton in
marine and brackish environments. Qualitative
and quantitative comparisons made between
the plankton populations of various types of
habitats in relation to primary and secondary
productivity.
Problems
55.500
in
Marine Science
(3)
Graduate students may pursue one of the
following options:
Option
A
-
EnroU
course offered
at
in 200, 300, or
400
level
the Marine Science Center in
desire advanced work and
complete, in addition to the regular course
requirements, an approved project in the area
under the direction of the instructor,
which they
'Written permission
from the instructor
is
required.
instructor prior to enrollment.
93.511
professor prior to enrollment.
(3)
Focuses on d> namic changes
business environment and increased foreign
competition that challenge company managers.
Addresses international issues and
understanding of their impact on market,
Develops
products, and services.
understanding of international business
in international
93.581
Business Policies
Examines complex
(3)
industrial situations to
determine best strategies to insure a firm s
long-run sur\ ival and growth in competitive
markets. Emphasizes problem-solving skills,
implementation of optimal decisions, nature
of strategic analysis including selected cases
involving production, pricing, capital
investments and their interaction with other
factors.
93.583
Human Resources Development
(3)
Focuses on current research and theory related
to
management and development of human
OR —
Option B - Enroll in an Independent Research
Project. To be admitted, a student must submit
a research proposal to the academic committee
of the Marine Science Consortium.
The proposal must include the scope and
duration of the proposed research, equipment
and facilities required, and a recommendation
and approval from the student s academic
adviser.
Requires written permission for graduate credit
acceptability from the chairperson of the
graduate committee of the Department of
Biological and Allied Health Sciences before
registering.
Copies of this approval and the instructor's
permission must be forwarded to the academic
director of the Marine Science Center before
the student arrives on station to take the course.
55.540
Environmental Science Education
(3)
Field-oriented approach to environmental
education with special emphasis upon coastal
zones. Students relate their own disciplines to
education for quality environments.
Consideration will be given to sources, facilities,
methods, techniques, and concepts used in
environmental education.
Bloomsburg University
55.541
Biology of Mollusca
The Mollusca
is
82.501
Mathematics (Code 53)
(3)
53.411
of morphological, ecological and behavioral
variations. This course offers an evolutionary,
Continued and advanced study of theorems
and applications of group theory begun in
functional and ecologic approach to studying
abstract algebra. Prerequisite:
Introduction to Group Theory
53
(3)
Research Cruise
53.421
— Biology
in
Advanced Calculus
(3)
Examines theoretical formulations related
roles and role
development and
to
their
applicability to the functional role development
of the clinical nurse specialist. Students use
concepts, principles and strategies inherent in
310.
important group of organisms.
55.570
Role Theory and Development
Nursing Practice
the second largest group of
animals and perhaps the most diverse in terms
this
Page 51
(3)
a variety of theories (e.g., systems,
change and
framework
(3)
Presents a rigorous treatment of the concepts
role) to serve as a
three-week session involving planning and
preparations for an oceanographic research
cruise of approximately eight days, actual
execution of the cruise plan on board an ocean
research vessel. Introduces data-processing
techniques and instrumentation used by
Prerequisite:
biological oceanographers.
55-241 or its equivalent, orpermission of the
of limit, continuity, derivative, and integral for
development and enactment of the subroles of
functions of a single real variable. Prerequisite:
practitioner, educator, researcher, leader/
53 226, consent of instructor.
manager and consultant. Leadership principles
are employed as students identify an actual or
A
instructor.
55-593
53.422
Complex Variables
(3)
complex
numbers and theory of functions of a complex
Presents a rigorous treatment of the
(3)
Prerequisites: 53-226, consent of instructor.
Designed to present animal behavior within an
ecological
and evolutionary context. Presents
mathematical and theoretical framework of
behavioral ecology. An in-depth exploration
of the ways in which the behavior of animals is
influenced by the environment, especially with
regard to resource distribution.
potential issue or problem related to a
component of the clinical nurse specialist role
and design
53.451
Introduction to Topology
(3)
Introduces fundamentals of general topology;
elementary
set theory,
topological spaces,
mappings, connectedness, compactness,
completeness, product and metric spaces; nets
and convergence.
82.502
Marketing (Code 97)
53.471
Marketing Management
(3)
Applies managerial process of analysis,
organization, planning and control to marketing
activities marketing concepts analysis of
marketing opportunities, growth and
competitive strategy, marketing information
systems, buyer behavior, and product
development.
Numerical Analysis
(3)
Provides a computer-oriented analysis of
algorithms of numerical analysis. Includes the
topics of non-linear equations, interpolation
and approximation, differentiation and
integration, matrices and differential equations.
Prerequisites:
53-322 and 53-373-
Marketing Research
(3)
Advanced techniques of the
scientific
53.491
Special Topics
in
Mathematics
(3)
as a regular course offering.
analysis
and interpretation).
An
Consent of instructor.
53.576
Computer Graphics
for Instructional
Applications
applied
(3)
orientation for the users of marketing research,
Sequel to 5 3 375 where techniques for creating
reflecting the current trends in the integration
color, graphics,
of
microcomputers and mainframes, and
in
Nursing
•
and sound are examined and
applied to the development of instructional
international marketing.
computing programs.
97.599
53.592
Nursing Research
(3)
I
nursing research gindings to improve the
quality of health care
Principles
and
and health care delivery.
strategies inherent in scientific
inquiry, critical evaluation and the research
process are applied throughout the course.
Prerequisites: undergraduate courses in
research design and statistics. 82.500, Applied
for Health Professionals, may be
taken prior to or concurrent with this course.
82.504
Advanced Physiology
for
Nursing
Practice
(3)
Presents selected aspects of genetic,
biochemistry, physiology, and pharmacology
as applied to advanced nursing practice.
Functionally relates embryonic, histologic, and
gross anatomical features of certain organ
systems to biochemical and physiological
mechanisms essential for the maintenance of a
stable internal environment. Considers
Special Topics
(3)
Special Topics
(3)
82.500
Television Production and Design (3)
(3)
and methods of
statistical
analysis of data in the health professions.
The
course emphasizes
statistical
of principles and a
way of thinking for health
concepts as a set
high school
Focuses on the practical aspects of planning
professionals. Prerequisites:
and producing video tapes for specific
algebra, basic statistics course or permission of
instructional purposes.
Covers pre-production
planning, production activities, and post-
production editing.
the instructor.
clinical
practice.
Applied Statistics for Health
principles
physiology, biochemistry,
pharmacology, one year of nursing
Professionals
AppUes
27.511
anatomy and
Nursing (Code 82)
instructor prior to enrollment.
Mass Communications (Code 27)
some
deviations from normal metabolism, structure,
and function. Prerequisites: Undergraduate
This course addresses a variety of topics in
marketing and allows the instructor to focus
on appropriate current topics in the accounting
profession.
Students should contact the
(3)
Prepares students to critique, use and extend
Prerequisite:
marketing research procedure (problem
defmition, research design, data collection,
Conceptual Models
Statistics
Presents an area of mathematics not available
97.552
planned change.
Explores theory building and levels of theory,
the relationship of models to theories, the
elements of a model, and major conceptual
models in nursing practice. Students conduct
an in depth analysis of one specific conceptual
model in nursing, as well as design/select a
model for advanced nursing practice in their
area of clinical specialization,
82.503
Prerequisites: 53-226, consent of instructor.
97.551
a proposal for
variable, limits, continuity, analytic functions,
Cauchy-Riemarm equations, contour integrals,
conformal mappings, and applications.
Behavioral Ecology
for the
82.505
Physical Assessment for Advanced
Nursing Practice
(3)
Focuses on knowledge and perspective of
physical assessment of individuals across the
life span to develop a systematic approach to
physical assessment with synthesis of cognitive
knowledge and psychomotor skills. Emphasizes
the wellness component of physical assessment
with reference to major health deviations.
Graduate Studies Catalog
82.506
Page 52
employed
Epidemiology: Concepts and
are
Principles for Contemporary Nursing
adult clients, support
with
stems and variety- of
providers in di\ erse settings to promote, restore
and maintain adult health. Through social,
etliical and political actions, client advocao'
and change process are encouraged to affect
the quality- of adult health care. Weekly seminar
practice as a clinical nurse specialist within a
specialized area of adult health and illness
and methods of the epidemiologic orientation
as the framework for assessing the well-being
populations and designing strategic nursing
inter%'entions based on levels of prevention.
affords students' participation in analyzing
skills,
current adult health care problems, trends/
issues and in evaluating and formulating
for adult clients. Students
Students apply basic epidemiologic research
skills
designs in the investigation, analysis, and
presentations, clinical practicum and course
Practice
(3)
Focuses on the epidemiological model as a
basis for decision making and health promotion
in contemporan- clinical and communit)- health
nursing practice. Presents concepts, principles,
proposed solutions to observed patterns of
health states in contemporan' populations.
undergraduate research,
microbiology and community health nursing.
Prerequisites:
Community Health Nursing
Focuses on the role development of the clinical
nurse specialist in community- health nursing.
Students apply advanced knowledge, skills
and critical thinking in the competent use of
the nursing process with populations and the
community as a whole. Evaluation and
refinement of a model for advanced practice
provide a framework for the student's
development of the multifaceted roles of
(6)
Focuses on the role development of the clinical
nurse specialist in adult health and illness.
Students apply advanced knowledge, skills
and critical thinking in the competent use of
nursing process, therapeutic interv entions. and
technology to administer nursing services to a
specific adult population to facilitate optimal
wellness and to impact on the deliver}- of adult
health care.
model
for
Evaluation and refmement of
advanced practice provide
a
a
framework for holistic care of adult clients and
one's development of the multifaceted roles as
practitioner, educator, consultant and leader/
maruger. Leadership principles and strategies
communication
and \ alues in advanced clinical nursing practice
enhance
their
analysis of current concepts, practices, trends,
issues, health policies
organizational decision making. Prerequisite:
illness.
Management and
Behavior
in
Organizational
Advanced Nursing
Practice
(3)
in
Consent of the
nurse
.
and research in their
enactment as clinical nurse specialists in
the advanced practice of adult health and
role
Prerequisite: 82.512.
instructor.
Management and
82.533
82.514
Independent Study
Behavior
(3)
faculDi' preceptor in
conducting an individualized study related to a
particular area of clinical interest.
82.531
Builds
Community Health Nursing
(6)
II
upon Practicum and concentrates on
I
advanced professional nursing. There is an
emphasis on the students' increasing
independence and self directed learning.
Through the assimilation of additional theor\',
in
Organizational
Health Care Delivery
System
Student works with a
(3)
Seminar format that explores model building
and the future directions of organizational
structures for advanced nursing practice.
Organizational theor>- provides the framework
for
organizational
characteristics and
identifying the organizational strategies
and
structures with greatest potential for promoting
and evaluate community health nursing
performance and organizational
Focuses on organizational
environments and planned change in the health
care deliver)- system. Cotirse may be taught in
another countn- to provide international
aspects.
Prerequisite:
Consent of the
programs and interventions
instructor.
interventions and values as the\' implement
I
critical thinking,
therapeutic inter\entions/technolog>-
advanced practice. Focuses on leadership
theories, strategies for maturation and change,
concepts of power and influence, and
82.505, candidacy- for
research skills, and understand the
development and operationalization of health
policies within communit\- health programs.
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
knowledge,
related to the role ofthe clinical nurse specialist
and
students continue to apply critical thinking,
82.512
facilitated to assimilate additional
theor>- and research in advancing the students'
Explores the concepts of organizational st\ie
and the theories of management behavior
assignments. Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502,
82.503, 82.504,
M.S.N.
communication
82503,
self-directed learning activities, the
is
.specialist in adult health and illness by
assuming leadership/management positions in
a health care setting and b)- functioning both
independendy and collaboratively with clients,
support systems, other providers and
communit)- in improving the qualit)' of adult
health care. Social, ethical and political actions
are employed in order to initiate and affect
change regarding the development of health
care polio* and its effect on health care Weekly
student-conducted seminars focus on the
of current community- health issues, develop
82.505, 82.506, candidacy for M.S.N.
student
enhanced through seminar
are
enable the students to participate in the analysis
Prerequisites: 82.500, 82.501, 82.502,
Through
expertise in the mtiltifaceted roles of the clinical
practitioner, educator, researcher, consultant
and leader/manager. Leadership principles
and strategies are applied as students assess
and anal^-ze the health status and determinants
of health of populations and the total
community.
Students collaborate and
coordinate with other community' health
ntirses, a variet\" of providers, and clients in a
diversity- of settings to plan and develop
innovative programs designed to meet
identified health needs of risk populations in
the communit)'. Weekly seminars assist and
tlirough independent, self-directed learning.
Research
(6)
I
sy
strategies for health care reform.
82.513
82.511
as students collaborate
risk populations.
therapeutic
skills,
for selected high
effective
growth.
They function independently
and collaboratively with others who influence
the health care environment to improve the
Nursing Research
82.550
II
(3)
to engage in social, ethical
Serves as the culminating experience in the
Students synthesize knowledge
program.
drawn from core and clinical course work to
which
expand on the research prospectus developed
health of the communit)-. Students continue
initiate
and political actions
and effect change at the
community' level. Interventions that assist in
the development of public policy- based on the
assessed needs of populations are stressed.
Weekly seminars continue to focus on the
analysis of current
community
health issues,
leadership in the development of health policy
and research in the advanced practice in
community' health nursing. Prerequisite:
82511.
82.532
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
In developing a
Nursing Research I.
comprehensiv e proposal, students conduct an
extensive review and critique of relevant
in
literature,
formulate a conceptual or theoretical
framework and select an appropriate research
The course is
design and methodology.
presented in a seminar format with open forum
defense of the proposal serving as a
comprehensive examination. Prerequisite:
All course work in the nursing major
II
(6)
Concentrates on advanced professional nursing
82.590
Upon
Thesis
(6)
successful completion of 82.550,
.
Bloomsburg University
students who choose to carry out their research
Ptiysics
44.440
(Code 54)
study may enroll in thesis as an elective option.
Prerequisite:
82.550
54.421
Systems (Code 94)
Office
Solid State Physics
(3)
Examines physical properties of matter in the
solid state. Reviews basic quantum concepts,
crystal structure, electrons in metals, electrical
94.500
Office
An overview
Systems and Information
of office systems
and
technology,
—
procedures
(3)
people,
within
organizational and environmental contexts.
Provides an understanding of the evolving role
band theory,
and the p-n junction. Studies dielectric and
magnetic properties of matter. Three hours of
class per week. Prerequisite: 54.310, 54.314;
Mathematics 53.225.
conductivity, semiconductors,
94.510
Systems Applications
(3)
Discusses applications of office automation
technologies to enhance productivity of office
employees from support personnel to
managers. Hands-on experience includes
comparative and selective techniques for
hardware and software, as well as an evaluation
of appropriate training materials for support
Provides application of communication
(3)
skills
professionals who work in
environments with automated information and
communication systems. Topics include: oral
and written reports, systems-related documents
(reports, proposals, procedures), research
methods, and information technology.
for those
Explores the constitutional limitations, citizen
expectations and myths surrounding these
institutions.
44.446
Constitutional
Law
(3)
I
federal-state relationships. Offered fall semester
thermodynamics, thermodynamics of simple
systems, introduction to kinetic theory, and
statistical thermodynamics. Three hours of
class perweek. Prerequisite: 54.2 12, or 54. 1 12
with consent of instructor; Mathematics
only.
53.225.
54.450
Introduction to
Quantum Mechanics
(3)
Administrative Communications
legislative relationships, constitutional issues.
(3)
Thermodynamics
personnel.
94.520
(3)
Presents concepts and principles of classical
54.422
Office
The President and Congress
Reviews presidential and congressional politics,
public policy-making roles, executive-
Analyzes the evolution, structure, andfunction
of the Supreme Court, concentrating on a case
study approach of the court's interpretations
of the powers of the president. Congress, and
of the office as a key information systems
center.
Page 53
Examines the development and interpretation
of Schroedinger's wave mechanics, its
mathematical formalism, and the results and
predictions of this
quantum theory as applied
hydrogen
atom, and multi-electron atoms. Three hours
class per week.
Prerequisite: 54.310;
Mathematics 53-225.
to one-dimensional systems, the
44.447
Constitutional
Law
Studies the decisions of the
(3)
II
Supreme Court
as
they are related to the individual and the
government, concentrating on nationalization
of the Bill of Rights, rights of persons accused
of crimes, equal protection, and voting rights.
Offered spring semester only.
44.448
Judicial Process
(3)
Studies policy-making by the federal courts,
primarily the
Supreme Court. Analyzes nature
of the policy-making ftinction as well as the
impact of policy-making on American society.
44.452
State and Local
Government and
Politics
(3)
Presents a description and analysis of state and
94.530
Telecommunications
local legislatures, executives,
(3)
Political
Introduction to telecommunications in the
business environment. Topics include:
area
networks,
communications media, hardware, and
software.
local
Management
issues
and
practical
applications are an integral part of the course.
Emphasizes
the
application
of
telecommunications to facilitate information
interchange in whatever form the information
takes: voice, data, text, and image.
94.540
Training and Oevelopment
(3)
Applies theories of learning and instructional
procedures to education and training of
employees in office systems. Topics include:
instructional design, strategies, technology,
and implementation, evaluation, and
management of training with the organizational
structure.
94.550
Integrated Office Systems
(3)
Capstone course of office systems curriculum.
The Development
Thought
during the last semester ofthe degree program
Prerequisite:
the instructor.
94.500, 94.540 or consent of
of Political
judiciaries;
and problems. Offered spring semester
in political
44.409
philosophy
American
Political
Thought
(3)
Analyzes the relationship of American political
thought to contemporary political science by
using traditional materials in an historical,
chronological way but reworking them to
show their relation and relevance to actions
and
institutions.
Covers main ideas of the
leading political thinkers in America from the
Colonial period to the present.
44.437
only.
(3)
A serious in-depth look at higher-level questions
Public Administration Applications
44.458
U.S. Foreign Policy
(3)
Analyzes substance, methods, and purposes of
U.S. foreign policy including the determinants
of policy, policy-making machinery, and
implementation matters.
44.464
Government and
Politics of Ireland
(3)
Surveys historic, social, cultural, and religious
developments
in Ireland
with concentration
on a study of the government and politics of
Northern Ireland and the Irish Republic.
Examines contemporary literature, drama,
music, and art.
(3)
Puts into practice the theory of public
administration by using simulations and cases.
Offered spring semester only.
44.438
Public Personnel Administration
Includes a synthesis and an application of
concepts related to current office systems
topics. Students should enroll in this course
and
the myths and realities of state and local politics;
intergovernmental relations; current policies
44.405
telephony, data codes, protocols, network
architectures,
Science (Code 44)
Examines public service
(3)
as a career, the
personnel needs of national, state, and local
governments; civil service law, personnel
systems; and current problems in the public
service.
44.487
International
Law and Organizations
(3)
Examines the nature of international law and
politics and surveys basic issues in
contemporary international law. The course
also examines the process of international
organizations and selected issues.
44.490
Independent Study
Science
in Political
(3)
Provides for individualized reading, research,
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 54
and reporting under conditions of minimal
supen ision. Projects must have departmental
approval and be under way by the end of the
first
week
making. Class size limited to 20 students.
48.101 and consent of the
instructor. Offered spring semester only.
Prerequisite:
of a session.
Seminar
in
Government and
Politics
(3)
Examines selected government and politics in
an attempt to review and unifj' theories and
methods of political science. Emphasizes
individual research projects.
Professional Studies (Code 79)
79.591
Research
in
based assessment, and informal diagnostic
techniques; analysis of extreme reading
application of practical remediation
techniques; discussion of how to adapt
instructional techniques to test results, a clinical
environment, and a classroom.
disabilities;
48.453
44.492
interpretation of standardized tests, curriculum-
Education
(3)
methods and techniques used in
educational research; development and
Studies
Organizational Psychology
(3)
Describes the application of psychological
theory and research to the study of industrial,
business, profit, and nonprofit service, military,
and governmental organizations. Emphasizes
the interaction of individual perceptions, group
dynamics, and organizational climate and
strategies to maximize the satisfaction and
effectiveness of each component within and
between complex organizations. Prerequisite:
48.101, 48.253, and consent of instructor.
Offered spring semester only.
Clinical Practicum
(3)
I
age students who have reading and/or learning
difficulties; focuses on self-help strategies
related to decoding, comprehension, oral
reading, and study
emphasizes the
skills;
application of clinical strategies to curriculum
materials
48.464
interpretation of statistical data and application
Advanced Experimental Design
(3)
Presents an advanced consideration of the
to professional problems.
63.543
Clinical experience in diagnosing and
remediating the reading difficulties of school-
and homework; written summary
reports required.
63541,
Prerequisites: 63.540,
63. 548 plus consent ofclinic director.
planning, conduct, and evaluation of research
79.593
studies
in
Human
Diversity
(3)
Designed for teachers seeking an advanced
degree in education. Broadly based and fieldbased oriented. Provides additional
opportunities to integrate new learning and
classroom experiences in these areas: human
development, language and culture, learning
modes and stales, multicultural and exceptional
sfjdies, and an understanding of the social and
cultural milieu.
79.599
Ttiesis
(6)
Student demonstrates ability to employ
accepted methods of educational research in
the solution or intensive study of some problem
area of interest or concern.
The problem
area
and biological sciences,
employing parametric and non parametric
statistics. Emphasizes inferential statistics,
design, analysis, interpretation, and computer
in the behavioral
Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160,
48.281, 48.282, or consent of the instructor.
utilization.
is
pursuing.
Psychology (Code 48)
48.406
Independent Study
in
Psychology
(3)
instructor
48.497
and departmental approval.
Psychology Practicum
(1-15)
Provides application of psychological
knowledge through study, observation, and
practice in a community. May be repeated for
Prerequisites:
instructor.
Human
Studies the historical and contemporary
Theories
of
Learning
learning systems and models
which
(3)
yield
of Personality
Prerequisites: 63-540,
63.545
Organization and Administration of
Reading Programs (K-12)
(3)
For classroom teachers, reading specialists,
and resource room specialists who are involved
with a school district's reading program;
emphasizes a working knowledge of
certification requirements, job descriptions,
guidelines for programs funded through federal
or state agencies, resources for exemplary
reading programs, program evaluation, and
parent involvement.
Reading (Code 63)
63.540
self,
and
learning points of view. Prerequisite: 48.101,
48.160, 48.281, or consent of instructor.
Offered fall semester only.
in
Group
Introduction to the Teaching of
(3)
Focuses on recent research and trends and
provides an historical perspective of reading
instruction; designed to develop a knowledge
base and instructional competence with
different programs and approaches to reading
instruction.
norm-setting, leadership, problem solving, role
playing cooperation/competition, and decision
the Content Areas
63.541
(3)
in
Reading
(3)
in the study of
recent research in the field of reading as it is
applied to curriculum, instructional materials,
and procedures of teaching reading.
63.548
Reading Instruction
Learner
for the At-Risk
(3)
Emphasizes methodology related to improving
skills of at-risk learners: provides
an overview of how Pennsylvania laws and atrisk learners affect classroom instruaion; topics
the reading
Diagnosis and Prescription
in
Reading
Emphasizes
Seminar
Advanced independent work
(3)
Offers on-going experience on topics including
in
for content area instruction in grades 4-12;
63.547
Reading
personality. Considers personality from
psychoanalytic, social, individual,
Reading
Presents theory and related teaching strategies
and strategies for improving
comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills.
(3)
study of theories explaining
development, structure, and organization of
63.546
evaluations,
critical
Processes
reading instruction.
topics include the reading process, textbook
principles for practical application.
instructor.
Laboratory Training
Practicum I, provides
experience with different age/grade levels and
in 63.543, Clinical
(3)
48.576
48.451
reports required;
director.
Requires
reports and discussions of current research
and may be repeated with change in topic.
Prerequisite:
48.101 and consent of the
Provides a
summary
when combined with the experiences acquired
of technical psychological literature or
empirical manipulation of variables in the field
or laboratory under supervision of a psychology
faculty member. Requires written report on
results of study. Prerequisites: Consent of the
Consent of the
significant topics in psychology.
Theories
(3)
1!
applying a remedial
63.541, 63.543, 63-548 and consent of clinic
Provides for an advanced consideration of
48.436
setting; written
in
Studies a topic via either review and research
a total of 15 semester hours.
Psychology Seminar
Clinical Practicum
experience
practical application of various theories of
48.466
selected for the research project must be related
to the curriculum that the student
63.544
Clinical
the
(3)
administration
and
include historial and current theories and
research
on
at-risk learners,
diagnostic tests.
Bloomsbiirg University
learning modalities, exemplary programs,
and
adapting instruction.
63.549
Teaching Reading
to the Hearing
Impaired/Language Handicapped
Child
(3)
methods, and materials
of teaching reading to hearing impaired/
language handicapped mdividuals; awareness
of research and clinic practices which can be
applied to classroom settings.
Literature, Literacy
and Culture
lead
to
environmental
particularly water,
(3)
Examines psychological aspects of literacy
development and implications for teaching
reading, writing, listening, and speaking across
Sociology of Deviant Behavior
Evaluates the presence and function of deviance
in society. Includes
mental
illness
and various
types of crime and stigmatized behavior.
Examines
how
therapeutically
handled
through
deviance is
and legally
Sociology of Aging
its
and punishment.
In-depth discussion of cognitive and behavioral
45.500
Sociology of Mass Communication
(3)
effects of mass media, especially television,
Work Processes
Utilizes problem-solving interventions in small
Social
(3)
II
groups integrating social work knowledge,
skills, and values. Offered fall semester only.
Middle and Junior High Schools
(3)
Inquires into the role of early secondary
education by analyzing historical trends,
curricular patterns, instructional designs,
and
organization unit.
Emphasis on teacher behavior, student values
and attitudes, and instructional designs peculiar
to junior high, middle, and intermediate
schools.
65.560
Development
Secondary
of the
School Curriculum
Problems
related
(3)
experimentation, and improvement of
curriculum practices in the secondary school.
Evaluating Teaching
65.571
in
Middle and
Secondary Schools
(3)
Improvement of instruction through
analysis.
self
Micro-teaching techniques, planning
dimensions, self-appraisal techniques.
Designed for teachers with special reference
to the
work of cooperating
assessment and intervention with primary
emphasis on ecological systems. Covers
knowledge of rudimentary assessment and
intervention skills for problem solving with
families.
Social Welfare Policy
Independent Study
Education
in
Secondary
(1-6)
See course description for 60.581.
United States cross-culturally compared
in other societies. Specific
institutions selected depending on the interest
in the
with those
45.513
Offered spring semester only.
adolescent's social interactions in groups and
Seminar
in
(1-6)
Computer Applications
in
U.S. society
Sciences
(3)
45.523
An introduction to computer use for the social
Social Indicators
(3)
on systematic step-by-step understanding,
analysis, and preparation of social indicators at
the federal, state, and local levels of social
The Contemporary American
Community
(3)
and
interpretation of statistical results.
Prerequisites: 45.260 or similar statistics
course. Offered spring semester only.
dynamics of community life, its institutions,
organizations, and people within the context
of the development of post-industrial society.
translating questions into data analysis
45.525
45.467
Population Problems
human population,
(3)
major theories,
and future
developments of population, and impacts of
population problems on society as influenced
by vital processes.
its
Social Service Planning
(3)
Provides an advanced consideration of the
development of social
of the social
Current Social Issues
(3)
Analyzes current social issues and solutions
offered to solve them. Explores issues and
solutions within the broad framework of the
social sciences and specific framework of
sociological and anthropological data.
Sociology of Work
(3)
Focuses on structure and organization of
industrial and post-industrial societies and the
of the social effects of social policy, planning,
relationship between work organizations
within communities and society. Presents a
sociological examination of work and the milieu
of the worker. Course focuses on formal and
informal work organizations, worker job
and services on people
satisfaction,
local levels of organization.
Reinforces and extends earlier learning in
research techniques and methods by focusing
with special emphasis on the
An advanced examination
and implementation of social
and/or human services at federal, state, and
45.441
(3)
sciences (through use of SPSS). Emphasizes
policy, planning,
Sociology (Code 45)
American Society
the Social
social context of the
See course description for 60.583.
in
institutions.
45.465
45.468
Secondary Education
Adolescents
Studies the role of adolescents in contemporary
45.578
65.583
(3)
(3)
distributions composition, changes,
65.581
Social Institutions
Sociological examination of major institutions
Frameworks for analyzing social and economic
policies presented with special focus on
legislative, judicial, and administrative policies.
Studies
teachers.
45.511
of students and faculty.
45.453
development,
to
field.
(3)
Surveys the major theoretical models for family
Instructional Strategies in the
tliis
Family Counseling
on
audiences, the social structure of
communications industry, particularly its
influence on media content and the political
use of mass media. Students critique the latest
research articles in the
45.451
Curriculum Development and
(3)
major theoretical themes,
patterns of living, socio-psychological and
cultural consequences of aging. Examines the
contemporary issues, problems, and programs
Studies aging,
of the aging.
needs of diverse learners.
Secondary Education (Code 65)
45.490
institutionalization and treatment. Attempts to
provide a broad theoretical perspective as well
as concrete examples of deviance in any society.
Examines current methods of rehabilitation
45.450
personnel structure of
pollution,
energy and other resource depletion, and
(3)
the curriculum; addresses the instructional
65.530
deterioration,
and noise
air,
increasing population density.
45.443
Principles, practices,
63.550
policy planning and analysis. Promotes
understandmg of social indicators and the use
of these indicators within all levels of society.
Page 55
A critical analysis
in a service-oriented,
post-industrial society.
45.474
Contemporary Environmental Issues
(3)
Examines some major human problems
that
and
dissatisfaction.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 56
secondary students. Math education software,
manipulatives, games, and materials will be
Special Education (Code 70)
70.501
70.550
Administration and Supervision of
Teaching Methods
for Individuals
with Mild and Moderate Disabilities,
evaluated and utilized.
Elementary
(3)
Education for Exceptional Individuals
70.526
Transition Services for Individuals
(3)
Application of the fundamental principles of
school administration and supen ision to the
areas of exceptionality' and to problems unique
to each. School law. teacher recruitment, inser\ ice education, organization and integration
of special education and ancillan- ser\'ices,
evaluation of special provisions, and finance as
with Special Needs
(3)
Presents an overview of methodology and
sen ice structures that facilitate the successful
from school to adult
transition
living for
individuals with special needs. Examination of
individual vocational assessment,
development
these bear on special education.
of functional vocational curriculum, and the
instruction of vocational competencies will be
70.502
content focus. Issues related to the transition
planning process are presented.
Mental Retardation
(3)
Intensive review of research pertaining to
etiolog)'
Language Arts
Special Needs
70.533
of mental retardation, classification
systems, and diagnosis. Includes study of brain
injur)', familial
retardation, research on learning
and evaluation of psychological
Criteria distinguishing mental retardation
characteristics,
tests.
from other problems.
70.505
Seminar
Facilitates
in
Learning Disabilities
(3)
an in-depth study of the behavioral
and cognitive development of
children with specific learning disabilities.
characteristics
Intended for students seeking a master' s degree
with concentrated emphasis in learning
disabilities.
Enrollment limited to students
with the necessary- prerequisites and the
approval of the instructor.
70.506
Introduction to Early Intervention
(3)
Presents an overview of the field of early
inter\'ention, including historical perspectives,
philosophies of early intervention, influences
of disabilities on the development of young
children and early inter%'ention models.
70.516
Psychology
Of Exceptional
Individuals
(3)
Symptomatology personality formation and
developmental and therapeutic consideration
for the exceptional indi\'idual.
for
Students with
(3)
Will provide preservice teachers with a
comprehensive overview of skills, assessment,
and strategies for teaching listening, speaking,
reading, and written expression. A holistic
philosophy for teaching language arts will be
Students will prepare a portfolio of
resources and "best practices" for teaching
language arts to students with special needs.
stressed.
70.534
Learning Disabilities
(3)
Study of characteristics and symptoms of
specific learning disorders.
Introduction to
diagnostic and educational procedures used
with learning disorders.
Emphasis on
perceptual and conceptual factors in the
development of language skills. For individuals
who have not had a course in learning
Diagnostic and Remedial
Techniques
(3)
Diagnostic and remedial techniques and
instruments used with children in special
education programs. Critical evaluation of
applicability of each to the child in relation to
causes and conditions of exceptionality.
Development of skills in interpreting and
writing case histories and reports in selection
70.522
and application of remedial techniques and
evaluation of progress. Prerequisite: Course
Assessment and Remediation of
Mathematics for Special Needs
Students
(3)
Provides an overview of the concepts of
hierarchy of skills, computation, and
application of addition, subtraction,
in tests
and measurements or its equivalent.
70.547
-
Students will
administer and interpret achievement,
diagnostic and curriculum-based mathematics
assessment.
Emphasis on development of
remedial math programs, adaptations of math
curriculum for special needs students and
design of a functional mathematics curriculum
for moderately disabled students.
Students
evaluate, design, and implement a math
program for elementary, middle school and/or
Individuals
(3)
Provides an introduction to technology as it is
being applied to meet the needs of exceptional
individuals.
Both simple and high technology
solutions are explored as they relate to meeting
the needs of individuals with mental, physical,
sensory and communication disabilities. Topics
include instructional tools and adaptations,
environmental interfaces, prosthetics, as well
as data
teacher, practice collaborative problem solving
and selecting and adapting instructional
materials for students with special needs.
70.551
Teaching Methods for Individuals
with Mild and Moderate Disabilities,
Secondary
(3)
Will familiarize students with a variety of
instructional techniques used to enhance the
learning process of individuals with disabilities
at
the secondary level. Information pertaining
to current issues in secondary special education
and their impact on service delivery
be discussed.
70.552
will also
Projects in Special Education
(3)
Designed to further a student s own interest
and competency in an area of special education
for the exceptional child. Library research or
individual projects involving service to the
may be agreed upon and
conducted under supervision of a staff member.
exceptional person
70.556
The Mentally Gifted Individuals
(3)
Principles and practices that are modifying
school programs to conser\ e and develop to
optimum degree the capabilities of the
more able individuals. Covers teaching
techniques and devices used effectively in
both the elementary and the secondary school.
and productivity
tools.
70.559
Seminar
in
Education of Exceptional
Individuals
(3)
Research oriented and devoted to problems in
the education of exceptional individuals. The
problems may be theoretical and practical.
Consideration given to problems of interest to
the student.
70.562
Issues of Individuals with Physical
Disabilities
(3)
Provides information and experience with
educationally relevant motor disabilities.
Technology and Exceptional
multiplication, division, fractions, decimals,
time, and measurement.
learning needs and abilities. Provides awareness
of role expectations of the special education
the
disabilities.
70.544
Presents principles for effective teaching
techniques and current best practices
applicable to elementary students with diverse
Covers normal motor development; formal
and informal assessment of motor skills and
problems: developmental and corrective
preschool and elementary school programs;
conditions resulting in severe motor disabilities,
self-care, academic, and psycho-social aspects
of physical disabiliU'; prevocational. and
vocational adjustment of the physically
handicapped; and current issues related to
research and litigation.
Bloomsburg University
Reading and Interpreting Research
70.565
in
Special Education
(3)
Aids the student in reading, understanding,
each student. Supervised demonstrations are
an integral part of the course.
74.567
and
results of statistical
and evaluating the
study of some problem area of interest or
concern. The research project must be related
to the exceptional person.
questions that can be answered by various
statistical procedures,
and the development of an
detect misuse of statistics.
designs,
ability to
Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.570
(3)
Covers characteristics of children with behavior
disorders, approaches to remediation, general
principles of classroom management simulated
,
problem
solving, ideal
academic models
for
children with behavior disorders, research
findings,
70.572
and sources of information.
Seminar on Behavior Disorders
Seminar group composed of those
to read
who wish
applications, as well as future directions,
moral
and more advanced systems of
management and instruction.
issues,
Seminar
Current Issues
in
in
Special
Education
in
Special Education
(3)
Graduate experience for students in a setting
with exceptional persons. Student spends a
minimum of eiglit hours per week in practicum
and meets regularly in a seminar fashion with
the university instructors.
(3-6)
Internship in special education.
Supervision
to take place in schools or educational situations
under supervision of the local supervisor and
graduate faculty.
Special Workshop
I
(1-6)
Temporary special workshop seminars
designed to focus on contemporary trends,
topics,
and problems
in the field of special
education. Lecturers, resource speakers, team
teaching, field experience and practicum,
media, and related techniques.
workshops are funded
70.599
(3)
Involves a study of basic sign language
vocabulary and fmgerspelling techniques used
in communication with deaf/hard of hearing
Emphasis on developing proper
expressive and receptive skills.
new
Usually
projects.
Master's Research Paper
74.568
Advanced American Sign Language
(3)
Study of the expressive and receptive
components of American Sign Language with
an emphasis on communicating with the deaf.
74.569
Curricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard
Examines
Hearing
(3)
practices, content,
and methods of
teaching school subjects to the deaf/hard of
hearing with emphasis on content and methods
rather than theory.
(6)
opportunity to employ accepted methods of
educational research in the solution or intensive
74.570
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard
of
74.560
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard
of
Hearing
(3)
I
Provides an opportunity to work with deaf/
hard of hearing children and/or adults.
Emphasis on speech and language remediation
of
deaf/hard
of
hearing
Prerequisites: 74.564,
74.564
individuals.
74.566,
and 74.567
Speech
for the
Deaf/Hard
of
Hearing
Hearing
(6)
II
Evaluates hearing losses affecting the
communicational, educational, and vocational
adjustment of individuals tlirough supervised
observation, classroom practice, and practicum
experience. Students are assigned to approved
private and public programs for the deaf/hard
of hearing and work with selected professionals
in education of the deaf/hard of hearing,
following the same schedules and assuming
responsibilities similar to those of professionals.
(3)
Study of the principles and techniques used in
development and formation of English speech
sounds by the synthetic and analytic methods
with special consideration given to production,
classification, and transmission of speech
sounds. Supervised demonstrations and
practicums are an integral part of the course.
74.565
Internship'
70.596,597,598
presentations are an integral part of this course.
of
Problems and Trends
the Deaf/Hard of
70.595
(3)
(3)
Designed to help students identify counseling
needs of communicatively disabled individuals
and their families and to provide basic, shortterm counseling. Students introduced to various
counseling strategies in individual and group
settings as appropriate to schools and speech
and hearing clinics.
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
of
planning. Supervised demonstrations and
(3)
forum to review
and analyze current trends and issues in special
education. The content of the course will
change as current trends and issues emerge.
Practicum
of
(concurrently)
Will provide students with a
70.591
Counseling Needs
Deaf/Hard
Study of structured approaches to teaching
spoken and written language, of language
assessment devices and appropriate lesson
Hearing Loss (Code 74)
Communicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families
Group reads
research and discusses implications for
70.575
74.490
in
for the
II
individuals.
(3)
and discuss current material related to
the area of behavior Didorders.
new
Studies
a knowledge ofthe basic
steps of hypothesis testing, analysis and
comparison of excellent and poor research
Language
Hearing
behavioral research carried out by others.
Covers a working knowledge of basic statistical
terms, an introduction to the type of research
Page 57
Teaching
Hearing
Arrangements relating to student interest
must be approved by program adviser.
Permission of curriculum coordinator
required.
74.580
Independent Study and Research
Permits students to
work under
(3)
close faculty
guidance on library study of specified areas or
individual research projects
when
particular
in
(3)
Focuses on current practices and trends in
education and welfare of the deaf/hard of
hearing. Concerned with psychology, social
adjustment, educational achievement, political
and social viewpoints, learning problems, and
needs cannot be met by registration in regularly
scheduled courses.
74.581
Independent Study and Research
(3)
See course description for 74.580.
74.584
vocational competence of deaf/liard of hearing.
Research in Education
Hard of Hearing
of the Deaf/
(3)
New techniques and methodologies.
74.599
74.566
Language
Hearing
I
for the
Deaf/Hard
of
(3)
Study of the principles and techniques used in
the development and correction of language
for the deaf/hard of hearing. Student
familiarized with leading systems of natural
language development designed for the deaf/
hard of hearing. The step-by-step development
of at least one language system is required for
Master's Thesis
(3
-
6)
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 58
Administration and Faculty
Administration
JESSICA sledge KOZLOFF, President, B.S.,
M.A., University of Nevada-Reno;
Ph.D., Colorado State University
CAROL MATTESON, Interim Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs,
Slippery
Rock
B.S.,
Interim Assistant Vice President for Graduate
Studies and Research
State College; M.S.,
University of Oregon; Ph.D., University
Council of Trustees
of Pittsburgh
Robert W. Buehner Jr.
(as of March 1994)
Kevin M. O Connor
Ramona
Gerald
Plains
Malinowski
Chairperson
Berwick
Vice Chairperson
Mount Carmel
Atherton Jr.
Wilkes-Barre
H. Alley
E.
Secretary!
James
Graduate Council
T.
HAROLD
J. BAILEY, Professor, Mathematics
and Computer Science and Director,
Institute for Interactive
Technolo-
A.
GEORGE
BERTELSEN, Associate
Communication Studies
P.
CHAMURIS,
Professor,
Associate Professor,
Biological and Allied Health Sciences
ROGER W.
ELLIS, Associate Professor, Busi-
ness Education and Office Adminis-
WILUAM GRUTZKUHN,
student representa-
Business Eduction and Office
Administration, 1993-94
ROBERT B. KOSLOSKY, Professor, Art
LINDA M. LEMURA, Associate Professor,
Health, Physical Education, and Athletics
Scranton
Anna Mae Lehr
James H. McCormick
Bloomsburg
John McDaniel
Bloomsburg
Sunbun'
Ex-OJficio
Gail A. Zurick
HSIEN-TUNG
LIU, Dean,
CoUege of Arts and
Sciences
HOWARD
K.
MACAULEY,Dean, College of
Interim Dean, College of Business
EDWARDJ. POOSTAY, Professor, Curriculum
and Foundations
CARROLL J. REDFERN,
Professor,
Communi-
cation Disorders and Special Education
MINOO TEHRAN],
tration
tive,
Feasterville
Professional Studies
gies
DALE
Danville
LaRoy G. Davis
John J. Haggerty
Associate Professor, Man-
agement
PATRICL\ B. TORSELLA,
Assistant Professor,
Nursing
MEHMET UVEY, student representative, MBA
1994
,
,,
Bloomsburg University
CHARLES THOMAS WALTERS,
Accounting
RICHARD
BAKER,
L.
fessor, B.Mus.,
Professor, B.S., M.B.A.,
Associate Pro-
DePaul University;
B. S., University
Boston
Professor, B.S.,
Bloomsburg Uni-
DENNIS
HWANG,
B.
C. P.A.
,
Associate Professor,
M.A.,Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
RICHARD W. SCHRADER, Assistant Professor,
St.
The Pennsylvania
P.
CHAMURIS, Associate Professor,
Community College;
A. A.S., Dutchess
B. S., State University of
New
York
Albany; M.S. James Madison University;
Florida State University.
Ph.D., State University of
,
New
THOMAS F. ALETO,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
University' of Notre
sity of Illinois,
DAVID
Dame; M.A., Univer-
of
Urbana-
Illinois,
JUDITH
Green
Grand Rapids Junior College; B. A. M. A.
Michigan State University; Ph.D.,
Georgetown University.
ROBERTR. REEDER, Associate Professor, B.A.,
Professor, B.S., Bowl-
PHILUP
B.S.,
Arizona State University.
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
M.A., Rider College; Ed.D.,
Temple Uni-
versity.
JANICE C. KEIL, Assistant Professor, B.S. M.Ed.
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D. Temple
,
State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
State University of
Professor, A. A.,
ELUS, Associate Professor,
M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,
,
DOWNING,
P.
ing
MINDERHOUT,
J.
University.
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D.,
University
Champaign.
of Colorado.
ROGER W.
JAMES E. COLE, Professor, B.A., M.A., Western
Michigan University; Ph.D., Illinois State
University.
Associate Professor,
Florida State University; M.Ed.,
DENNIS O. GEHRIS,
Forestry.
College;
of New York
University of Florida; Ed.D., University
York,
College of Environmental Science and
Anthropology
Associate Professor,
Temple
DITTMAN,
A.
B.S.,
at
M.A. Central Michigan University; Ph.D.,
,
State University.
Community
Albany; Ed.D.,
at
NANCY
B.S.,
State College; D.Ed.,
B. S., M.S., State University
B.S.,
Joseph's College; Ph.D., Cornell Uni-
GEORGE
Bloomsburg
A. A.S., Dutchess
ARDIZZI, Assistant Professor,
P.
Systems
DONNA J. COCHRANE,
versity.
Michigan State University;
C.P.A., B.A.,
University.
ELLEN M. CLEMENS, Associate Professor,
M.S.,
Sciences
Chengchi University;
B.A.,
State University.
Biological and Allied Health
JOSEPH
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Auburn
Office
Associate Profes-
Edinboro State College; M.S.,
The Pennsylvania
Bucknell University;
versity; M.S.B.A.,
WILSON JR.,
T.
sor, B.S.,
of
Idaho.
BUREL GUM,
University of Michigan.
KENNETH
of Wisconsin; M.S.B.A.,
University-, Ph.D., University
Ph.D.,
Business Education and
,
MICHAELC. BLUE, Associate Professor, C.P.A.
MARGARET TUX, Assistant Professor, B.S., M.S.,
M.S.,
M.F.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,
Bloomsburg University; Ph.D. The Pennsylvania State University; C.P.A.,C.M.A.
Page 59
FARBER,
New York at Buffalo.
University.
JOHN J.
OLIVOJR., Professor,
B.S.,
Davis and
Professor, B.S., King's
Elkins College; M.Ed., Trenton State
College; M.S., Boston College; Ph.D.,
College; Ph.D., Michigan State Univer-
Catholic Llniversity of America.
sity.
A.
,
M.S.,
GEORGE J. GELLOS, Associate Professor, B.S.,
Mulilenberg College; M.S., Ohio Univer-
The Pennsylvania State University;
Ph.D.,
sity;
M.A., University of Colorado.
DEE ANNE WYMER, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
The Pennsylvania
versity.
C. fflLL, Professor, B.S., M.S.,
Illinois State University;
KARL
sity
A.
BEAMER, Associate
Kutztown
Professor, B.S.,
State College; M.F.A.,
The
Special Education
DL\NNE
FREDERICK
Art
Communication Disorders and
State Uni-
Ph.D., Univer-
of Louisville.
CAROL
BURNS,
B.
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh.
JUDITH KIPE-NOLT, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Messiah College; M S, Ph.D., The Penn-
THOMAS
burg
CLARK,
Assistant Professor, B.F.A.,
MARK
ROBERT B. KOSLOSKY, Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
State College; Ph.D.,
L.
NAGEL,
Professor, B.F.A., Coo-
per Union; M.F.A., Pratt
CHRISTINE M. SPERUNG, Associate
sor, B.A., M.A., University
Ph.D.,
Brown
LOUIS
University of Maryland; M.F.A.,
Institute of Art.
Associate Professor,
B.F.A., University
Indiana University.
of Hartford; M.F.A.,
CROWELL
JR, Associate Profes-
Southern Connecticut
ARTHURG.DlGNAN,AssistantProfessor,B.A.,
New
Gallaudet Llniversity, M.S., California
V.
MINGRONE,
State University, M.Ed., East Central
Professor, B.S., SUp-
Washington
State
PARSONS, Associate Professor, B.S.,
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
CYNTHLV A. SURMACZ, Professor, B.S., The
E.
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Milton
Connecticut.
State University.
University; Ph.D.,
JAMES
R.
sor, B.S., M.S.,
State University; Ph.D., University of
University.
VERA VIDITZ-WARD,
ARTHUR
MILLER, Professor, B.S., CoUege of
Pharmacy, University of Rhode Island;
pery Rock State College; M.S., Ohio
of Oregon;
University.
.
Maryland
Associate Professor,
Profes-
Barbara; STROHMAN, Associate Professor,
B.S.,
lege; M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State
Mexico
Institute.
Provi-
Michigan.
MELNYCHUK,
M.S., University of Texas; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University.
STEWART
,
dence College; M.A.T., Assumption Col-
LYNNE C.
The
of Pittsburgh.
RONALD R. CHAMPOUX, Professor, B.A.
University.
of West Virginia.
Kutztown
S.
B. S.,
Maryland Institute of Art; M.A., University
Associate Professor,
Florida.
Cranbrook Academy of Art.
State College; Ed.D., Lehigh Uni-
versity; Ph.D., University
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of South
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A.,
F.
KUNGER,
Professor, B.S.,
Mansfield State College; M.Ed., Blooms-
A. A., Bradford College; B.A., Macalester
The Pennsylvania State University; M. A.
GARY
S.
Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
RICHARD M. ANGELO,
sylvania State University
Pennsylvania State University.
ANGELO,
H.
Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
S.
Hershey Medical Center, The
Pennsylvania State University.
University.
MARY
B. HILL, Professor, B.S.,
Bloomsburg
State College; M.Ed., University of Dela-
ware; Ph.D., Temple University.
JUDITH M. HIRSHFELD,
B.S.,
Assistant Professor,
M.A., Temple University; C.A.G.S.,
Boston University.
KENNETH P. HUNT, Professor, B.S., M.S., State
University of New YorkatBuffalo; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh.
.
.
Graduate Studies Catalog
SHEILA
DO\T
B.S.,
JONES.
,
.
Page 60
Assistant Professor,
Florida; Ph.D.. Florida State University.
M.Ed.. Bloomsburg State College;
HOWARD N. SCHREIER. Associate Professor,
Ed.D.. University of Missouri.
MICHAEL J. KARPINSKI.
B.A.. Brookly
ROBERT J. KRUSE. Professor. B.A.. M.A.. Ph.D.,
Temple
BONITA B. FRANKS. Associate Professor. B.S.,
University.
sity:
TOMUNSON.
State College; Ed.D.. Indi-
Associate Professor.
Slippery Rock L niversin-; M.Ed. Clarion
.
L niversity of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.. The
Ohio
G.
State University
DONALD \ULLERJR..
ana University of Permsyivania; M.A.,
Ph.D..
Temple
GERALD \X'. POWTRS.
Ed.D.. University of Louisv ille.
sity
CARL CHLMI.
of New Hampshire; Ed.D., University of
Bombay.
M.Ed..
B.S..
Shippensburg State College; Ph.D.. Uni-
VTSHAKHA W. RAWOOL. Assistant Professor,
B. S..
India; M.S.. University of
versity of Pittsburgh.
JAMES DUTT,
Texas; Ph.D.. Purdue University.
Bloomsburg
B.S.,
M.A.,
State Univer-
sity.
HAROLD
State College; Ed.D.. Lehigh University.
K. FREY, Associate Professor, B.S.,
Lock Haven
SAMUELB. SUKE. Professor. B.S.. The Pennsylvania State University; M.S.. University
Associate Professor,
The Permsyivania
Ph.D.,
CARROLL J. REDFERN. Professor. B.S..Johnson
C. Smith University; M.Ed.,
State College; M.A.. State
Associate Professor. B.A.,
Southampton CoUege and Cheyney
State University.
University; M.A.. Antioch University;
JUTJA M. WTITZ. Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Emerson College; M.S., Ph.D. University
CHARLESJ. HOPPEL. Associate Professor. B.S.,
University of Scranton; M.S.E., Ph.D.,
JOSEPH M. YOUSHOCK, Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
Assistant Professor. B.A.
University of Pittsburgh; M.F.A..
Carnegie Mellon University.
MARY KENNY BADAMI.
Fordham
tion; M.A..
Professor. B.S.,
vania State University.
fessor. B.A Willamette University: M.A..
.
The Pennsylvania
BRUCE CANDUSH.
State University.
MICHAELL. COLLINS. Assistant Professor. B.A..
Northeast Michigan State University
;
Purdue University.
RUMBOUGH,
B.A.,
NEIL
L.
BROWN.
Kutztown University; M.Ed.. Kent State
Ed.D.. Temple University.
University
CHERRINGTON,
A.
sor
;
,
B
.
Assistant Profes-
S ., University of Oklahoma
;
M Ed
.
.
Ph.D., Universin of Virginia.
King
sity;
s
College; M.A.. Seton Hall L'niver-
of Central
College: M.S.. Indiana University Ed.D..
:
MlSm.
L.
Assistant Professor. B.S.,
Mansfield; M.Ed.. Ph.D.,
The Pennsylva-
nia State University.
WmJAM O BRUm. Professor. B.S.. CaliforS.
Duquesne Uni-
versity; Ed.D. Indiana Urmersity ofPenn.
sylvania.
EGERTON
Assistant Professor. B.A..
O. OSUtNDE, Assistant Professor.
Bloomsburg University; M.S., Syracuse
University Ph D Pennsylvania State Uni:
Ahmadu
B.S..
.
.
;
Ohio
EDWARD
State University.
POOSTAY.
J.
M.Ed..
sity:
DONALD
M. H. FERESHTEH. Assistant Professor.
PRATT.
Assistant Professor. B.S..
Utica College of Syracuse University;
M.Ed..
St.
Lawrence
University: Ph.D..
University of South Florida.
ROSEMARY T. RADZIEMCH, Assistant Professor. B. A.
sity;
.
The Pennsylvania State Univer-
M.Ed.. Bloomsburg Lniversity:
Ed.D.. Lehigh University.
LORRAINE SHANOSKI.
Associate Professor.
M.Ed., Northeastern University:
Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsy lvania.
\TOLA SUPON.
Assistant Professor. B.S.,
Bloomsburg
B.A.,
B.S..
Ph.D., University of Georgia.
L.
B.S.,
versity.
Professor. Director.
Temple UniversityThe Pennsylvania State Univer-
Reading Clinic.
.
GARY J. DOBY. Assistant Professor. B.S.. M.S..
Ph.D., State University of New York at
Bello University; M.A..
Case\X estem Resene University Ph.D.
Ed.D.. University of Pennsylvania..
Buffalo.
Assistant Profes-
sor, B.A., M.A., University
Oregon.
Ball State University.
Assistant Professor. B.S.,
HENRY D. DOBSON. Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
San Jose State University; M.F.A., The
Pennsylvania State University.
B.
BEERS. Assistant Professor.
M.Ed., D.Ed.. University of Pittsburgh.
ROBERT L. CLARKE, Assistant Professor. B.A..
JANET RE^'NOLDS BODENMAN, Assistant Pro-
TIMOTH\'
MEADE
CHRIS
Rider CoUege; M. A., Ph.D., The Pennsyl-
M.F.A..
C.
Hunter College; Ph.D.. North-
DALE A. BERTELSEN. Associate Professor, B.S.,
M.S.. Ph.D.. University of
GORMAN L. MILLER. Professor, B.A., LaVeme
University of Miami.
ELAINE ANTDERSON. Assistant Professor. B.S..
Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed.. Ph.D.,
The Pennsylvania State University.
University. School of Educa-
western University.
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Western Washington State College;
M.Ed.. Western Washington University;
University of Toronto: M.Ed.. Ed.D..
Curriculum and Foundations
Communication Studies
nia.
JANE MCPHERSON.
GILDA M. ORAN.
Syracuse University.
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Temple
Lniversity.
Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
nia State College; M.Ed..
Ed.D.. University of Massachusetts.
of Pittsburgh.
HRANITZ.
R.
FRANK
College of Iowa; M.S.. Elmira College.
GENE GORDON,
of Scranton; D.Ed.. The Pennsylvania
KAREN ANSELM.
Southern California.
JOHN
Ed.D.. Indiana University of Peimsylva-
DAVIS. Professor.
S.
G. HARRIS. Assistant Professor. B.A..
Lutheran College; Ed.D.. University of
Associate Professor. B.A.. Uni-
Amherst.
Northern Colorado.
Professor, B.S.,
Macalester College; M.A.. California
Ph.D.. University of Massachusetts,
FRANK
GILGANNON,
G.
vania State University.
MARY
versity of Massachusetts, Boston; M.B.A..
of Massachusetts; M.Ed.. University
Farmington; M.Ed.,
at
Bloomsburg State College; M.S.,
Marywood College; D.Ed., The Pennsyl-
nia State University.
Professor. B.A., Univer-
Maine
versity of
PATRICLVM. BO'i'NE. Assistant Professor. B.A.,
Ladycliff College; M.S.. The Pennsylva-
University
State Uni-
Long Beach.
Computer and information
Systems
Professor. B.S.. Indi-
The Pennsylvania
ROBERT GATES, Assistant Professor. B.S.. Uni-
NANCY
Associate Professor. B.A..
Ph.D..
B.A.. M.A.. California State University at
ana University- of Pennsy lvania.
ROBERT J. LOWE.
M.S., Central Connecticut State Univer-
versity.
E.
Uni-
versity of Connecticut.
University of Denver.
LEE. Associate Professor. B.S.. .M.Ed..
Bloomsburg
Temple
The
University of Hartford; Ph.D.,
.M A. University
University of Northern Colorado; Ph.D.,
JAMES
University
Teacher University of Tehran; M.P.P.,
KARA SHULTZ, Assistant Professor, B.S., M.A..
Ph.D.. L'niversit)" of Mary land.
ANN L.
n College;
of Georgia; Ph.D..
Assistant Professor,
M.Ed.. Bloomsburg University;
B.S.,
.
State College; M.A.. Tren-
ton State College: Ed.D.. Temple Universiv,-.
,
,
,;
,
Bloomsburg University
DAVID E. WASHBURN, Professor, B.A., M.Ed.,
University
Ph.D.,
Arizona;
of
Postdoctoral Certificate in Multicultural
Education, University of Miami.
University of Denver; M.S.,
BRUCE
State College; Ed.D.,
M.B.A.,
St.
WM
.
STEVEN SMITH
Temple University.
PATRICIA K. WOLF, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Morehead University; M.A., Duquesne
,
Healtii, Physical
and Athletics
K. BAGI, Assistant Professor,
Punjab University;
Associate Professor,
B.S.,
BOHUNG,
Professor, B.A.,
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
New
State University of
Miami
York
at
Brockport; M.A., University of Northern
Colorado; Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts.
MEHDI HARIRIYAN, Associate Professor, B.A.,
National University; M.A.,
Iowa
State
New School for Social
University; Ph.D.,
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Ari-
Ph.D.,
University.
Instructional Technology
HAROLD J.
CoUege; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania.
TIMOTHY
PATCH,
P.
B.S., M.S.,
Assistant Professor,
NANCY
A.
FERDOCK,
B.A.,
THORNTON,
College of
Washington
JUNE
Associate Professor,
The University of Texas,
Finance and Business
St.
Catherine; M.S.,
University; Ph.D., Arizona
BEHR,
L.
TRUDNAK,
Professor, B.S., Blooms-
burg State College;
M.S., Bucknell Uni-
The Permsylvania
versity; Ph.D.,
State
University; M.A.,
Rutgers
Law
KAREN J. ELWELL,
CoUege of
New
York; Ph.D.,
Purdue University.
University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D.,
Ohio
The
State University.
State University of
New
York, M.A.,
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
IREM OZKARAHAN, Associate Professor, B SC,
Middle East Technical University, Tur-
MINOO TEHRANI,
Associate Professor,
B.S.,
Michigan Technological University; M.S.
Arizona State University.
PETER
B.
VENUTO,
Professor, B.A., Syracuse
Austin.
Hunter College;
J.D.,
School.
Associate Professor, B.A.,
Languages and Cultures
,
Champaign.
DAVIDG. HESKEL, Associate Professor, M.B.A.,
S.
B.S.,
BATORY,
Associate Professor,
King's CoUege; M.B.A., Old Domin-
ion University; D.B.A., University of
MARY K. ERICKSEN, Associate Professor, B.S.,
M.S.,
The Ohio
State University; Ph.D.,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
KIRAN KARANDE,
and
State
B E.,
Bombay; Ph.D.,
Assistant Professor,
M.B.A., University of
University of Houston.
Associate Professor,
University; Ph.D.,
KEISER, Assistant Professor,
B.S.,
College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylva-
B.S.,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Indiana University; M.A. Ph.D.
State University
,
The Ohio
The Union Graduate
School of Ohio.
Mass Communications
WALTER M. BRASCH,
nia.
LUKE SPRINGMAN,
,
M.A. J.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-
Marketing
STEPHEN
University of Karachi; M.B.A., Adelphi
BRENDA
ComeU
B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas.
SAUM QURESHI,
B.A.,
Law
Professor, A.B.,
City
Profes-
Brandeis University; M.B.A.,
University.
Kutztown University; M.A., Middlebury
E.
KINSLINGER, Associate
Maryland.
Assistant Professor,
University.
SMITH, Associate Professor,
Ph.D.,
BARBARA
E.
State University.
sylvania State University.
B.
PHILUPS, Assistant Professor,
vania State University.
Ph.D., Lehigh University.
A.B., St. Vincent College; M.A., The Penn-
RILEY
L.
Kutztown State College; M.S.,
Longwood College; Ph.D., The Pennsyl-
English
RONALD
B.S., vVlbright
B.S.,
Carson Newman College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts.
BAILEY, Professor,
State University.
ROBERT OBUTELEWICZ, Assistant Professor,
B.A., B.S.,
The
Northern Colorado;
New York University.
PAMELA M. WYNN, Associate Professor,
College;M.Ed.,Ph.D.,The Pennsylvania
RAJESH K. MOHINDRU, Associate Professor,
DAV
B.A., University of
Santa Clara.
LEE, Professor, B.S., Delaware
B.A., M.A.,
CHARLES M. CHAPMAN, Associate Professor,
University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of
sity.
Gutenberg University.
J.
Valley College; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
ELIZABETH
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois Univer-
College, Lahore, Punjab University;
WOO BONG
The
Pahlavi University, Shiraz, Iran; Ph.D.,
MICHAEL HICKEY,
Bahawalpur; M.A., Government
lege,
Carleton University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Akron.
Canada; Ph.D., Arizona State University
JAMES R. SPERRY, Professor, B.A., Bridgewater
zona.
Professor, B.A., S.E. Col-
Professor, B.A. (H), M.A.,
University of Dhaka; M.A., D.P.A.,
key; M.A.Sc, University of Toronto,
History
Research.
SALEEM M. KHAN,
of
STEPHEN MARKELL, Associate Professor, B. A.
Alabama.
LEON SZMEDRA,
University; M.A., University of Iowa;
Academy
MARK D. LARSON, Associate Professor, B.G.S.
cuse University.
vania; Ph.D., Cornell University.
The
HOWARD J.
University; M.A., Ed.D., University of
University; A.M., University of Pennsyl-
H.
Education
JERRY K. MEDLOCK, Professor, A.B., Samford
UJAGARS BAWA, Professor, B.A., M.A., Punjab
RUHUL AMIN,
M.A.,
Niagara University; M.S., Ph.D., Syra-
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
PETER
State
M.
sor, A.B.,
LINDA M. LEMURA,
B.Ed., M.A.,
B.A.,
Ohio
.
University; Ph.D., University ofAlabama.
burgh.
SUKHWINDER
Professor, B.A.,
University of Georgia; M.A.,
University; Ph.D.,
Sciences, Armenia.
Associate Professor, B. S
University; Ph.D., University of Pitts-
Economics
stown
Louis University.
ROCKWOOD,
L.
Rajshahi University; M.B.A., Young-
Western Illinois University,
Swarthmore College; J. D., University of
Chicago Law School.
BONNIE L. WILLIAMS, Assistant Professor, B.S.
Bloomsburg
MAINUDDIN AFZA, Associate Professor, H.S.C.
Rajshahi College; B. COM, M. COM,
Ph.D.,
vania.
M.S.,
Management
sity;
Georgetown
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl-
Ph.D., University of Business, Vienna,
Austria.
DAVID G. MARTIN, Associate Professor, B.A.,
C. W. Post College of Long Island Univer-
MARY A. WHEELER, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Page 6l
ego
Professor, A.B., San Di-
State University; M.A.,
University; Ph.D.,
The Ohio
BaU
State
State Uni-
versity.
JOHN P. MAITTLEN-HARRIS, Assistant Profes-
,
Page 62
Graduate Studies Catalog
B.Ec, University of Sydney;
sor,
New
University of
sor, B.S.,
Litt.B.,
TIMOTHY
MARIA TERESITA
MENDOZA-ENRIGHT,
G.
DANA
Kutztown State College; M.S.,
Longwood College; Ph.D., The Pennsyl-
of the Philippines System; M.A.,
vania State University.
POMFRET,
JAMES
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mexico State University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
MEHDl RAZZAGHI, Professor, G.C.E., Lewes
ULLOTH,
sity
C.
Professor, B.A., Southern
Technical College;
of Missouri.
sity;
Mathematics and Computer
Science
HAROLD J.
BAILEY, Professor,
B.S.,
JOHN
YDOJN
Iowa
versity; M.S.,
State University;
Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
,
COCHRANE,
C.
Ph.D., State University of
New York.
HELMUT DOLL, Assistant Professor, B.A., University of Stuttgart; M.S.,
Oregon
State
THORNTON,
E.
Washington
Catherine; M.S.,
University; Ph.D., Arizona
State University.
L.
TRUDNAK,
The Pennsylvania
State
University.
ERIK WYNTERS, Associate
New
University of
Professor, B.S.,
Hampshire, M.S.,
The Pennsylvania
rado; Ph.D.,
State
DENNIS HUTHNANCE
JR., Associate Pro-
fessor, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,
Georgia
Insti-
Pennsylvania.
Assistant Professor, A. A.,
Williamsport Area Community College;
B.S.,
Bloomsburg University; M.S., Ph.D.,
CURT A.JONES, Assistant Professor, B.S., Lock
Haven University of Pennsylvania;
M.S.,
University of Iowa.
KHAN,
S.
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Punjab University; M.Sc, Islamabad
University; B.S., Bloomsburg University;
M.A.,
Temple
University.
STEPHEN KOKOSKA, Associate Professor, B.A.
Boston College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of New Hampshire.
CLINTON
GAVAGHAN,
A.
J.
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
sylvania State University.
M. GENETAYLOR, Professor, B.S., Muskingum
College; M.S., Ph.D.,
Brown University.
WUKOVITZ,
Associate Profes-
G.
Montclair State College.
sor, B.A., M.A.,
Political
Science
GEORGE
AGBANGO,
A.
Assistant Professor,
M.P.A., Atlanta University; Ph.D., Clark
BRETTSCHNEIDER,
A.
Assistant Pro-
,
nia; Ed.D.,
Temple
University.
ANNETTE GUNDERMAN,
B.S.N.,
sor,
at
Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D.
University.
MICHERI, Assistant Professor,
Fordham University; M.A., Colum-
L.
B.A.,
bia University.
JAMES W. PERCEY,
Associate Profes-
Bloomsburg LIniversity;
The Pennsylvania State
New
New
GLORLAT. COHEN, Assistant Professor, B.S.C,
M.P.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
RICHARD
Associate Professor,
Associate Professor, B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Rutgers
University.
Psychology
University.
NANCY
ONUSCHAK,
A.
Professor, B.S.,
sylvania State University; D.Ed.,
Temple
OXENRIDER,
Associate Profes-
EILEEN
ASTOR-STETSON,
C.
Douglas College
Professor, A.B.,
— Rutgers University;
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
University.
LAURETTA PIERCE,
Professor Emeritus, R.N.,
Harrisburg Polyclinic Hospital School of
Virginia Tech.
ZAHIRA
MARY
M.S.Ed., WilkesCoUege;M.N.,Tlie Penn-
tute of Technology.
SCOTT INCH,
PETER STINE,
M.S.N., A.B.D.,
University.
E.
B.S.N.,
College; M.S.N., Ph.D., University of
,
State College; M.A., University of Colo-
Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
P.JAMES MOSER, Professor, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,
The Pennsylvania State University.
M. CHRISTINE AUCHNIE, Professor,
B.S.N. M.S.N. University of Pennsylva-
homa.
GUNTHER L. LANGE, Assistant Professor, B.S.,
York
York
Professor, B.S.,
PAULG. HARTUNG, Professor, B.A., Montclair
Professor, B.S., Ph.D., Uni-
Nottingham, England.
fessor, B.A., State University of
Westminster College; M.A., Temple
University; Ph.D., University of Okla-
versity of
MARLA
University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Wilkes
GROWNEY,
sylvania State University.
Nursing
England.
S.
Highlands University; D.Ed., The Penn-
Atlanta University.
Ph.D., Cornell University
fessor, B.Sc,
JOANNE
Professor, B.S.,
Kent State University; M.S., New Mexico
burg State College; M.S., Bucknell Uni-
nia.
M. Sc., University ofTehran;
M.Sc, Ph.D., University of Manchester,
sity.
P.JOSEPH GARCL\, Associate
STEPHEN
Professor, B.S., Blooms-
versity; Ph.D.,
University; Ph.D., University of Califor-
GHOLAMREZA G. DARGAHI-NOUBARY, Pro-
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Utah State University; M.A., Vanderbilt
University; Ph.D., Texas A & M Univer-
Wesleyan University; Ph.D., The Penn-
Assistant Professor,
B.A., College of St.
JUNE
Professor, B.S., M.S.,
Anhui
SHI, Assistant Professor, B.S.,
NANCY
The Penn-
sylvania State University.
University
China; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
CHARLES M. BRENNAN, Professor, B.S.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,
Montclair State College; Ph.D.
The
Normal University at Chuzhon, China;
M.S., Shanghai Teachers University,
Professor, B.S., Tufts Uni-
COUCH,
G.
DAVIDJ. HARPER,
of Connecticut.
State University.
STEPHEN D. BECK,
Sussex Univer-
Professor, B.A., Lehigh
University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Albright
College; M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania
B.S.,
Ph.D., University of London.
RILEY JR.,
H.
Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technolog)'.
JACK
Professor, B.S., Bates
New
College; M.S.,
Missionaty College; A.M., Ph.D., Univer-
PAUL
fessor, B.S., University of Rochester;
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University
R.
CHRISTOPHER BRACIKOWSKI, Assistant Pro-
PHILLIPS, Assistant Professor,
L.
B.S.,
Associate Professor, B.A., M.A., University
Physics
Idaho State University.
versity of Florida; Ph.D., University of
Texas.
Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,
The Pennsylvania State University; D.A.,
England; M.A., Uni-
Nursing; B.S.Ed.,
Temple
University;
University of Pennsylvania;
M.S.N.
,
Ph.D.,
Thomas
Jefferson Medical Col-
lege.
PATRICL\
A.
TORSELLA,
Assistant Professor,
B.S.N. M.S.N. University of Pennsylva,
JOHN S. BAIRD JR., Professor, B.A., University
of Virginia; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina
State University.
BRETT
L. BECK, Associate Professor. A.A.,
James H. Faulkner State Jimior College;
B.A., University of West Florida; Ph.D..
University of Alabama.
WINONA J. COCHRAN,
,
D.N.Sc, Widener University.
DORETTE E. WEEK, Professor, B.S.N.,
A.S.,
nia;
D'Youville College; M.S.N., University
of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Associate Professor,
Dalton Junior College;
B.S.,
Univer-
sity
of Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., Univer-
sity
of Georgia.
STEVEN
L.
COHEN,
Professor, B.A.,
Oakland
University; Ph.D., University of Maine.
.
Bloomsburg University
JAMES
DALTONJR.,
H.
Professor, B.A.,
College; M.A., Ph.D.,
The
JOHN
M.S., Lehigh UniColorado State Univer-
KONTOS,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
B.S.,
Associate Professor,
The Ohio State Univer-
M.A., Ph.D.,
MARION MASON,
Assistant Professor, A.A.
Olkahoma City Community College; B.S.
Southern Nazarene University, M.A.,
Ph.D.,
The Ohio
POPLAWSKY,
sity
State University.
Professor, B.S., Univer-
of Scranton; M.S., Ph.D.,
The Ohio
State University.
CONSTANCE
J.
SCHICK,
SUE JACKSON, Associate
CALVIN WALKER,
Temple
Professor,
Texas.
B.A.,
College; Ed.M., Ed.D.,
CHARLES W. LAUDERMILCH,
University.
fessor, B.A.,
Sociology and Social Welfare
CHRISTOPHER
F.
ARMSTRONG,
Professor, B.B.A.,
FRANK
State University.
LINDENFELD,
G.
Associate
bia University.
CHANG SHUB ROH,
Dong-A
siana State University.
Professor, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
NEAL SLONE,
Boston College.
B.A.,
Professor, B.A.,
University; C.S.W., M.S.W., Ph.D., Loui-
Pennsylvania.
BONOMO,
Associate Professor,
Muskingum
College; M.A., Ph.D.,
A.
Professor, B.A.,
Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Colum-
University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
THOMAS
Associate Pro-
Moravian College; M.S.W.,
Washington and Lee
LEO G. BARRILE,
Professor, A.B.,
Lycoming College; M.S.S.W., Graduate
School of Social Work, University of
State Univer-
sit>^
J.
Professor, B.A.,
sity.
ALEX J.
The Pennsylvania
University.
I.
Wayne
M.S., Universit)' of Georgia.
RICHARD LARCOM,
Associate Professor,
Shippensburg State College; M.S.,
Muskingum
sity.
L.
WAGGONER,
Ph.D.,
Professor, B.A.,
Muhlenburg College;
versity; Ph.D.,
JULIE M.
E.
B.A.,
Connecticut.
MICHAEL W. GAYNOR,
ware; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
University.
King
University of
Page 63
Wayne State University.
DAVID E. GREENWALD, Associate
Assistant Professor, B.A., State
University ofNew York at Albany; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Washington.
DALE
L.
SULTZBAUGH,
Associate Professor,
Gettysburg College; M.Div.,
B.A.,
Professor,
Angelo State University; Ph.D., Texas
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.S.W.,
Tech Universirj'.
JOSEPH TLOCZYSNKI, Assistant Professor,
B.A., Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,
West Chester University; Ph.D., Lehigh
Ph.D. University of California at Berkley
West
Virginia University.
,
JAMES H. HUBER, Professor, B.S., Bloomsburg
State College; M.A., University of Dela-
ANNE
K.
WILSON,
Professor, B.A., Carleton
College; M.S., University of Mar>'land;
Ph.D.,
The Johns Hopkins
University.
3
Graduate Studies Catalog
9 55
1
1
01 3
3
1
1
3
1
1
Page 64
Index
Academic Computing
Facilities
6
Academic Grievance Procedure
Academic
Policies
1
10
Foreign Applicants 7
in exercise science
General Information 4
29
Grades and Averages
in instructional
1
Academic Support Services 5
Graduate Assistantships 9
Academic Standards
Graduate Council 58
7, 11
Graduate Courses
Accreditation 4
Graduate Faculty 59
Administration 58
Graduate Programs
Admission Information 7
(iraduation Requirements
pro\ isional 8
regular
permanent
art
and
slide collec-
15
Art History
40
at
Minority' Assistantships
Nursing 51
8
Off-Campus Courses 9
Office Systems 53
Physics 53
Health Sciences 48
Political
48
Science 53
Professional Studies 54
Housing 4
Psychology' 54
Information Processing 49
Classes 10
9
Numbering of Courses 10
Health and Physical Education 48
History'
Art Studio 41
Attendance
Minimal Entrance Requirements 7
1
degree candidate 8
Application 7
education 35
speech patholog\' 37
Mathematics and Computer Science 5
Cover
non-degree 7
AnthropologN' 40
Art 40
technology 30
Master's Thesis 12
Inside Front
Advisers 10
tion
in
Graduate Student Categories 7
1
Admission to Graduate Courses 7
Art gallen',
Year 8
in Senior
Instructional Technolog)'
Audiolog)- 42
Interdisciplinan Studies
Reading 54
49
Reading Clinic 5
Readmission 8
49
Comparative and International
Auditing Graduate Courses 9
Institute for
Audio Visual Resources 6
Management
Biology 43
Institute for Interactive
Business Administration 17
Law and
Business Education 45
Librar\' 5
Refunds 9
Registration
Studies 5
Technologies 6
10
Repeating Courses
1
Research (human or animal)
Legal Elements 50
Degree
Management 50
Second Master
Campus Map 63
Marine Science 50
Secondary Education 55
Categories of Graduate Students 7
Marketing 51
Semester Load
Mass Communications 5
Sociology 55
Master of Arts
Special Education
and Preceptors 34
Communication 45
Communication Studies 45
in art studio
Comprehensive Examination 12
in art history
Cooperative Doctoral Program 38
in
Council of Trustees 58
Course Information 10
1
^
1
and Radio
Serv ices
6
Testing 7
in biolog>-
1
in business
education 20
Thesis 12
Time
in
curriculum and instrtiction 21
in
elementan education 22
in
reading 23
Limitation
1
TOEFL 7
Transcripts 13
Childhood Education 47
Transfer of Credits 10
Economics 45
Master of Science
in audiolog)-
in biolog)
Fees 8
in earl\-
Finance 48
in
Financial Help/Assistantships 9
56
Supervisory Certificate Programs 38
Tele\'ision
Master of Education
Departmental Paper 12
Examinations 12
1
Studies in Hearing Loss 57
Master of Business Administration
Degree Programs 14-3^
Elementary Education 47
1
Student Responsibilities 10
1
communication 16
Curriculum Materials Center 5
Educational Foundations 46
s
Speech, Hearing, and Language Clinic 5
Credit 10
Early
1
Scheduling Information 10
Calendar 2
Clinical Sites
fitness
nursing 32
in special
Accounting 40
Admission to Candidao'
in
and adult
Tuition 8
24
University 4
25
childhood education
location
2""
education of the deaf / hard of
hearing 28
Withdrawal 9
grade
1
and environment 4
Important Telephone Numbers
^J
LAKE ERIE
^^^5^
_
_90
_
80
Bmgham
15
NEW YORK
1
-i
79\
OHIO^
/'
y»\
•
\
\
PillsDufQh
Bloomsburg^ University
^
^ \nEW
^
1
/
V^^^
\
'
WEST VIRGINIA
I
>r
\
/
Haqetsiow!!
I
MARYLAND
JERSEY
/C
^^
JT
76
1
_
78
\
Harris
f
791
f
1
60
Allenlown\
1
1
—
^
jf
/
\
\
J
Sc anion
{
IT
\
'
1
-/\™
!
/
/
1
DELAWARE
Bloomsburg University at a glance
Bloomsburg University, foiinded
in 1839,
is
a public, four-year
coeducational institution located in Bloomsburg, Columbia County,
in north-central Pennsylvania.
It is
one of 14 member universities
Commonwealth
of the State System of Higher Education,
of
Pennsylvania
Enrollment exceeds 7,500 students
who may select
from 65
majors offering studies in the basic liberal arts and sciences
programs and business, educational and health care professions.
There are 18 master's programs and 1 1 supervisory certifica-
programs for educators. Bloomsburg offers a 19 to 1 studentwith 62 percent of the faculty holding doctoral
degrees. About 70 percent of students receive financial aid. Tlie
tion
faculty ratio
amoimt of assistance is $3,300. Within the first year, 81
percent of Bloomsburg graduates are placed in employment.
average
Graduates include a Nobel Prize winner in medicine.
Bloomsburg University is committed to providing equal educational
and employment opportunities for
all
persons without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, ancestry,
sexual orientation, handicap, Vietnam era veteran, or
union membership. The university is additionally committed to
lifestyle,
affirmative action
educational and
and
will take positive steps to provide
employment
opportunities.
such
School of Graduate Studies
(717) 389-4015
Office of the Registrar
(717) 389-4263
Business Office
(717) 389-4013
School of Extended Programs
(717) 389-4003
School of Graduate Studies
109 Waller Administration
Bloomsburg, PA 17815
State System of Higher Education
Commonwealth of Pennsyvania
UNIVERSITY
(jradiiatc
(Catalog
199
4
96
Bloomsburg University
of Pennsylvania
A Member
System
of the State
of Higher Education
Graduate
Programs
Master of Arts
Art Studio
Art History
Communication Studies
Master of Business Administration
Master of Education
Biology
Business Education
Curriculum and Instruction
Elementary Education
Reading
Master of Science
Audiology
Biology
Early Childhood Education
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
Technology
Instructional
Nursing
Special Education
Speech Pathology
Cooperative Doctoral
Program
in
Education
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Communication
Curriculum and Instruction
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Bloomsburg University is committed to Affirmative Action and
Equal Opportunity'. Minorities, women, and other protected class
members are urged to pursue educational and employment
opportunities at Bloomsburg University
.
Foreign Language
Mathematics
Reading
School Health Services
Science
Bloomsburg University reserves, for itself and its departments,
the right to withdraw or change the announcements made in this
catalog.
Social Studies
Special Education
THE SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES
te
Studies
Ivania
1
P^e
Graduate Studies Catalog
1
2
Graduate Calendar
1995 Summer Sessions
Semester 1994
Fall
August 29
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
September 5
Labor Da\-
November 23
November 28
December 10
December 1 2
December 1~
December 1~
Thanksgiving recess begins
-
No
classes
at
1
p.m.
Classes resume at 8 a.m.
Classes
end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations
end
Commencement
Spring Semester 1995
Januan 16
January' 17
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
March
Spring break begins
at
-
March 20
Classes
Spring
April 17
Classes resume at 6 p.m.
May 6
Classes
Ma) 8
May
Mav
1
No
classes
noon
April 13
at
Session 4 ends
June 19
Sessions 2 and 5 begin
July 4
Independence Day - No
July 7
Sessions
July 10
Sessions 3 and 6 begin
July 28
Sessions 2 and 6
August 18
Session 3 ends
8 a.m.
weekend begins
at
end
10:00
pm
1
1
and 4 begin
and
5
classes
end
end
Semester 1995
August 28
Semester begins
resume
Sessions
Fall
Martin Luther King Day
1 1
May 30
Jime 9
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
— No classes
September 4
Labor Day
November 22
November 2~
December 9
December 1
December 16
December 16
Thanksgiving Recess begins
Classes
resume 8 a.m.
Classes
end
Final
at 2
p.n
examinations begin
Final examinations
end
Commencement
Final examinations begin
3
13
Final
examinations end
Commencement
Spring Semester 1996
January' 15
Semester begins
Manin Luther King Day No
-
January- 16
classes
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
March 9
Spring break begins at
March 18
Classes
April 4
Spring
Aprils
Classes
resume
May 4
Classes
end
Ma> 6
Final
examinations begin
.Max
1
Final
examinations end
.\Iav
1
Commencement
resume
at
noon
8 a.m.
weekend begins
at
at
6 p.m.
10 p.m.
Bloomsburg University
Table of Contents
2
Graduate Calendar
5
The University
Academic Support
6
8
1 1
Services
Admission Information
Academic
Policies
Master ofArts
in:
15
Art History
15
Art Studio
16
Communication
17
Master of Business Administration
Master of Education
19
Biology
in:
20
Business Education
21
Curriculum and Instruction
22
Elementary Education
23
Reading
Master of Science
in:
24
Audiology
25
Biology
27
Early
28
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Childhood Education
29
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
30
Instructional Technology
32
Nursing
35
Special Education
37
Speech Pathology
38
Supervisory Certificate Programs
38
Cooperative Doctoral Program
38
Interdisciplinary Studies
39
58
Administration
Course Descriptions
Graduate Council
Council ofTrustees
Graduate Faculty
59
64
Index
63
Campus Map
Page 3
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 4
THE UNIVERSITY
Graduate programs
Bloomsburg
at
Pennsy lvania will
University- of
provide you with the challenge and the opportunity to use
and
to
talents to the fullest.
You
will
be encouraged to
set
our
y
skills
high goals and
Bloomsburg University
Commission
•
work hard to achieve those goals. Our programs are designed to help
you
your chosen
attain excellence in
— stress
ate student,
critical
you
will
of Higher Education for the IVliddle States
Association of Colleges and Schools
field.
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
•
National League for Nursing
sciences, or humani-
•
Council on Education of the Deaf
thinking and creativ e problem solving. As a gradu-
•
American Speech-Language Hearing Association
and the chance to reach your
Graduate studies
accredited by the
•
In return, Bloomsburg will provide
ties
is
full potential.
Bloomsburg
at
you with the opportunity to grow
— in the
arts,
be encouraged to engage
in research
and to write
•
a thesis as part of your
WTiether studying
Council on Social
program of study.
full
time or part time, you will be prepared to
provide leadership in your profession and to
make important
Work
Education.
Programs have been approved by the Pennsylvania Department
of
Education and the State Board of Nurse Examiners.
contribu-
tions to society.
Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania
is
one of 14
the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education.
universities in
We have the best of
both worlds: our association with the State System gives us the resources
and
and the
Goals to Achieve the Mission of the Bloomsbvirg University
School of Graduate Studies
ability to
provide excellent undergraduate and post baccalaure-
ate education: yet we're small
enough
to treat every student as an indi-
vidual.
1 )
We offer 64 undergraduate programs and master's degree programs
in 18 fields of study. In
vania,
Bloomsburg
cooperation with Indiana University of Pennsyl-
offers a doctoral
program
in
elementary education.
Educational supervisory certificates are also available.
Graduate Studies
a
is
member
The School of
of the prestigious Council of Graduate
Granted imiversity status in 1983,Bloomsburg is organized into three
colleges; Arts
and Sciences, Business, and Professional
Studies;
and two
2)
The Town of Bloomsburg is located along the banks of the SusqueRiver, about 80 miles north of Harrisburg. You'll fmd a delicate
a
cultural background.
3) Encourage
ulty^
12,000, along with the cosmopoli-
campus of 6,700
full-time students
from both
and urban areas throughout the Commonwealth and across the
The School of Graduate Studies has approximately 600 students.
is
served by two interstate bus
lines,
and two commu-
facilitate international
exchange of graduate
fac-
meet the current and future needs of individuals
and agencies within the
5) Plan
university's service
commimities.
programs to incorporate current and future global and
envi-
issues.
T> Incorporate state-of-the-art information technolgies in
all
aspects
of academic activities.
Student Life
Bloomsburg provides limited on-campus graduate student housing
during the regular school year. In addition, there are
to live in otir
tains a
list
community. The
university's
Residence
many fme
Scranton
Mission
places
Life Office
main-
of off-campus housing. Meals are available for graduate
dents throughout the school year at our newly-renovated dining
nity airports are within an hour's drive.
stu-
facility,
Commons, or you may opt for the newly-renovated Kehr Union
snack bar. Residence halls are open to graduate students dtiring the sum-
The Bloomsburg University School of Graduate
Studies
is
commit-
ted to maintaining affordable opportunities for qualified students of di-
verse background to study in a variety of high quality, post-baccalaureate programs.
and
and students.
— the kind of country living and friendliness
community of
tan flavor of a university
Bloomsburg
by seeking
faculty
quality programs.
hanna
balance in Bloomsburg
and
6) Provide periodic review of programs to achieve and maintain high
Location and Environment
you d expect from
for students
awards and contributions.
Enhance recruitment of women, minorities and students of diverse
ronmental
schools. Graduate Studies and Extended Programs.
nation.
Enhance fmancial resources
grants, gifts, research
4) Plan programs to
Schools.
rural
utilization of information technologies.
The
essential
component of these programs
and maintain an academic environment
is
to foster
that stresses critical tliinking,
scholarly activities, enhancement of leadership
ability,
cultural diversity
mer
sessions. For
more information about housing, contact
tor of Residence Life, Elwell Residence Hall,
Bloomsburg
the Direc-
University,
Bloomsburg, PA 17815, C717) 389-4089. Complete information about
graduate student
ate Student
ate school.
life
at
Bloomsburg University can be foimd in the Gradu-
Handbook which will be available upon acceptance to gradu-
Bloomsburg University
Page 5
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
Harvey A. Andruss Library
Reading Clinic
more than 335,000 bound
volumes, 1.75 million microtexts, and 1,600 current periodicals. The
library also has state documents, a collection of more than 5,600 pho-
of school-age children and adults. Free remedial tutoring
The Harvey A. Andruss
Library houses
nograph records, a pamphlet
and young adult book
nile
editions,
file
of approximately 7,600 items, a juve-
collection,
autographed copies, and
and a special collection of
illustrated books.
more than 400 information databases through
area network, Firstsearch and
fields
and are
particularly
thorough
been designated the "Quiet Level" and
vidual carrels
education and busi-
is
levels.
The third
furnished with indi-
and study tables. Students are requested to
taining this floor as a quiet study area. Eating
to the Tiffany
local
articles.
Andruss Library provides 450 study stations on three
level has
CD-ROM
Databases cover most
in the areas of
ness for bibliographic citations to journal
Online access to
a library
DIALOG is available.
first
assist in
main-
and drinking are limited
Room on the groimd level.
Library faculty at the Reference
Desk are available during most library
hours to answer questions, assist students searching for information and
resources, and advise regarding research projects.
Library orientation through interactive video
for
photocopying
is
is
available.
The charge
5 cents, and the charge for microform copying
is
10 cents (paper copy) and 25 cents (microfiche copy). Assistance in
using the library 's Public Access Online System (PALS) automated catalog
is
available at the Reference Desk.
Comparative and international
Institute for
Management Studies
The
ies
Institute for
Comparative and International Management Stud-
(ICIMS) has been created to
fulfill
and goals through sponsorship and
Bloomsburg
University's missions
initiation of activities
aimed
at in-
creased understanding of cross-cultural and comparative management
issues.
The
institute initiates, coordinates, and administers joint
grams with overseas universities
degree pro-
in business administration;
sponsors
management research projects within the United States and at overseas
sites;
provides consulting services and workshops in
all
areas of
man-
agement; and develops and administers quality executive development
and training programs
as required
by
a particular country.
Curriculum Materials Center
The
basic objective of the Curriculum Materials Center
acquire, catalog,
rials
is
to locate,
and make accessible curricular and instructional mate-
to preservice
and inservice teachers. The resources housed
in the
center include elementary and secondary textbooks, a multicultural cur-
riculum materials collection, curriculum guides, games, instructional materials kits, tests,
and computer software.
computers and a
A cluster of Macintosh micro-
laser printer are also available.
The Reading Clinic
offers free diagnostic evaluation of reading skills
(Saturday mornings) on
is
also provided
a space-available basis. Consultation
parents of school-age children
is
with the
included in the evaluation process. The
services of the clinic are available
September tlirough August.
Speech, Hearing, and Language Clinic
The Speech, Hearing, and Language
Clinic provides services to stu-
dents, faculty, staff, and the community. Available services include evalu-
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 6
ation and therapy for speech, voice, language, and fluency: speech read-
TTiere
assessment includes special
ing. Audiological
ing aid e\ aluations. and
site
of lesion testing, hear-
Is
The
ing and auditor) training for the hearing impaired and parent cfiunsel-
also a repair center for university -owned audio visoial
houses an autr>tutorial lab
facility
records. There
Institute for Interactive Technologies
The
faculty
equipment
may
deposit
audio visual materials for independent study by students. The lab
commfxlates the viewing of
fitting.
w here
a
is alsf)
ac-
audio cassettes, and
films, videos, slides,
photo copy stand area where materials can be
photfjgraphed for the creation of slides.
Technologies HIT; provides research,
.Additional resfjurces include; transparency machines, dry presses,
and
posterboard mounting materials, and lamination services. The area
operational problems that occur in education and industr>- through the
houses a sign and poster-making unit that can instantly generate poster-
Institute tor Interactive
training, education, and entrepreneurial assistance to scjlve training
application of various interactive technologies.
The
IIT designs, devel-
ops, and produces interacti\ e technoIog) -ba.sed appUcatiorLs that include
computer-based
CD-I.
lis
and
interacti\'e videodisc,
DM and Quicktime. The IIT
digital
from
letter-sized originals. If
needed, the
Academic Computing
.Academic computing
t video training and oppfjrtunities for assistantships for graduate stu-
are located throughout the campus.
Television and Radio Services
Hartline Science Center Sutliff Hall and
Office of Television and Radio Programs and Services provides
ented
tele\"ision prrxluction. ViTiiie priority is gr\
and other campusorien to academic endea\
through program production and other
ser^"ices.
The
office
campus
ministratrveh responsible forViTJL Q. the student-<.)perated
dio station.
TTie
911 on
the FNl
Rrxjm
1 1
ranging from a
srjphisti-
facult)-
and students can
easih'
46 has
1
Hall
and .McO^rmick Center.
a cluster of
PC computers
1 1
48 houses an AT&T
directly
connected to
Ben Franklin
areas in
are:
— PC and Macintosh computers networked to
The PCs can be used
to connect to the Unisys
file
puter-
Room
videotape
2
— Networiced Macintoshes.
— cluster of Sun worlcstations for specialized use.
able are portable equipment, several video editing rrxjms. an audio re-
Laser printers are found in most of the labs and classrooms.
office
the
is
university
satellite
\ideoconferencing. provides on-Iocation taping of lectures, presentations
and other academic
off-air
and
acti\'ities,
off-satellite.
f copyright
and can record informational programs
Videotapes can be copied through the office
permitting; and tap^es recorded in incompatible overseas
formats can be converted to the American television
The
office also operates the
sv stem.
are not being used for a class.
provid-
on campus, as well as o\ er BUTV.the iiniversit)-'s cable
channel, which can be seen throughout the Bkxjmsburg and
eral public areas
Berwick
areas.
The message center
suitable for the posting of class
is
schedule changes, campus events, non-profit group
eral
acti\ities,
uln and
staff
w ith
services. Available
audio equipment.
slide projectors,
an
arra\ of
for faculty'
staff
%
isual
equipment, materials, and
equipment includes video and
l6mm film pla\-back.
35mm and Polaroid cameras, flashes and accessories,
overhead and opaque projectors, screens,
The PCs and
serv ers
avail-
.Macs are networked, thus
can connect to these host computers from dorms and
Work
their
microcomputers.
areas are mrjnitrjred by student consultants
to help students with
who are available
pwoblems tising the equipment and basic software.
The schedules of current op>en hours for labs and classrooms are posted
at
each kxration.
TTie AT&T 3B2/1 000 is a
minicomputer running the Unix operating
easels,
and
campus using the SSHEnet and
Internet.
netw orked PCs and .Macs and through
FORTR.\.N.
COBOL Ada. PI71
The Unisys 2200
tistical analysis
is
.
.Minitab
dial-in
It is
of other audio
in
visxial
classrooms
equipment.
and the Oracle database.
the administrative computer and
using SPSS and
frjr
FORTR.\N
is
used for
sta-
prograinming. This com-
puter can be accessed by networked PCs and
process.
accessible from the
modems. This system has
supports the P.\LS online bljrary catalog and
can arrange for film deliven. and set-up
members as well as delivery
file
off
off
fac-
man\- other useful items.
The .WR
are
can send and receiv e electronic mail from others on campus and from
pro\ ides Bloomsburg University
audio
and classrooms
sy stem .Ml students can request an account on this computer Students
Audio Visual Resources
(WRj
in labs
having access to the mini- and mainframe host computers as terminal
and gen-
announcements and can be accessed by calling 389-BLT\'.
.\udio \ Isual Rev.iurces
computers
processing, spreadsheet and other application programs that are
able on network
users. Students
campus video message center
.\11
networked. TTiese PC and .Macintosh computers have access to word
ing constanth updated information to tele\lsion monitors located in sev -
television
.A
CtMnputer classrooms are available for general student use when the>'
de\"ice.
resource center for
s
servers.
2200 mainframe com-
Rrxjm 3
The
it.
PC 386 and 486 computers.
projects in support of classroom assignments or e\ aluatioas. .VLso avail-
cording studio, a video cop^ stand. and a video paintbox
lo-
Services Center.
Kehr Union. Computer clasv
computer lab in .McCxjrmick rrxjm
The student work
Room
tele\"ision studios,
Old Science
3B2/1(XX) minicomputer with
ra-
cated multi-camera studio for broadcast-level production, to a single-
camera VTIS studio where
Hall.
areas are
specialized labs are located in Sutliff Hall. Bakeless Center,
TTie student
dial.
houses three
faciliD.'
also ad-
is
Navy
-
has a strong commitment to community- service
ors. the office also
rooms and
work
Human
cated in Ben Franklin Building. .McCormick
assistance with the production of instructional
as-
Facilities
facilities
Central clusters of general access computer labs and
dents in the Master of Science program in instructional technology.
The
WR staff can
the creation of the original df)cument
sist in
technologies such as
provides workshops for interac-
alsr;
size display s
dial-in
modems.
It
also
the student registration
ADMISSION INFORMATION
Entrance requirements to graduate studies
at
Bloomsburg University
vary according to the program to which you apply.
Details of specific
degree program requirements are discussed under the program descriptions presented later in this catalog.
an application form, contact the Office of Graduate Studies, Room 109,
Minimal Entrance Requirements
Waller Administration Building, Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg, PA
Minimal requirements for applicants for graduate study include an
undergraduate quality point average (Q.PA.) of at
least 2.5
and possession of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or
In addition,
university.
most applicants
will
Foreign Applicants
be required to take either
the Graduate Record Exam, Miller Analogies Test, National Teacher Examination, or Graduate
17815; telephone (717) 389-4015.
on a 4.0 scale
Management Admissions Test
as required
by the
program.
Individuals
from foreign coimtries must complete a separate Gradu-
ate Admissions Application for International Students. This application
form
is
available
from the Office of Graduate
Studies,
Room
U.S.A. International applicants
Application
must have the
results
gree, an individual
ate Studies,
study, either
degree or non-de-
must complete an Application for Admission to Gradu-
pay the $25 application
fee,
and have an
official transcript
of all undergraduate grades sent to us directly from the institution from
individual graduated. In addition, an individual seeking ad-
mission to a degree program
may need
to
fulfill
any additional require-
ments established by the department which offers the degree program.
The
application with the $25 fee
is
sent to the Business Office, Waller
(TSE),
ment
to
process
be sent to the Office of Graduate Studies and not the depart-
which the student
is
Therefore, it
tion as
soon
is
applying. Completion of the admission
is
Spoken English
available in the country of residence, submitted directly to the
P O.
Box 6151, Princeton, NJ 0854 1-61 5 1, U.S.A. Bloomsburg University
requires a minimum score of 550 on the TOEFL. Results from the test
taken more than two years prior to the date submitted will not be considered.
Acceptance to the university
as a graduate student
constitute a guarantee of fmancial assistance.
It is
does not
rare for international
students to receive a graduate assistantship during their first year of study.
All international applicants
at least
must have
their applications
complete
four months prior to the start of the semester for wliich they are
applying.
permitted to enroll for classes.
advised that prospective students complete the applica-
as possible prior to the semester in
enroll. Applications that are
For
is
required before the student
78 1 5,
Office of Graduate Studies from the Educational Testing Service,
Administration Building. Transcripts and other supporting documentation are to
if
1
from the Test of
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and the Test of
To pursue any graduate program of
which the
109, Waller
Administration Building, Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg, PA
which they intend
not completed in one year are destroyed.
more information regarding admission
to graduate studies
Testing
to
and
Graduate students will be required to complete any testing required
by
their department,
i.e..
Miller Analogies Test, Graduate
Record Exami-
nation (GRE), National Teacher Examination (NTE), and Graduate Man-
agement Admissions Test (GMAT). Any fees for testing must be paid by
the student.
Graduate Student Categories
Graduate students
at
Bloomsburg University may be admitted into
one of the following four
categories:
Non-Degree (Category 510)
Persons
who desire graduate level university instruction, but do not
intend to earn a master's degree, may be admitted as non-degree students
provided they present
official transcripts
denoting graduation from an
accredited undergraduate college or university. This
students
tificate
who
the category for
program. Non-degree students may apply to the Graduate School
for transfer to provisional or regular status.
However, no more than 12
semester hours earned as a non-degree student
ward a
is
are auditing a course or enrolled in the supervisory cer-
master's degree, except
when
may be later applied to-
special permission
is
granted by
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
0
Page 8
Graduate Studies Catalog
Provisional (Category 520/530)
A student ma)
be admitted as provisional
degree program
in a
when
Tuition
the student possesses a baccalaureate degree but does not meet the
criteria for regular admission.
scholastic record
The student may have an undergraduate
which shows promise, but
required for regular admission.
status will
be specified
must earn
a
minimum
and Fees
The reasons
in the letter
Q.P.A. of 3
0
less
than the 2.5 Q.PA.
for a student's provisional
of admission.
6
in the first
A provisional
student
to 9 semester hours of
Pennsylvania residents
Less than 9 semester hours
$164 per semester hour
9-15 semester hours
$1,477 per semester
Over 15 semester hours
$164 per semester hour
graduate study at Bloomsburg University in order to be eligible for regular
student status.
lar
student status
that
all
If this
is
Q.RA. requirement
is
attained, transfer to regu-
automatic upon certification by the student 's adviser
deficiencies are corrected. If not attained, the student
is
subject
to dismissal procedures.
Out-of-state residents
Less than 9 semester hours
$289 per semester hour
9-15 semester hours
$2,598 per semester
Over 15 semester hours
$289 per semester hour
Regular (Category 540)
A regular graduate student is a degree-seeking student who meets all
criteria for regular
admission to a program of the student's choice. The
student must possess a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college
or university; must have an undergraduate Q.RA. of at
scale;
ate
least 2.5
on
a 4.0
Student Union fee
One
semester hours
to four
$15
semester hours
Five to eight
$30
Nine or more semester hours
$60
have scores on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), Gradu-
Management Admissions Test (GMAT),
Miller Analogies Test (MAT),
Student Healtti Service
or National Teachers Examination (NTE) that are acceptable to the pro-
Nine or more semester hours
gram of the student 's choice; have met all the criteria established by the
Eight or less semester hours
$37 obligatory
Not required
degree program; and be under no obligation to make up deficiencies.
Onl) a regular graduate student
eligible for
is
for a master's degree (see details
elsewhere
graduate students must maintain a
graduate student
is
admission to candidacy
in this catalog).
minimum Q.RA.
of 3.0.
If
Regular
a regular
Academic equipment
One
to 11
semester hours
$5.50 per semester hour
Twelve or more semester hours
$62 per semester
not admitted to master's candidacy after completing
15 semester hours, the student
may be transferred to non-degree status
or be subject to dismissal procedures
at
the discretion of the Assistant
Student Union Operational Fee
One
to 11
semester hours
$2 per semester hour
Twelve or more semester hours
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
$62 per semester
Degree Candidate (Category 550)
Upon admission to candidacy for a master's degree, students are
placed in a new category. If a student does not maintain a 3 0 Q.RA. or
if the
student does not complete the graduate program in six years from
the date of admission to graduate school, then the student can be trans-
Recreational
One
to four
$15
semester hours
Five to eight
$30
semester hours
Nine or more semester hours
$60
Graduation and diploma
$1
ferred to non-degree status or be subject to dismissal procedures. Ex-
ceptions to this policy are with the approval of the Assistant Vice Presi-
(does not cover cost of renting academic regalia)
dent for Graduate Studies and Research.
Readmission
If a
$10
Late registration fee
graduate student has not enrolled in any graduate course for a
two-year period, the student's record
in the inactive files.
A new
is
marked "withdrawn "and placed
application and $25 fee must then be sub-
Optional activities (use of recreational
facilities)
Two semesters
$35
$25
One semester
mitted for reactivation.
Summer sessons
Graduate Courses
in
the Senior Year
Current Bloomsburg University undergraduates may register for
graduate courses under certain conditions.
First,
they can only take a
graduate course during the semester they will complete their undergraduate degree, and the)' must need less than a
graduate. Second, a
is
required.
recommendation from
full
load of classes to
their undergraduate adviser
These students must follow the regular graduate applica-
tion process.
$2 per week
All
students taking nine or more semester hours and
all
international students are required to have health insurance.
Students
plan.
For
may
also opt to enroll
in
the university's student health
more information, contact
the
Bloomsburg University
Health Center, (717) 389-4451 or 389-4452. Please be
that all fees are subject to
change without notice.
aware
Audits
You may audit a graduate course for self-improvement.
You must follow the regular graduate application process,
pay
the required fees, and obtain the approval of the
all
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
and Research.
When you audit a course,you are not required to take tests.
Upon completion of an audited course, a grade of V is recorded on your
transcript.
Off-Campus Courses
Bloomsburg often
cations in the
who
dents
versity;
offers graduate cotirses at other lo-
Commonwealth. These graduate courses
are not enrolled in a master's
at
open
are
to stu-
Financial Heip/Assistantships
Bloomsburg Uni-
Bloomsburg University provides several options to help graduate
however, these students must obtain approval from the Assis-
tant Vice President for
classes
program
Graduate Studies and Research to enroll in these
and must complete an application
for admission to
Graduate assistantships are available for students pursuing a master's
Graduate
which they
Studies prior to the completion of the semester in
students financially.
are en-
degree.
The number of assistantships
in
any particular program or de-
partment is variable and subject to change according to university needs.
rolled.
Stipends are awarded by the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Stud-
Refunds
All
ies
withdrawals require the approval of the Assistant Vice President
for
Graduate Studies and
Research. Immediately
after withdrawal, a letter
the
tant Vice President for Ad-
ministration,
Office,
Business
Bloomsburg Uni-
If you
must withdraw
from a course, you might
receive a partial refund of
jI^^^^V
"^^^^^
Assistantships are either"half-time
Half-time " assistants receive
full
full
or partial tuition waiver.
"
tuition waver.
Quarter-time " assistants
pay for two semester hours of graduate work. In addition, half-time gradu-
ter-time graduate assistants receive a $1,058.75 stipend for the semes-
ter
Summer
stipends are $825.24.
As part of the
university's
commitment
to Affirmative Action, 10
the opportimity to apply for these assistantships.
for-
of advanced deposits,
if applicable af-
ter the first full class day:
First
80 percent
Third Week 70 percent
lar assistantships.
Applications for regular and minority graduate assistantships are
department or program to which you are applying. Upon award of a
Graduate Assistantship" by the Office of Graduate Studies. This
document describes Graduate School policies for the administration of
ria for
assistantships.
60 percent
Other Forms of Aid
50 percent
Some federal fellowships may be available in selected fields of study.
After Fifth Week
No
Program coordinators should be contacted with regard to
refund
class for wliich
he or she has been
properly scheduled and does not submit a request to add/drop/withdraw
for billing
avail-
able at the Office of Graduate Studies and should be submitted to the
Fourth Week
Fifth Week
The requirements and
conditions of appointment for these assistantships are identical to regu-
graduate assistantship, you will be provided with the document "Crite-
through Second
Weeks
gible for refund.
"
Blacks and other persons of color are encouraged to avail themselves of
schedule
is liable
Both types of assistantships carry either a
Except for minimim
based on the following
courses by the appropriate dates
which require 20 hours of work
graduate assistantships are targeted for minority graduate students.
feit
does not attend
"
each week or "quarter-time "which require 10 hours of work each week.
depending
fees,
refunds for tuition will be
A student who
students, however, are granted assis-
tantships imder a two-semester contract.
on when you withdraw.
course
j^^^^
students are granted assistantships for one
A few graduate
at a time.
ate assistants receive a stipend of $2, 1 17.50 for the semester while quar-
versity.
a
summer sessions. Most
semester
requesting a refund must
be directed to the Assis-
and Research upon the recommendation of departments having
graduate programs. Stipends are available during the academic year and
and will not be
dition, the Pennsylvania
gram
is
available as
is
these. In ad-
Higher Education Assistance Agency Loan Pro-
the student work-study program. For
mation regarding these forms of financial
aid,
more
infor-
contact the Office of
Fi-
eli-
nancial Aid,
17815.
Ben
Franklin Hall,
Bloomsburg
University,
Bloomsburg, PA
Page 10
Graduate Studies Catalog
ACADEMIC POLICIES
X
Bloomsburg University
Responsibilities of a graduate student at
in-
Each student
•
hours (for financial aid purposes,
in class schedules.
Each student will take responsibility for satisfying requirements
graduation in his or her
•
and
for
staff will assist students, decisions
on
courses and other matters rest with the student.
students employed
load
is
For
summer
sessions, the
hour per week of
include, but are not limited to, not having proper undergraduate pre-
session
requisites for the desired graduate program.)
is
all
classes
and take
all
verifiable reasons; students granted
from professors
in
will not
full-time student is
time
is
1
2 semester
9 credits and over). For
maximum
course load each
assistants, the
course
for quarter-time graduate assistants, 9 to
an absence from
class
can expect
making up work or examinations.
is
six full
full-time
recommended course
load
coursework. (For example,
weeks, the
maximum course
is 1
if
semester
the
summer
load during that session
6 semester hours).
examina-
tions. Absences from graduate classes are granted only for urgent and
assistance
full
time, however, the
full
6 to 9 semester hours;
ciency and discuss them with graduate advisers. (Such weaknesses might
Students are expected to attend
and
12 semester hours.
Each student should identify any undergraduate weakness or defi-
•
liable for billing
semester is 6 semester hours. For half-time graduate
field.
While graduate advisers and
•
is
eligible for refund.
The course load each semester for a
be aware of all university
will take the initiative to
policies as described in this catalog
•
draw courses by the appropriate dates
be
clude:
\
V
Credit
ter
is
hour for
measured
in
terms of semester hours, at the rate of
1
semes-
1 5 hours of lecture/discussion work plus final examinations.
Courses numbered 500 or higher in
this catalog (the last three digits
of the course number) are graduate courses. Courses numbered lower
than 500 that are listed in this catalog are open to both graduate
Advisers
Students
dents and advanced undergraduates. Graduate students
who
are provisional, regular, or candidates for a degree,
along with students enrolled in the Supervisory Certificate Programs,
12 semester hours of courses numbered 400 to 500 that are
this catalog
stu-
may apply only
listed in
toward a master's degree.
are assigned graduate advisers.
The
Transfer of Credits
duties of the adviser are:
•
to serve as a consultant in planning the student's program;
•
to help students
•
to certify the courses students
Graduate students may transfer up to 9 semester hours in graduate
choose courses;
courses taken
do choose
are part of their degree
program;
•
ation
•
(if
appropriate);
the time of the application for candidacy and submitted on a form for
that
and to arrange for a comprehensive examination (if required by the
another approved college or universit)' with the approval
The request for transfer of graduate courses must be made at
Research.
to endorse the student's application for degree candidacy and gradu-
at
of the adviser and the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
purpose available
in the Office of
Graduate Studies.
After formal admission to graduate school,
all
requests to take and
graduate program selected).
Upon acceptance
is
into a
program of study, the program coordinator
usually assigned as a temporary adviser.
lected
b)'
A
permanent adviser
is se-
the student and temporary adviser, taking into account the
student's research and career interests.
student as advisee, she/he
is
If this
individual accepts the
formally appointed permanent adviser
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
ommendation of the department
by
upon rec-
involved.
Non-degree students are not assigned advisers. They may regard the
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
viser for choosing courses
and Research as
their ad-
and interpreting academic regulations.
Scheduling, Registration, and Course
information
Students register for graduate courses through the Registrar's Office,
except for students
in
non-degree status
who
submit their registration
materials directly to the Office of Graduate Studies.
A
student
who
does not attend
class for
which he or she has been
properly scheduled and does not submit a request for add/drop/with-
****
0^'
Bloomsburg University
Grades
R
Grades for graduate courses
A
—
—
Research
W—
work
that exhibits
apply to
independence and
—
C
D
—
Good
Fair,
F
I
—
—
—
acceptable work toward a master's degree program, within
W, providing the student
Not acceptable work toward a master's degree program
work
Failing
grade
V—
(0 quality points)
in
extends the period for adequate reason.
is
changed
to N,
If
the
and the student
work
is
made
not
is
denied further
Passing grade
in
transfer graduate credits
nator. Students
student's master's
must be pre-approved by the program coordi-
program
was
at
pass/fail
grade
is
workshop
fulfills
transfer to
Bloomsburg
in the
the institution
at
must have earned
at
ca-
which
a grade of
B or
not transferable. In general, work-
shop format courses are not acceptable
•
and the con-
Bloomsburg. Transfer credit must be
taken. Also, students
higher Credit for a
in residence
must match the required areas of study
pable of counting toward a graduate degree
the course
in transfer;
the following requirements,
it
however,
if
may be considered
the
for
University:
The workshop should consist of 45 contact hours (15 contact hours
The workshop must include exposure
to the disciplinary research
— Course
To
calculate your Q.P.A., follow this process:
of quality points for each grade by the
semester hours for
The
age.
The workshop must be taught
as part of a master's degree curricu-
which the course was
taken. Professional de-
at
your computation.
sum of the
When a
last entry.
initial
grade remains on the transcript as part of the student's
A
cotxrse
is
repeated
at
semester hours
is
part of the per-
used to calculate the student's quality point aver-
may be repeated
only once.
Bloomsburg
University.
D
A
course taken
Although
this
is
Blooms-
a general graduate
school policy, individual departments or graduate programs
ment more
at
or E has been earned must be
may imple-
stringent requirements.
Academic Grievance Procedure
Alleged academic injustices relating to grades or professional conduct
if
possible.
The student should
first dis-
cuss the matter with the concerned faculty member, appropriate chair-
and Research.
In order for the matter to
be resolved expedi-
the consultation(s) should take place as soon as possible after
If
informal attempts to resolve the
matter are unsuccessful, the student should consult with the Assistant
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
who will
inform the
student of procedtires for initiating a formal grievance with the Academic
velopment workshops are not acceptable.
A maximum of 1 2
in
the alleged incident has occurred.
graduate course;
university at
number
semester hours for
of
divide this total by the
3.
grades used
multiply the
1.
number
burg University in which a grade of
tiously,
programs
all
manent record and
Studies
lum of the
repeated only once.
permanent record. The grade of the repeated course
term or research papers or other major assignments appropriate to a
•
add these points;
that course; 2.
The workshop must include the opportunity for outside work such
•
A course may be
repeated
person, and college dean or the Assistant Vice President for Graduate
literature appropriate to the course;
as
Audit
CR
should be resolved informally,
per semester hour) for a 3-semester hour course;
•
If
thesis/research
must have taken the course(s)
tent of the course(s)
W.
the grade is
passing the course, and E otherwise.
is
course has been repeated, use only the
opportunity to complete the work.
—
semester
is
and
is
thesis/research
Incomplete; work must be completed within four months unless
up, the grade
permission
The Registrar establishes the semester's midpoint
(1
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
P
the withdrawal is after the midpoint of the
limits (2 quality points)
Failing
to withdraw, if this
requested before midpoint of the semester, the grade
(3 quality points)
quality point)
E
of the Assistant Vice President for
Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
ttie
Research for permission
intellectual maturity (4 quality points)
B—
progress
in
Withdrawn with approval
Graduate Studies and Research. The graduate student must
are:
Distinguished, scholarly
Page 11
may be transferred from graduate
Bloomsburg University toward a second master's degree.
Grievance Coordinator for a hearing before the Academic Grievance
Board.
Repeat of Courses
A maximum of one course in which grades of D or E have been recorded or a maximum of two courses in which a grade of C has been
recorded (totalling not more than 6 semester hours)
may be repeated
upon application to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
Research.
by the
The
application shall be approved
student's graduate
person.
upon request
in writing
program coordinator and department
chair-
Academic Probation
A graduate
may be placed
student not maintaining satisfactory academic progress
in
academic probationary
status.
Enrollment
is
limited
maximum of 9 semester hours for the grading period in probationary status. A student on academic probation is not eligible to hold a gradu-
to a
ate assistantship.
To be removed from academic probation, a graduate
student with a quality point average deficiency must attain the minimum
Graduate Studies Catalog
P^e 12
overall quality point average of 3
ate Studies
didates.
and Research
0
— as required by the School of Gradu-
for regular graduate students
A student who attains a 3
period in academic probationar>'
status,
first
grading
but does not attain the overall
Q.F A. as required, ma)' be recommended by his or her academic
Satisfactory academic progress at the graduate level
adviser,
•
a graduate student's ability to earn the
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research for con-
on probation
Graduate students
fecton,-
for
who
to
for satis-
•
in
and Research.
meet the
comprehensive
Failure to request
at the appropriate
time of
all
examinations of the degree program with acceptable grades;
academic dismissal. Such students may
•
a graduate student's ability to complete the thesis requirements
of the degree
demic probation. Upon recommendation of the academic adviser, gradu-
program with
a passing grade.
Non-degree students (Category 510), except for those
program coordinator, and department chairperson, and approval by
in
supervisory certificate programs, are excluded from consideration
the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research, probationary- status will
quality point
requirements
submit a request in writing to their academic advisers to be granted aca-
ate
hours
credit
minimum
a graduate student's ability to successfully
progress will be notified by the Registrar's Office or the Assis-
academic probation will result
evaluated on
average of 3.0. Any grade of D or E must be repeated;
meet the minimal standards
tant Vice President for Graduate Studies
mininnum
necessary to the degree program with a
one additional grading period.
fail
is
the basis of several criteria:
the graduate program coordinator, and the department chairperson to
tinuation
Academic Progress
Satisfactory
and degree can-
0 Q.PA. or higher for the
for satisfactory progress.
be granted. Exceptions to these procedures under
extraordinary circumstances will be by written request to the Assistant
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
the normal six-year limitation for expired courses shall be applied. Graduate students dismissed for
Academic Dismissal
academic reasons may appeal
their dismissal
within one year, in writing, to the Graduate Council. The decision of
A graduate student not maintaining satisfactory progress, who
is
not
the council
is
fmal.
permitted to enroll in probationary status, is excluded from registration,
and the student's academic record
Dismissal is automatic
two grading periods
if the
is
overall
Examinations
"
marked academic
dismissal.
Q.PA. is below the
minimum after
'
in probationary' status or after failing to pass the
Comprehensive Examination
As part of the master's degree requirement, a comprehensive examination
is
likely to
master's thesis
is
be required.
Also,
required of students
an examination
in defense of a
who choose to write a
thesis.
two times while in probationary status. A graduate student
under academic dismissal
Paper
Piaster's Thesis or Departmental
Normally, the master's thesis consists of an independent scholarly
is
not eligible to attend courses
investigation
which includes the experience of collecting, assembling,
offered in the School of
interpreting,
and presenting
Graduate Studies for a period
search problem in the student's academic or professional
of at least one calendar ) ear
ti\'ely, it
can include the preparation and exhibition or presentation of
creative
works
A dismissed graduate
stu-
in certain
one
greater than 6 hours, only
the
School of Graduate Studies in
degree program or to
further studies in a non-de-
gree status.
dent
is
A
graduate
stu-
not permitted to reg-
ister for
any courses in a pro-
field.
Altema-
of 6 semester hours.
If
re-
the thesis
is
6 semester hours may be counted toward
degree requirements.
order to undertake studies in
a new
to solve a formal re-
programs. The School of Graduate Studies
quires that a thesis be a
to
body of information
minimum
dent may, after a period of
year, reapply
a
If a
is
master's thesis
is
included in the student 's program, a
comminee
appointed by the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
Research from individuals nominated by the student's adviser.
for the Appointment of a
Tfjesis
Committee
" is
A "Form
available for this pur-
pose from the Office of Graduate Studies. The comminee guides the
study,
approves the thesis in both form and content, arranges for the
gram from which he or she
defense, certifies satisfactory completion of the thesis, and determines
was
the grade.
dismissed.
Under exceptional
cir-
Final copies of
every thesis must
utilize
the format as pre-
sented in "Master's Thesis: Procedures," and must be printed on 100
cumstances and with the ap-
percent conon paper suitable for archiving such as that available
proval of the Assistant Vice
Universits' Store.
President for Graduate Studies
and Research,
may readmit
dent.
a
program
a dismissed stu-
In the latter instance.
Some master "s degree requirements
Such
a
paper is interpreted
as
one
paper must be
the
include a departmental paper
that gq-ows out of a course
fore does not require special registration or carry
tion of a departmental
at
certified
its
and
own credit.
there-
Comple-
by the adviser as
part of
Bloomsburg University
Page 13
the application for graduation.
Information about "Master's Thesis: Procedures
Office of Graduate Studies and should be read
prior to begiiming
Human
In cases
work on
or Animal
where
"
is
available
from the
by all graduate students
a thesis project.
Research
a graduate student 's research requires the use of any
human or animal subjects, the student must seek appropriate approvals
through the Institutional Review Board for Human Subjects and/or the
Institutional Animal
Care and Use Committee. Students should discuss
the application process with their faculty adviser and obtain the appropriate approval application forms
from the Office of Grants in Waller Ad-
ministration Building.
Admission to Candidacy
Students should apply for candidacy after completing
1
2 semester
hours of graduate work. Students must apply for candidacy on a form
available
from the Office of Graduate Studies before completing
1
5 se-
mester hours. Under certain circumstances, theAssistant Vice President
for Graduate Studies
and Research may grant an extension.
Students must meet the following conditions for admission to candi-
dacy for a master's degree:
•
The student must be admitted
•
Official transcripts of all
must be on
file
as a regular graduate student.
undergraduate and previous graduate study
with the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies
and Research.
•
•
•
Students must have a
The
minimum Q.RA. of 3-0.
application must be endorsed
by the
student's adviser.
Students applying for candidacy for the Master of Education pro-
gram must have evidence of a
valid teaching certificate. Please
check
with the appropriate program coordinator for verification of this requirement.
Admission for candidacy to a master's degree program might be deferred
this
if
needed courses are unavailable because of limited
class size. If
happens, the student will be put on a priority waiting list for required
courses.
Once the student has been accepted as a candidate for a master's degree, the student
is
eligible to
use the service of Bloomsburg University's
Career Development and Placement Center
Time Limitation
sity
Each student is expected to complete the requirements for a master's
Bloomsburg University
will grant extensions for sufficient reason,
C
earn no credit toward a master's degree.
Students must have a cumulative Q.RA. of 3.0 or higher to graduate
degree within six calendar years. Tliis includes courses accepted by transfer
requires at least 30 semester hours of graduate credit. Courses with
grades below
with a master's degree from Bloomsburg University.
The Graduate Calendar
upon application to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and
in this catalog gives deadlines for applying
completion of thesis and departmental papers, compre-
Research and with the approval of the student 's adviser This extension
for graduation,
must be requested before the
hensive examinations, etc. These are deadlines, but suidents should plan
six-year period ends.
to
complete each segment before the due
date,
whenever possible.
Graduation Requirements
Students who are completing degree programs must apply for gradu-
Graduate Transcripts
may request a graduate transcript througli the Registrar's
may be done by letter, or by filling out a form available at
ation at the Office of the Registrar, Room 6, Ben Franklin Hall, telephone
Students
(717) 389-4263, and pay the graduation fees prior to the deadline listed
Office. This
in the university calendar
the Registrar's Office.
Each program that leads to a master's degree
at
Bloomsburg Univer-
The
cost per transcript
is
$2.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 14
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Bloomsburg University
will
Master of Arts
be noted and an appropriate course of study outlined.
an exhibition of creative work are required for
sis
Art History, Art Studio
and presented paper are required
Page 15
A thesis and
A the-
art studio majors.
for art history majors.
Retention and Candidacy
Requirements of this program are the same as those for the School
Program Coordinator: Robert Koslosky, Ph.D.
of Graduate Studies.
(717) 389-4187
Graduation
Art studio majors will choose an area of concentration consisting of
The Master ofArts program in art history develops an advanced knowledge base, writing proficiency, and research
to pursue a variety of professional options.
hours
est.
required including a thesis based
sidlls
enabling the student
A minimum of 30 semester
on the
four levels of the selected specialization along with selected elective
courses as suggested by their committee. Art history majors will specialize in
an area of study along with advanced general
studies.
A mini-
student's area of inter-
mum of 30 semester hours is required; this number may be exceeded
In conjunction with the student's committee, an individualized pro-
depending on the student's program. All other graduation requirements
is
gram of study
is
designed. Opportunities for interdisciplinary and
campus experience
off-
are available.
for this
program are the same
as for the School of
Graduate Studies.
Areas of Concentration for Advanced Study
The Master ofArts program in art studio emphasizes the development
of creative and scholarly competencies in one or
The seven
more of the following
areas of concentration available to graduate students for
advanced study
in art studio include:
studio areas: drawing, crafts, ceramics, graphics, painting, or sculpture
with concurrent or parallel work
and psychology of
art, art
in the areas of art history,
philosophy
education, and visual aesthetics for a mini-
mum of 30 semester hours.
Plan
I is
32.580, 81, 82, 83
32.595
Directed Study in the Studio Arts
B.S. in art
education) from an accredited institution of higher educa-
Plan
II is
for individuals
in art. In addition to
who
art (B.A., B.F.A.,
have not graduated with a curricu-
meeting the general admission requirements
31 565
31 570
10"
31 575
ac-
31 580
ceptance, students are required to appear for a personal interview with
31 585
the department chairperson, program coordinator, and an adviser in their
31 592
major field. At
31 595
choosing the master's degree in
art studio
need
to submit an 8"
plastic sleeve of slides representative of their creative
this time,
work.
x
Upon
any deficiencies in the applicant's background
I, II, III,
Graphics
Painting
FV
1, II, III,
IV
I, II, III,
Sculpture
I, II, III,
Photography
FV
I, II, III,
FV
31 560
one-page statement of the applicant's objectives and philosophy. Those
must
Crafts
Graduate Courses in Art History
also include a
for the School of Graduate Studies, these applicants
IV
32.550, 51, 52, 53
who
lum
HI,
or
32.540, 41, 42, 43
have earned a bachelor's degree in
n, HI, IV
tailored for
32.530, 31, 32, 33
may apply under two admission plans.
I,
I, II,
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
individuals
tion.
32.510, 11, 12, 13 Advanced Drawing
32.520, 21, 22, 23
Admission
Students
32.500, 01, 02, 03 Advanced Ceramics
30 590
30 591
Faculty Research Interests
30 595
Karl A. Beamer,
M.E A.,
associate professor.
Ceramics/
The preceding courses in art
studio and art history carry 3 semester
sculpture
Carol B. Bums, M.F.A., assistant professor Crafts
Gary
F.
Clark, M.A., assistant professor
technology,
Computer/t'ideo
drawing
Roberts. Koslosky, Fh.D., professor. Art education/art
hours, except for 3 1 .595 and 32.595 (Directed Study)
able credit
Gallery,
L.
monthly exhibitions of varied
Nagel, M.F.A., professor Graphics
Christine M. Sperling, Ph.D., associate professor Renaissance
art history
Barbara
Vera
J.
work
is
art forms.
M.FA., associate professor Photography
Charles T. Walters, Ph.D., associate professor
American/
Oriental art history
Kenneth T. Wilson Jr,
M.S., associate professor
Painting
6 semester hours.
Gallery of Art,
which
features
A special exhibition of student
held annually, and an exhibition organized and planned by
students in the art gallery course
Strohman, M.F A., associate professor Drawing
L. "Viditz-Ward,
art
to
Permanent Art and Slide Collections
The department operates the Haas
history
Stewart
and 30.595 Master's Thesis with 3
which carry vari-
is
held in the spring of each year In
addition, an art student intern maintains a small art gallery space in the
Multicultural Center of the student union.
The Department ofArt maintains an extensive permanent art collection of more than
pus.
400 pieces with works displayed throughout the cam-
The department's slide collection numbers more than 50,000 units.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 16
Required Courses (12 semester hours)
Master
of Arts
The following core courses
23 501
Communication
Program Coordinator: Mary Kenny Badami, Ph.D.
(717) 389-4184
are required for this degree program:
Nature of Communication
Communication
23. 502
Interpersonal
25.445
Organizational Communication
25.501
Introduction to Communication Research
Elective Courses (18 semester hours)
A minimum of 9 semester hours offered by the Department of Communication Studies must be elected.
The purpose of this program
is
enhance the understanding of the
to
philosophy, theory, and practice of the
means by which human beings
25.502
Rhetorical Criticism
25 .585
Special Topics in
Communication
25 .586
Special Topics in
Communication
587
Special Topics in
Communication
exchange information, ideas, and values through personal or mediated
25
interaction.
Using a variety of research
communication plays
zational situations.
tools, students discover the role
In interpersonal, small group, public,
and organi-
A master's degree in communication prepares gradu-
ates for doctoral study in communication
and for careers in a number of
areas including business, law, medicine, education, government, media,
public relations, advertising, arts and entertainment, social and
services, high technology industries,
.
and international
relations
human
SpecialTopics courses include interviewing theory, political communication, nonverbal
conflict, small
and the sexes, communication, technology and society, communication
training in the organization, cultural foundations of the information so-
and neciety, rhetoric in a
gotiations.
communication, communication and
group communication, cross
mediated
society,
and the rhetoric of
social
move-
ments.
Admission
Up to 9 semester hours offered in other departments may be elected
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, applicants for the Master ofArts in
Commu-
as
approved by the student's
•
program must submit:
Graduate Record Examination scores (a minimum combined score
of 950 on the verbal and quantitative
•
Three
letters of
Examples of such courses
Sociology' of
46.440
Language and Culture
48.451
Laboratory Training in Group Processes
.
nication
adviser.
are:
Mass Communication
4 5 500
tests).
recommendation from
individuals
who
have the
knowledge to comment on the applicant's potential to successfully com-
Faculty Research Interests
plete a graduate program.
•
ies
Evidence of completion of two to three basic communication stud-
courses including, but not limited
to,
public speaking, interpersonal
Mary Kenny Badami, Ph.D., professor. Cross-cultural
communication with focus on orientation programs;
communication, persuasion, and business communication. Applicants
training
without such preparation will be expected to enroll as auditors in 25
gender and race as communication variables
Interpersonal
.
1
04
Communication and/or other course(s) as determined by
the Graduate Committee.
•
A one-page statement describing the applicant's
and direction
Applicants
for enrolling in the program.
who do not meet all of the requirements may request an
waiver of select entrance requirements.
organizations.
Timothy
B.
meeting the general retention requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, a graduate student in communication must
minimum grade of B in each of the four core courses to remain in
standing. Students may be given the opportunity' to re-
good academic
take a course after review of special circumstances by program faculty.
of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses
quired for graduation.
Commu-
is re-
education.
N. Schreier, Ph.D., associate professor.
Contempo-
and criticism, and persuasion
in
the popular culture
Kara Shultz, Ph.D., assistant professor. Study of human
symbol systems as they act in the creation, maintenance,
E.
and revision of cultures.
Tomlinson, M.A., associate professor. Organiza-
tional
A minimum
Ph.D., assistant professor.
rary rhetorical theory
James
Graduation
•
Rumbough,
and communication
Howard
earn a
Bodenman, M.A., assistant professor.
and small group processes within
nication apprehension, interpersonal cotnmunication
Retention
In addition to
and political communication.
Janet Reynolds
Interpersonal
interview with program faculty to discuss special circumstances or may
petition, in writing, for a
in otganizatiottal settings;
Dale A. Bertelsen, Ph.D., associate professor. Media
criticism
objectives, goals,
and interviewing
and political communication, and the impact of
communication
technology'
on
society
Bloomsburg University
Pi^e 17
48.453
Organizational Psychology
which the student completes 24 semester hours of coursework, or
57.572
Multimedia Programming
its
93 583
Human
tion
Resources Development
conclusion, an application for the test must be
is
filed.
at
The examina-
a six-hour essay test that examines the candidate's knowledge of
philosophy, theory, and application of material covered in at least three
•
A 6-credit thesis
strongly
optional but
of the four core courses and other departmental courses the candidate
advanced study beyond the
has taken to that point. In the event of failure on the examination, or
or a departmental research paper
recommended
for those seeking
is
any part thereof, the student
master's degree.
•
A comprehensive examination is required.
During the semester in
MBA
Master of Business
will
be given one opportunity
to retake
the part(s) failed.
•
baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university
•
a
•
a
minimum undergraduate GPA of 2.50
minimum score of 450 on the Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT).
•
Administration
minimum
a
on the Test of English
score of 550
as a Foreign Lan-
guage (TOEFL) for international applicants whose native language
is
not
English.
Program Coordinator: Minoo Tehrani.Ph.D.
(717)
389-4759
•
three letters of recommendation
•
a
•
an
resume
official
copy of all academic
transcripts.
Retention and Candidacy
Bloomsburg
University's School of Business
was founded
in 1930.
Today, the College of Business has six academic units and, with
than 100 students,
The
versity.
lytical,
is
the largest graduate program
MBA programs, launched in
and operational
skills
at
more
Bloomsburg Uni-
MBA curriculum blends accounting, finance, the
international business courses to prepare students for a globally
dynamic
and competitive business environment.
theoretical
Level
II.
I
consists of background courses that are prerequisites to Level
Students with an undergraduate major in business administration are
likely to
have had most Level
projects, to develop
and augment
and practical knowledge.
courses. Level
I
pleted before beginning Level
Tlie graduate faculty employ a variety of instructional techniques, case
and group
Graduation
The MBA programs are comprised of two levels of courses.
legal environ-
ment, management, management information systems, marketing, and
studies, applied research,
II
work. Level
I
courses must be com-
courses include:
Financial Accounting or Principles of Accounting
•
Principles of
II
Management
•
Marketing Principles and Practices
•
Statistics
actively involved in research. Interdisciplinary graduate faculty teach a
•
Business
•
Business Finance
MBA programs.
1
•
The graduate faculty in the College of Business are higlily trained and
variety of subjects in the
MBA
coordinator.
1976, provide theoretical, ana-
required to meet the problem-solving and
decision-making challenges in managing business resources.
The
For special requirements for candidacy into the MBA programs other
than those for the School of Graduate Studies, please contact the
Law
exchange programs and internships and a diverse group
•
Micro and Macro Economics
of faculty and students tremendously enhance the learning experience.
•
two semesters of mathematics including one semester of calculus.
International
The degree program
is
planned to
reflect the
curriculum standards
of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
The
goals,
MBA programs at
•
MBA, one and
the part-time MBA.
the full-time
in-
a half years
ing the following:
consists of
36 semester hours. The sequence of the Level
MBA program starting in the fall includes:
Fall Semester
91.524
Managerial Accounting
93.511
Statistical Analysis
97.551
Marketing Management
and Design
Spring Semester
Admission
Applicants to the
II
Bloomsburg University recognize the needs,
and aspirations of a diverse group of students. The programs
clude
•
Level
courses for the full-time
MBA programs must
provide dociunents indicat-
93. 554
Management Information Systems
93.562
Organization Theory
96.535
Financial
Management
II
Page 18
Gradiaate Studies Catalog
Special topic courses are available in each discipline. Other gradu-
may be
ate electives
taken with the permission of the
MBA
programs
coordinator
Students must complete
all
requirements for graduation with a 3 00
minimum GPA. No more than two C grades are allowed in the graduate
courses taken
dinator
cial
at
at
Bloomsburg
Universit}- Please contact the
requirements.
Faculty
Accounting
Richard
Baker. Ph.D.. professor
L.
Michael C. Blue. Ph.D. associate professor
E.
Gum.
Burel
Dennis
B.
Ed.D.. professor
Hw^g. Ph.D.. associate
professor
Richard Schrader. Ph.D.. assistant professor
1st
Computer
Summer Session
93.560
& Information Systems
Boyne.
Patricia
Operations Management
.M.S.. assistant
professor
Carl Chimi. Ph.D.. associate professor
Dective
Frank S Davis. Ph.D.. professor
2nd Summer Session
93 .566
James
Organization Behavior
Social Responsibility"
93 58 1
Business Policy
amd
Business Ethics
Decthe
Charles
Finance
J.
Pan time students have
six years to finish the
above program in a
Ed.D. associate professor
Hoppel. Ph.D.. associate professor
& Business Imw
Barbara
logical
Dun. Ph.D.. associate professor
Gene Gordon.
93 538
.
S.
Harold K. Prey. M.S.. associate professor
FalJ Semester
E.
Behr. J.D.. professor
Karen Dwell. J.D.. associate professor
David G. Heskel. Ph.D.. associate professor
sequence.
Two electives (6 credit hours ) must be chosen from a^"ailable graduate courses in the College of Business.
Examples of these are as follows:
David Martin. Ph.D.. associate professor
Bruce
L.
Rockwood. J.D.. professor
William. Steven Smith. Ph.D.. associate professor
9 1 50 1
Accounting
9 1 502
Ad\"anced Financial Accoimting
9 1 503
Govenmieni and Fund Accoimting
91521
Ad^"anced Cost Accounting
Charles Chapman. M.A.. associate professor
91.522
Ad\-anced Auditing Accoimting
Howard
91. 523
Advanced Tax Accounting
Mark Larson.
91. 551
International Accounting
Stephen
91 552
Controllership Accounting
Irem Ozkarahan. Ph.D.. associate professor
93 512
^^anagerial
-
-
.
Management
.Mainuddin Afza. Ph.D.. associate professor
.M.
Ruhul .\min. Ph.D.. professor
I.
Kinslinger Ph.D.. associate professor
Ph.D.. associate professor
.Markell. Ph.D.. associate
Minoo Tehrani.
Economics
professor
Ph.D.. associate professor
Peter B. Venuto. Ph.D.. professor
93 540
Small Business Institute Seminar
93 556
International
93. 563
Operations Research
93-583
Human
96.540
International Finance
96.550
Security .\nah sis
96.554
Financial .Management Decisions
Salim Qureshi. Ph.D.. associate professor
9~-552
Marketing Research
Robert N. Watts. M.BA.. associate professor
98.50"
International Legal En\-ironments
Pamela Wynn. Ph
Management
and
D
.
associate professor
Marketing
Resources De\ elopmeni
Stephen Bator>. D.B.A.. associate professor
.Mary K. Erickscn. Ph.D.. associate professor
Portfolio
Management
MBA
coor-
the College of Business for further information or other spe-
Kiran Karande. Ph.D.. assistant professor
Bloomsburg University
Master
Retention
Education
of
Page 19
Requirements for this program are the same as those for the School
Biology
of Graduate Studies.
Candidacy
Program Coordinator: George
P.
Chamuris, Ph.D.
An
oral
biology
(717) 389-4735
is
examination to assess the student's knoyvledge of general
required for admission to candidacy.
Graduation
The
the
iMaster of Education
program
in biology'
is
intended to enhance
competence of secondary- school teachers of biology- by extending
their scholarship in content
pendent
study,
and method through formal courses, inde-
A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses is required.
A minimum of 18 semester hours must be taken from 500-level courses
(see
jor
and research.
list
beloyv) including
two required education
Either 50.591 Directed Study- in Biology or
Admission
.\n
tion Thesis
undergraduate degree in biology' yvith Level
I
Certification
is re-
quired for admission to the program. Undergraduate deficiencies must
be
rectified prior to
admission to candidacy without credit toyvard the
is
required to
of the research
sive
fulfill
component
the research component.
is
biology- courses;
all
are considered elective courses.
Graduate Record Examination are required for admission.
50.432
Microbial Genetics
50.441
Cytogenetics
50.455
Environmental Microbiology-
50 462
Plant Anatomy
50 463
Biological Photographic Techniques
50.521
Systematic Botany
biology
50.530
Evolution
George R Chamuris, Ph.D., associate professor Biology of
wood- and bark-inhabiting fungi
James E. Cole, Ph.D.. professor Vertebrate ethology
Judith R Downing. Ph.D.. professor Imtnujiology. bacterial
50.531
Dey-elopmental Biology-
50.532
Molecular Genetics
50.549
Entomology
50.550
Mycology-
50.55 1
Consery ation of Biological Resources
50.552
Limnology-
50. 55""
Biolog)- of
50.558
Fungal Ecology'
.
Joseph
microbiology,
and cell
resistance to antimicrobial agents,
and
.
infectious diseases
.
caused by bacteria
'
Phillip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor
Cytogenetics
George J. Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor Developmental
plant moiphology
Lower Vertebrates
50.559
Omithology-
50.561
Animal Behavior
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D.. assistant professor Soil microbiology
50.5"'0
Medical Parasitology
Thomas
50.5^1
Endocrinology
50.5"'2
Comparative Animal Physiology
50.5^3
Systemic Physiology
Frederick C.
Hill,
malacologY,
S.
Ph.D., professor Vertebrate zoology,
and aquatic biology
Klinger Ph.D., associate professor Marine biology,
physiological ecology a>7d biometiy
Mark
S.
Melnychuk. Ph.D.. associate professor. Nutrition
and
reproductive physiology
Ly-nne C. Miller Ph.D., professor
Medical parasitology.
immunology and physiology experimental
phannacology and toxicology
parasite
Louis
V Mingrone, Ph.D., professor
ics.
James
Phytochemical systemat-
floristics
E.
olog)'
Parsons, Ph.D.. associate professor Clinical microbi-
and medical mycology
Cynthia A. Surmacz, Ph.D.. professor Cell physiology
exercise pljysiology
Margaret
L.Till,
50.5"5
Cell Phy siology-
50.5^6
Neuromuscular Physiology-
50.590
Current Topics in Biology-
50.591
Directed Study- in Biology-
50.592
Master of Education Thesis
Marine Science Courses
TJje following
and
Ph.D., assistant professor Endocrinology,
adrenocortical mechanisms, comparative animal
comprehen-
examination may also be required. Otheryvise there are no required
Radiation Biology
Fungal genetics,
An oral defense
required; a written and/or
50.411
RArdizzi. Ph.D., assistant professor
in Education.
50.592 Master of Educa-
degree. Scores from the general and the biology- subject portions of the
Faculty Research Interests
courses. 60.501 Ma-
Philosophies of Education and 79.591 Research
courses are offered at the Marine Science Center, Wal-
lops Island, Va.
55.431
Ecology- of Marine Plankton
55.500
Problems in Marine Science
55.540
Environmental Science Education
55.570
Research Cruise
physiology
-
Biology-
P^e 20
Graduate Studies Catalog
Master
Education
of
Business Education
Program Coordinator: Roger W.
Ellis,
Ed.D.
(717) 389-4109/4121
The program
mentation, and
The program
instruction in
is
designed to prepare students in the design, imple-
management of office systems in a business environment.
and
Emphasis (18 semester hours)
Introduction to Office Systems and Information
hands-on
94 5 1 0
Office Systems Applications
94.520
Administrative Communications
realistic learning activities,
projects.
.
94.530
Telecommunications
certifi-
94.540
Training and Development in Office Systems
may lead to certification in business education with the comple-
94.550
Integrated Office Systems
This program does not require evidence of a valid teaching
cate. but
94.500
information technology, and field-based research
offers practical
new
Office Systems
tion of additional coursework. For information regarding certification,
(Students should enroll in this course during the last semes-
please contact program coordinator
ter
Admission
Certification
Applicants must
satisf)'
the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies as well as the following requirements for the
Master of Education in Business Education:
A minimum Q.P.A.
•
Completion of the Graduate Record Exam general knowledge
tion with a
•
of 2.5
minimum score of
on
a 4.0 scale.
sec-
1,000 or the Miller Analogies Test with a
Submit two
positions,
from the Pennsj lvania Department of Education
letter of intent stating professional
background, ex-
letters
of recommendation with the names, addresses,
and telephone numbers of the references
who
in Business Edu-
cation:
•
Additional coursework in the areas of education and business as
determined by the program coordinator
perience, and rationale for wanting to be admitted to the program.
•
who wish to receive a Level I Professional Teaching Certifi-
must fulfill these requirements in addition to the M.Ed,
score of 30.
Submit a t)ped
Students
cate in business education (accounting, data processing, marketing, and
office technologies)
•
minimum
of the degree program.)
after a
review of transcripts.
•
Completion of the business teacher education packet.
•
Passing the National Teacher Examination core batter)- and the
specialty area for business education.
have knowl-
edge of the applicant's academic and professional background.
•
Applicants
who do not meet these requirements may be admitted
as provisional after an interview
Faculty Research Interests
with the program coordinator
Ellen M. Clemens, D.Ed., associate professor
Requirements for
this
program are the same
Donna J. Cochrane,
as those for the School
of Graduate Studies.
and
office
technologies
A minimum of 30 semester hours in graduate-level courses is required.
The program consists of two required courses, two elective courses, and
sy
Ed.D., associate professor Training
development, business teaching methodology,
Nancy A. Dittman,
Graduation
an office
Methodology
and business education
Retention and Candidacy
stems emphasis consisting of six courses.
Required Courses (6 semester hours)
Ed.D., associate professor Business
communications, international cominunicatiotts
Roger W. Ellis, Ed.D., associate professor Records and
information management
Dennis O. Gehris, Ed.D., assistant professor Work attitude
assessment, business teaching methodology, software
applications in business
79.591
Foundations of Educational Research
90.581
Seminar in Business Education
Approved Graduate
Electives (6 semester hours)
Graduate-level courses to
fulfill
the elective requirements will be cho-
sen by the student and the program coordinator based on career needs.
Janice C. Keil, Ed.D., assistant professor Business teaching
methodology
John J. Olivo Jr. Ph.D., professor Ergonomics, impact of
technology on organizations'policies and procedures,
telecommunications, analyzing and improving workflow,
end-user computing
Bloomsburg University
Page 21
Faculty Research Interests
Master of Education
Any graduate
eral arts
Curriculum and
faculty
member from
the Bloomsburg University
and sciences or education departments may participate
lib-
in this
program.
Admission
Instruction
Applicants must satisfy the general admission requirements for the
Program Coordinator: John
R.
A
School of Graduate Studies.
Hranitz, Ed.D.
admission.
(717) 389-4030
The following
cation.
teaching certificate
The program does not provide
The program is field-based and designed to enhance the professional
work with
curricular and instructional competencies of individuals who
children, youth,
and
any research projects and the
•
I
certifi-
to clarify requirements, review
academic records, discuss transfer of any courses and
for
not required for
additional criteria are also required:
Meet with program coordinator
•
is
Instructional Level
thesis;
Attain a score of 30 or higher
initiate
planning
and
on the
Miller Analogies Test.
Retention
adults.
The program 's field-based approach ensures the needs of school-based
faculty are continually addressed
through faculty involvement in the
Graduate students must take a
calendar year.
not taking a
following areas:
A
minimum
of 9 semester hours per
Q.PA. of 3.0 or higher must be maintained. Students
minimum
of 9 semester hours per calendar year will be
considered "inactive after two years.
"
•Planning and implementation of the core courses;
Candidacy
•Advisement of theses;
Application for candidacy must be
•Development of research
•Improvement
made
after
completion of 12 to
15 semester hours. Only courses with a minimum grade of B are con-
projects;
sidered applicable to this program. Students must repeat
of instruction;
which the grade of C or lower
•Development of curriculinn;
Up
to 18 semester hours
is
all
courses in
earned.
from accredited
institutions, other
than
approval, be accepted toward
com-
•Continuous evaluation of the degree program; and
Bloomsburg
•Implementation of theory into the classroom.
pleting the degree requirements of this program. However, no courses
will
The "field-based "core curriculum of this program will permit tmique
University, may,
be transferred
in
which
upon
a grade less than a
B was earned.
Graduation
and interesting applications of theory and research to each classroom.
Individuals motivated to
improve the quality of instruction
Graduate students must be admitted to candidacy, complete 30
format that will enable them to expand (1) their knowledge of the subject
they are teaching, (2) their knowledge of the curriculum and
its
individualization through
di-
applicable methodology, (3) their
skills in
The
liberal arts
core of 6 semester hours will increase the depth of
several disciplines will
skills
of each graduate student. Knowledge from
be combined
graduate student to develop
the thesis, and apply for graduation. All deficiencies, monetary and aca-
The following courses
gram
and educational professionals.
the knowledge base and
mester hours of approved course work, complete 6 semester hours for
demic, must be satisfied before the degree can be granted.
agnosis and prescription, and (4) their skills in communicating with students, parents,
into a course that will permit the
new and often unique educational perspec-
in
constitute the 36-hour master's degree pro-
curriculum and instruction:
The Core Curriculum (4 courses requried): 12 semester hours
Studies in Human Diversity
79.593
Theories of Human Learning
48.576
60.584
Curriculum and Instructional Theory, Design, and Develop-
79. 59 1
Research in Education
tives.
The
se-
will find a
ment
individualized curriculum enables each graduate student to
pursue 12 semester hours of graduate study within an area of concentration
such as English, social sciences, mathematics and computer
ence, physical and
and
life
sci-
sciences, elementary, early childhood, reading,
himianities.
Completion of the individualized curriculum may require that
dents enroll and pursue courses offered by other universities.
The
Liberal Arts Curriculum (2 courses required): 6 semester
hours.
The
stu-
Individualized Curriculum
(4 courses required):
79.599
Thesis:
1
— Area of Concentration
2 semester hours
6 semester hours
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 22
•
Master
of
Education
students seeking an M.Ed, in Elementary Education are required
All
to demonstrate
Elementary Education
The research paper must follow
thesis.
Manual of the American
Publication
Program Coordinator:
the style format of either the
Psychological Association or
Form and Style by Campbell.
Brown, Ed.D.
Neil L.
competency in writing skills by completing an in-depth
may take the form of a departmental paper or a
research paper This
Departmental papers must be read and approved by the student's
(717) 389-4876
adviser and one other
member
of the graduate
as
The program enhances the professional competence of an individual
a teacher and a leader through its emphasis on integrated learning
experiences in the study of the child. Areas of study include elementary school curriculum
and its trends, new techniques, current research,
and opportunities for study
in the teacher's
academic
field
of interest.
Applicants must
satisf\'
the general admission requirements for the
Possess the Instructor Level
1
Certification for teaching in the
el-
ementar)' schools of Pennsylvania.
•
and supenision
Brown, Ed.D., assistant professor Social studies and
early childhood education
Neil
L.
Chris A. Cherrington, Ph.D.. associate professor Reading
L.
Clarke, Ed.D., assistant professor
Supen ision
Computing and
Ph.D., associate professor
supervision
Gan' J. Doby, Ph.D.,
assistant professor English
and supervi-
Hussein Fereshteh, Ph.D., assistant professor Foundations of
education
Robert Gates, Ed.D., assistant professor Supervision
administration
and
Measurement of
G. Gilgannon, D.Ed., professor
education
Requirements of this program are the same as those for the School
Mary
Harris, Ed.D., associate professor
Foundations of
education
of Graduate Studies.
Take the Miller Analogies Test before completing the 12 to 15
se-
mester hours needed for application for degree candidac)' (minimum
is
Beers, D.Ed., assistant professor Foundations,
administration, curriculum
Nancy
Retention
score
Meade
Bonita B. Franks. Ph.D., associate professor Reading
Meet with the program coordinator to clarify program requirements,
review academic records,and outline a plan for completing degree work.
•
30).
John
R. Hranitz, Ed.D.,
professor Early childhood education
and supervision
Jane McPherson. Ph.D.. assistant professor Early childhood
education
Gorman
Graduation
L. Miller,
Ed.D., professor
Mathematics and supervi-
sion
A minimum of 30 semester hours is required to complete this master 's
Frank
Misiti, Ph.D., assistant
professor Science education
William S. O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor Reading, early childhood
education, and supervision
program.
Required Courses
Gilda Oran, Ed.D., assistant professor Supervision
and
early
60.501
Major Philosophies of Education
60.502
School and Society'
60.506
Urban Education
Egerton Osunde. Ph.D., assistant professor Social Studies
supervision
60.514
Home,
Edward J. Poostay
79. 591
School, and Communit)' Relations
Research in Education
Also required are 6 to
1
2 semester hours of coursework related to an
area of professional interest,
e.g., early
childhood education
Donald
(or adviser-approved alternative)
childhood education, reading,
or an academic discipline.
Ph.D., professor
Reading
Computing and
Ph.D., associate professor
supervision
Rosemary Radzievich,
Ed.D., assistant professor
Reading and
supervision
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., associate professor Early
childhood education
David
The remaining courses needed to complete the degree program may
selected, with an adviser's approval, from those listed in this catalog.
Acceptable courses are listed under the following areas: elementary' and
early childhood education, educational foundations, secondary- education, reading,
L. Pratt,
and
Elementaiy education
Foundations of educa-
Viola Supon, Ed.D., assistant professor
Electives
be
must
sion
mission to the M.Ed, in Elementar>' Education program:
•
C.
Henry D. Dobson,
School of Graduate Studies as well as the following requirements for ad-
thesis
Studies.
Faculty Researcli Interests
Robert
Admission
A
faculty.
meet the requirements of the School of Graduate
or those offered by other academic departments.
E. Washburn,
Ph.D., professor
tion
Mary Alice Wheeler, Ph.D.,
Bormie L.Williams, Ed.D.,
assistant professor
assistant professor
Supervision
Mathematics
and supervision
Patricia K. Wolf, Ph.D., assistant professor
Supervision
Bloomsburg University
burg University Reading
Master
Education
of
•
An
Page 23
Clinic.
interview with the program coordinator to clarify program
re-
quirements, discuss goals, evaluate academic records, and outline a long-
Reading
range program. The program coordinator's recommendations will be
forwarded to the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research.
Program Coordinator: Edward
Poostay, Ph.D.
J.
(717) 389-4092
•
A minimum
•
An
undergraduate Q.RA. of
applicant
may be admitted
who
3.0.
does not have an undergraduate Q.PA. of 3 0
as a provisional student, but will
be required to take
the Graduate Record Examination (must achieve a combined Verbal/
Quantitative/Analytical score of
achieve a
This program provides an opportunity for professionals to earn an
M.Ed, in Reading and/or certification as a K-12 reading specialist in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The program emphasizes
knowledge base
in current research, diagnosing
All graduate-level
and remediating read-
part of the
The
clinic
was
•Students must maintain a Q.EA. of 3
on
•After completing 12 semester hours, students
university's application
must adhere to the
procedures for candidacy.
established in 1957 and
in the
Reading
Clinic, are
Transfer Credits
•A maximum of 9 semester hours of graduate-level coursework may
be transferred from an accredited
a competitive basis.
institution.
•Transfer courses must carry a grade of
completed no
Admission
earlier
•Transfer credits
Applicants must satisfy the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies as well as the following requirements, which
are specific to the Reading Specialist certification
in
0.
repeated to achieve a grade of B or higher
Graduate assistantships, which provide a tuition waiver and a stipend,
available
must be com-
Retention
Department
provides free diagnostic and tutorial services for children and adults.
and require working 1 0 to 20 hours per week
required, the tests
•Graduate-level reading courses with a grade of C or lower must be
of Curriculum and Foundations within the School of Education and the
College of Professional Studies.
If
University.
reading programs are coordinated through the
is
,200) or the Miller AnalogiesTest (must
attaining a
and resource room teachers.
Bloomsburg University Reading Clinic, which
1
score of 45).
pleted before the student completes 9 semester hours at Bloomsburg
ing difficulties, and improving the instructional practices of classroom
teachers, reading specialists,
minimum
program and the M.Ed,
B or higher and must be
than three years prior to admission.
may be requested or submitted at any time
during
the student's six-year program, but require prior approval from the
student's adviser
and the Assistant Vice President
for
Graduate Studies
and Research.
Reading program:
•
A written
recommendation from any two of the following
ences: undergraduate faculty, graduate
administrators, or other individuals
academic
abilities.
faculty', direct-line
refer-
Graduation
supervisors,
who are familiar with the applicant s
Students seeking an M.Ed, in Reading must complete 36 semester
hours with a Q.RA. of 3
Recommendation forms are available at the Blooms-
0.
Students seeking certification as a reading specialist must take a com-
prehensive examination, written or
The reading
oral.
specialist certification
program consists of 24 semester
hours; 12 additional semester hours are required for the M.Ed, in Reading.
The first eight cotirses in the following list are required for the read-
ing specialist certification program; the courses 60.501 and 79. 591, and
two
elective courses are required for the M.Ed, program.
courses can be selected from a predetermined
list
The
elective
of courses, with prior
approval from the program coordinator and the Assistant Vice President
for
Graduate Studies and Research. The parentheses indicate the semes-
ters the courses are offered:
Required Courses
63. 540
Introduction to the Teaching of Reading (fall, spring, summer)
63. 541
Diagnosis and Prescription in Reading
63. 543
Clinical
Practicum
I (fall,
63 544
Clinical
Practicum
II
63 .545
Organization and Administration of Reading Programs (sum-
mer)
(fall,
summer)
spring)
(summer)
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page
2-*
63. 546
Reading
63. 548
Reading Instruction for the At-Risk Learner
63-550
Literature. Literao"
60.501
.Major Philosophies of Education
"9.591
All
in the
Research
in
Content .Areas
(fall,
spring)
(fall,
Education
(fall,
Ed^\ ard
(fall,
spring,
requirements must be completed
summer)
summer)
\\'itliin
six year program
J.
Poosta\. Ph.D., professor Diagnosis, remediation.
parent involvement
Language
Chris A. Cherrington. Ph.D.. associate professor
sLx \ears
from the date
of admission into the program. Students must reenroll for
which exceed the
Faculty Research Interests
spring)
and Culture
all
arts
and cbildivn s literatinv
courses
completion deadline outlined
in
the
Graduate Catalog.
Level
I
Certification
examination prepared by the
Requirements
Students seeking certification as a Reading Specialist must complete
24 semester hours with a Q.P.A. of 3 0 and take a comprehensive essay
faculty in the
of
Science
be obtained
from the program coordinator
tion with the names, addresses, positions,
Master
graduate reading program.
Specific guidelines for the comprehensi\ e examination can
who
the references
clinical
Audiology
•
and telephone numbers of
have knowledge of the applicant
s
academic and
background.
The
applicant should arrange for an inter^•ie^ with the program
coordinator
•
.\n applicant
institution,
Program Coordinator: G. Donald
Miller.
must have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited
with a
minimum
grade point average of
do not have an undergraduate major
Ph.D.
in the area
2.8.
Students
who
of communication
dis-
orders will be required to satisfactoril\ complete certain academic and
(717) 389-4436
practicum deficiencies as prescribed by the faculty following indi^idual
transcript analysis.
The puTfKJse of the training program in audiolog)
ates to provide diagnostic
riet\-
of job settings.
and
is
to prepare gradu-
habilitative audiological
The program
is
sen ices
in a va-
accredited by the Educational Stan-
•
w
is
designed to afford
its
graduates the academic and
clini-
cal
practicum requirements necessary- to
cal
Competence inAudiolog) (CCC-A) issued by ASHLA as well as to meet
recei^•e the Certificate of Clini-
the requirements for an audiolog}- license as issued
b)-
the
Common-
.Applicants
The students
and in private
receive broad-based academic training
and obtain practicum experience
ing on
and medi-
in a variet}
of practical settings includ-
campus and extemship sites. The student's academic exp>eriences
fail
tional admission will
verbal, quantitative
for admission.
to satisf\ the program's requirements ma>basis. In
be specified
be
such cases, the terms of the condi-
for the individual applicant.
Retention
Tlie student
in hospitals
cal centers, clinics, physicians offices, schools, industries,
practice settings.
who
admitted on a pro\isional
wealth of Penns\lvania.
Graduates of the program obtain employment
Record Examination will be required of all applicants
combined minimum score of 1.450 on the
and anahtical subtests needed
dards Board of the .\merican Speech-Language-Hearing Association
(ASHLA) and
Tlie Graduate
iih a
must maintain
a Q.R.A.
of 3 0 with a
Cs tliroughout the graduate prognmi. A grade of C
in
maximum
any
of two
clinical expe-
rience will necessitate repeating the course to achieve a grade of
B or
higlier
Candidacy
Students must apph" for admission to candidao' once they ha\ e com-
include evaluating and conducting research in the discipline.
Students ma\" be accepted into the graduate audiolog} program
w ith
any undergraduate degree, but individuals without an acceptable imder-
pleted 12 to 15 semester hours of coursework.
Graduation
graduate program in speech and hearing will, by advisement, be required
to take prerequisite
coursework and practicum
•
as a part of their gradu-
A minimum
of 42 semester hours
is
required to complete the
master's program.
ate audiolog>' degree program.
Required Courses
Admission
•
The
applicant
L ndergraduate
is
required to submit a one-page, typed letter of
tent stating professional background, experience, and rationale for
v\
in-
ant-
ing to be admitted to audiolog).
•
The
applicant
is
required to submit three letters of recommenda-
~2 200
"2 300
.
.
Courses
Introduction to Audiolog}.\uditon Training and Speech Reading
Graduate Courses
~2 500
.
Measurement of Hearing Loss
Bloomsburg University
Methods inAudiolog\'
72.502
Physiological
72 504
Hearing Aids and Auditory Training
72.506
Extemship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
I
72.508
Extemship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology
II
72.510
Research
72.512
Seminar
72.514
Seminar inAudiology: Industrial and Public Health Audiology
72.516
Seminar
in Audiology:
Auditory Problems in Children
72.518
Seminar
in Audiology:
Theoretical and Clinical Masking
.
Faculty Research Interests
Richard M. Angelo, Ph.
services.
in Audiology
in Audiology:
Basic
D., Ed.D., professor, director
and
clinical electrophysiology;
of clinical
hearing
aids
Special Problems
72 520
Educational Audiology
72.522
Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
72.524
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiology
I
72.525
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiology
II
72.526
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiolog)'
III
72.527
Clinical
Methods and Practicum inAudiology FV
72.532
Electronics and Instrumentation in Audiolog>'
.
Page 25
Donald Miller, Ph.D., professor, curriculum coordinator
Clinical audiology including electrophysiological evaluation;
industrial audiology and hearing conservation
VishakaW. Rawool, Ph.D., assistant professor Electrophysiology, clinical audiology, aural rehabilitation
G.
74 568
.
Advanced American Sign Language
Other elective courses
Elective Courses
Methods and Practicum inAudiology
available via advisement.
•
A thesis or departmental paper is required.
•
The M.S. inAudiology degree program has monitoring and exit cri-
72.528
Clinical
72.590
Independent Study and Research
teria.
72.591
Independent Study and Research
demic and
72.599
Master's Thesis
written examinations during or near the completion of the program.
There are periodic comprehensive reviews of each student's
clinical abilities.
aca-
These reviews may take the form of oral or
Admission
Master
of
Science
A
B.S.
or B.A. in biology or
its
equivalent
is
required for admission
to this master's program. Undergraduate deficiencies
Biology
must be
rectified,
without credit earned toward the degree, prior to admission to candidacy. Scores
from both the general and biology subject portions of the
Graduate Record Examination are required for admission.
Program Coordinator: George
P.
Chamuris, Ph.D.
Candidacy
An oral examination is required for admission to candidacy. The exam
(717) 389-4735
assesses the student's
This program prepares students for either admission to a researchoriented doctoral program in the biological sciences or
The program
also
biology.
Graduation
employment in
a biological or health-oriented profession.
knowledge of general
A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate-level courses is required.
With the exception of the Master of Science Tliesis (thesis option), there
enhances the knowledge, perspective, and expe-
are
no required
courses. All courses are considered elective courses.
rience of teachers of biology in secondary schools. A broad array of subdisciplines
is
represented
among the faculty, providing a solid program
in general biology.
The
Courses
university
in
is
a
member
of the Marine Science Consortium.
marine science are offered during the summer
at
Marine
Science Center located near Wallops Island, Va.
in
50.41
1
Radiation Biology
50.432
Microbial Genetics
50.441
Cytogenetics
50.455
Environmental Microbiology
50.457
Entomology
Graduate students may use this facility to take graduate-level courses
50.462
Plant Anatomy
marine biology or to pursue research projects
50.463
Biological Photographic Techniques
50.521
Systematic Botany
University Marine Biology Laboratory.
at
the Bloomsburg
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 26
50.576
Neuromuscular Physiology
50.590
Current Topics in Biology
50.591
Directed Study in Biolog>'
50.593
Master of Science Thesis
Marine science courses
offered at Wallops Island, Va.
55.43 1
Ecology of Marine Plankton
55.500
Problems
55.540
Environmental Science Education
55.570
Research Cruise-Biology
in
Marine Science
Thesis Option. This option
recommended for students planning to
is
continue their studies through additional graduate or professional
ing.
A minimum
courses.
The Master of Science Thesis (50.593) accoimts
semester hours.
train-
of 18 semester hours must be taken from 500-level
An
oral defense of the thesis
Non-Thesis Option. This option
non-research oriented careers.
is
is
for
6 of these
required.
tailored for students interested in
A minimum of 18 semester hours must
be taken from 500-level courses, hi addition, one of the following must
be completed: (1) Directed Study
ter hours, which
in Biology (50.591) for three semes-
must be defended orally, or (2) a departmental research
paper based on the
literature
must be submitted and defended
The departmental paper carries no semester hour
orall).
credit.
Faculty Research Interests
Joseph R
Ardizzi, Ph.D., assistant professor.
microbiology,
Fungal genetics,
and cell biology
George P Chamuris, Ph.D.. associate professor Biology of
wood- and bark-inhabiting fungi
James E. Cole, Ph.D., professor. Vertebrate ethology
Judith R Downing, Ph.D., professor. Imtnunology. bacterial
resistance to antimicrobial agents,
and infectious diseases
caused by bacteria.
Philip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor. Cytogenetics
George J. Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor Developmental
plant morphology
Frederick C.
Hill,
malacology,
Ph.D., professor Vertebrate zoology,
and aquatic
biology
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D., assistant professor Soil microbiology
Thomas
50.530
Evolution
50.531
Developmental Biolog\'
50.532
Molecular Genetics
S.
Mark
S.
Mycology'
50.55 1
Conservation of Biological Resources
50.552
Limnology
50.557
Biolog)' of the
50.558
Fungal Ecology
Lower Vertebrates
50.559
Omitholog)'
50.561
Animal Behavior
50.5^0
Medical Parasitology
1
50.572
biology,
Melnychuk, Ph.D., associate professor Nutrition
Lynne C.
50.
Marine
and biometry
and
reproductive physiology
50.550
5"^
Klinger, Ph.D., associate professor
physiological ecology,
Endocrinolog)
Comparative Animal Physiolog)'
50.5''3
Systemic Physiology
50.575
Cell Physiology
Miller, Ph.D.,
professor Medical parasitology,
immunology and pljysiology, experimental
pharmacology and toxicology
parasite
Louis
V
ics
James
Mingrone, Ph.D., professor Phytochemical systemat-
and floristics
E.
olog)'
Parsons, Ph.D., associate professor Clinical microbi-
and medical
mycology-
Cynthia A. Surmacz, Ph.D., professor Cell physiology
and
exercise pljysiology
Margaret
L.Till,
Ph.D., assistant professor Endocrinology,
adrenocortical mechanisms, comparative animal
physiology
Bloomsburg University
Requirements
Certification
Master of Science
Page 27
Three recommendations from any of the following persons: under-
•
graduate or graduate faculty, direct-line supervisors, administrators, and
Early Childhood Education
who
other individuals
and personal
ties
academic
abili-
are available
from
are familiar with the applicant's
qualities.
Recommendation forms
the program coordinator for early childhood education.
Written completion of a 10-day
•
Program Coordinator: John
R. Hranitz, Ed.D.
able from the
(717) 389-4030
is
intended to enhance the professional competence
Forms are
can obtain the Instructional Level
N, K-3.
The program
the teacher with an Instructional Level
cation, K-6 to obtain N, K-3, Early
I
Certificate in Early Child-
also has
I
of early childhood education.
an option that enables
Certificate in
Students must maintain a Q.PA. of 3 0 throughout their program.
•
Courses in which a grade of C or lower are obtained must be repeated
with a grade of B or higher Students not maintaining a Q.PA. of 3 0
Elementary Eduafter
Childhood Education
Certification.
•
•
Admission
The following admission requirements, which apply to both the
Master of Science in Early Childhood Education program and to the
candidacy will be removed from the candidacy
State Police
checks required by the Department of Health and Wel-
of Graduate Studies. Undergraduate work need not be in a specific field
of study.
An
and the Bureau of
tice
teaching in private and public schools.
day care centers
Certification
Start
programs, and
is
and pass a screening examination
administered
(a candi-
when they have completed
12 to 15
semester hours of graduate work. The examination consists of written
and
who lack an imdergraduate Q.P.A. of 2.5 will be admitted on
A 3 0 Q.PA. is required of all persons seeking admis-
sion to candidacy.
oral requirements.
Graduation
The Master of Science
in Early
Childhood program consists of 30
semester hours; 12 additional semester hours in course work and
All applicants will take the Miller Analogies Test.
is
All students will take
dacy exam) which
a provisional basis.
•
Head
in Pennsylvania.
interview and a review of academic credentials are required.
Applicants
of 30
must be completed prior to prac-
fare
•
be met in addition to the general admission requirements for the School
list.
Students must apply for candidacy.
master's program with an Early Childhood Education Certification, must
•
and vision
Retention
the teacher of yoimg children. Individuals not holding any type of cer-
hood Education,
tests,
from the program coordinator.
young child from prenatal
through age eight, curriculum, current practice, and areas of interest to
tification
available
includes integrated
cialty area
learning experiences in the study of the
Forms
Passing the National Teacher Examination core battery and the spe-
•
It
avail-
program coordinator
Passing and/or remediation of speech and hearing
•
tests.
This program
experience. Forms are
'Written completion of a 14-day participation experience.
•
are available from the
of the individual as a teacher of young children.
field
program coordinator
A minimimi score
required.
practicum are required for the Level
must complete 6 semester hours
ter
I
Certification, N, K-3. Students
in foundation courses, 18 to
30 semes-
hours in early childhood education core courses, and 6 semester
hours in related studies courses.
Required Courses
Facuity Research Interests
John
R. Hranitz, Ed.D, professor
Child development,
administration, research, theory,
and curricular practices
and experiences
practices
William
S.
and experiences
O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor Child development,
theory, reading, children's literature,
practices
Methods and Materials
62.520
Methods and
60 5 1 2
Educational Media and Software
62.522
Curriculum Trends
62.523
Practices in Teaching the Young Child
62.590
Current Research and Development in Early Childhood Edu-
.
Jane McPherson, Ph.D., assistant professor Curricular
and curricular
and experiences
Gilda Oran, Ed.D., assistant professor Curriculum practices
needs,
Bonnie Williams, Ed.D.,
practices
assistant professor
and experiences
Curricular
II
Childhood Education
Learning and Development of the Young Child
62 592
Identification
62 593
Organization and Administration of Educational Programs for
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., associate professor Theory,
and prescription of learning
and curricular practices and experiences
in Early
I
cation
.
research, identification
in Early
Materials in Early Childhood Education
62.591
.
and experiences
Childhood Education
62.510
and Prescription of the Needs ofYoung Children
Young Children
62.594
Practicum in Early Childhood Education
•Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood Education
must complete 30 semester hours with a 3 0 Q.PA. Students seeking a
Master of Science in Early Childhood Education with N, K-3 certifica-
P^e 28
Graduate Studies Catalog
must complete 42 semester hours with
tion
•A departmental paper,
prehensive examination
is
thesis,
a Q.P.A. of 3 0.
ter admission into the
comprehensive project, or the com-
required for completion of the degree pro-
gram. Specific guidelines are available from the program coordinator
All
papers must be written following the American Psy chological Asso-
ciation (APA) style guide.
•All
A five
chapter format
is
preferred.
program requirements must be completed within
program. Students are required to complete their
programs within four > ears
be granted
after
candidacy
in certain situations. Students,
is
granted. Extensions
who
fail
to enroll
may
and com-
plete a course within a rwo-\ear period, are placed in an inaaive
Inacti\ e students
must reapph'
file.
for admission, retake the screening ex-
amination, and reapph' for candidao: Courses older than six years wiU
six years
af-
not meet the degree reqtiirements.
completed either before or during the graduate program.
Master
Science
of
Undergraduate area of concentration in education of the deaf/hard
•
of hearing.
Education of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing
• .\1J
applicants to the graduate program in education of the deaf/
hard of hearing miost have completed an introductory course in
or
tics
its
introductory course in communication disorders. (Students
Program Coordinator: Samuel
statis-
equivalent, an introductory course in sign language and an
may
take
these as general education electives.)
B.
Slike,
D.Ed.
Required Courses
(717) 389-4436
The graduate program
in
"'2.200
education of the deaf/hard of hearing
is
offered through the Department of Communication Disorders and Special
Clinical Obser\ation
"'4.
American Sign Language
1 54
provided a variety of courses to prepare them for working with
individuals with a hearing loss.
as experiential
background
Coursework furnishes conceptual as weO
in the areas of
academic therapy, speech-
language therapy, communication, ps\'cho-social development, curricu-
lum and instruction. Depending on their undergraduate major, students
are prepared to
tiple
work with
Histon,-.
"4.205
Introduction to Instructional Methods with the Deaf/Hard of
Education, and Guidance of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Hearing
"4.251
Phonetics
Students who anticipate apph ing for admission to the graduate program
in
education of the deaf/hard of hearing are strongh" urged to elect the
following cotirses:
Electives
preschool, elementan,; secondary, or mul-
handicapped deaf/hard of hearing
I
"'4.201
Education. Prospeaive classroom teachers or itinerant hearing thera-
pists are
Introduction to Audiolog)'
72.450
"4.155
American Sign Language n
"4.254
The Deaf Culture
"4.255
American Sign Language
74.256
American Sign Language TV
individuals.
In their practicum courses, students are provided the opportunityto
work with
situations.
individuals with a hearing loss in one-to-one
III
and group
Various sites throughout Pennsylvania are offered for
practicum experience. These
sites are
chosen according to the needs
•A bachelors degree with a Q.RA. of 2.8 in the education of the deaf/
of the student intern. These practica provide a classroom as well as an
hard of hearing area of concentration and an overall Q.PA. of 2.8 are
itinerant
experience with students with a hearing
loss.
required.
The Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing program does not advocate any particular method of working with students with a hearing loss.
Persons with a hearing loss are viewed as individuals -with varying needs.
If
either Q.PA.
a provisional basis
is
below
and must earn
a
2.8.
the student will be admitted on
Q.RA. of 3 0 or better upon comple-
tion of 9 to 12 semester hours in graduate-level courses.
No Cs may be
earned during the provisional period.
Prospective classroom teachers are afforded a background in
all
meth•
ods of instruction so as to prepare them to work with persons with a
Applicants must submit a one-page, handwritten letter, stating pro-
fessional background, experience,
and rationale
for
wanting to be
ad-
hearing loss in a variety of educational settings.
mitted to this master
Admission
•
Applicants with bachelor
s
degrees in earh' childhood education,
elementary education, secondary education, special education, and
communication
disorders, are considered to have appropriate educa-
backgrounds
for entry into the program.
sition,
from
indi\ iduals
who have knowledge of
and telephone number of the writer
Applicants must
make arrangements with
the program coordina-
tor for an interview.
•
cation courses. Prerequisite coursework in the following areas must be
letters of reference
confirmation purposes, the letters must contain the name, address, po-
Those students without
education courses in their background are required to take a core of edu-
program.
the applicant's academic and teaching background are required. For
•
tional
Three
s
The National Teacher Examination and/or the Graduate Record
P^e 29
Bloomsburg University
Examination will be required of all applicants.
There
one entry point
is
program —
summer
enrollment
March
is
is
not restricted and
There
is
semester.
1 5.
The
application deadline for
summer
Judith M. Hirshfeld, M.A., assistant professor. Developing oral
communication
Application for admission as a part-time student
may be made
at
and counseling
any time.
no quota for students interested
in entering the
a part-time basis. Part-time students are required to
gram coordinator
Faculty Research Interests
for full-time enrollment in this graduate
to design a curriculum
deaf/hard of hearing children
and
their families
program on
Gerald W. Powers, Ed.D., professor. Admission procedures
meet with the pro-
sequence and time
skills in
the deaf/hard of hearing individuals
and criteria for graduate
line.
Samuel
B.
training programs
Slike, D.Ed., professor.
Teaching sign language
and
speechreading through videodisc technology
Retention
Graduate students are required to earn a Q.PA. of 3-0 with a maxi-
mum of two Cs for retention in this master's program.
a practicum course, the course
If a
must be repeated and
C is earned in
a grade of
B or
better earned.
74.567
Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.569
Curricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
II
Spring Semester
Candidacy
74 570
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
.
II
Requirements for this program are the same as those for the School
of Graduate Studies.
Summer Sessions
Graduation
Following
is
als
an example of a full-time curriculum sequence:
Summer Sessions
(total
of 12 weeks)
Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice
74.564
Speech
for the
74.566
Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.568
Advanced American Sign Language
ministered during the semester the student plans to graduate.
graduation, students are academically prepared to apply for
licensure in Permsylvania and to pursue state and national certification
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
as a teacher of the deaf/hard of hearing.
They are granted
a provisional
1
Problems andTrends in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
.
(thesis
I
Fall Semester
74 565
must complete a departmental paper
or nonthesis) and successfully pass a comprehensive examination ad-
Upon
74.560
and Their Families
All graduate students
Deaf/Hard of Hearing
of 6 weeks)
Research in Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.584
72.522
(total
Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered Individu-
74.490
national certification
by the Council on Education of the Deaf upon for-
mal application.
Master of Science
assessment, and training for optimal performance.
Quality of instruction in the classrooms and laboratories
Exercise Science and
Adult Fitness
terized
by faculty who are continuously engaged
faculty bring an excitement
and enthusiasm for
directly involving their students in
activities are
Program Coordinator: Linda M. LeMura, Ph.D.
port,
(717) 389-4563
ries.
at
charac-
The
scientific inquiry
by
both scholarship and discovery. These
augmented by learning resources such
both on campus and
is
as active learners.
as library support,
nearby Geisinger Medical Center, computer sup-
and well-equipped human performance and physiology laborato-
With excellent
facilities,
highly qualified faculty, and practical field
experiences that are integral to the program, the master's degree in
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness provides strong preparation for suc-
This program prepares students for advanced scholarly opportunities via
doctoral study or
rate fitness, wellness
cilities.
The program
employment
in rehabilitation centers, corpo-
programs, and senior citizen continuing care
is
interdisciplinary in nature; students
fa-
complete
courses in Exercise Science and the Biological Health Sciences. Additionally, clinical
pass the
full
cessful careers in this burgeoning discipline.
and research internships are required, which encom-
spectrum of health, including
rehabilitation, physiological
Admission
A bachelor's degree in either health and physical education, the biological or allied health sciences, or a related field
is
required. Under-
graduate deficiencies must be eliminated, without credit earned toward
the degree, prior to admission to candidacy. Additionally, applicants must
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 30
have an undergraduate Q.RA. of at
least 2.5
and
of 50 on the Miller Analog)- Test or 1,000 on the
portions of the Graduate Record Examination,
minimum score
attain a
\
erbal
and quantitative
completing 12
.\fter
Facuity Research Interests
se-
Linda M. LeMura. Ph.D.. associate professor Enei-g)' metabo-
mester hours of graduate work, the student must apph' for admission to
lism, exercise electrocardiograplyy. lipid
candidac). This application must be
submined before the completion
metabolism
Jern- K. Medlock. Ed. D professor Cardiac ivhabilitation.
.
of 15 semester hours of graduate work.
health education, coronary risk factors analysis
Leon Szmedra.
Candidacy
Ph.D.. assistant professor Cardiovascular
adaptations in heart disease, neuromuscular physiology
Requirements for this program are the same as those for the School
of Graduate Studies.
Graduation
The Master of Science
in Exercise Science
36 semester hours of wliich 6 to
1
and Adult Fitness requires
2 semester hours in practicum are
required for graduation. Additionally, attendance
lege of Sports Medicine
at
the American Col-
(ACSM) Exercise Test Technologist Workshop
is
required prior to graduation.
\1ser serves as chairperson of the thesis committee.
member is
letics
Graduate students admitted to candidacy- for the Master of Science
degree are required to complete a
thesis.
The student must confer with
the assigned graduate adviser to select a thesis adviser.
The
thesis ad-
factilt)'
or the Biological and Allied Health Sciences departments. The third
facult}"
member may be
selected from any discipline within the univer-
as appropriate to the thesis topic.
sity-
A second
selected from either the Health. Ph) sical Education, and Ath-
b) the thesis adviser
The thesis topic must be approved
and the graduate program coordinator The com-
pleted thesis will be presented to the thesis committee, peers, and the
universit)-
commimit).
an instructional systems approach.
Master
The MSIT program
Science
of
Instructional Technology
Bailey, Ph.D.
become
and instructional computing with
a nation-
a
more mod-
coverage of TN' production/post production, communicauon
and human resource development. The
forces cooperative
(717) 389-4506
niversity has
timedia technologists." This program integrates extensive experiences
est
J.
Bloomsburg L
'
in instructional design
Program Coordinator: Harold
at
acclaimed, unique program for the preparation of interacdve mul-
ally
eclectic nature of this
skills,
program
teamwork as students combine their theoretical aca-
demic learning with practical, hands-on projects that are being designed,
developed, produced, and e\^tiated by the Institute for Instructional
Technology-.
The Master of Science
in Instructional
Technology (MSIT) program
emerged to respond to the increasing need to prepare professionals who
Curriculmn Overview
Students study a variety of issues related to the design and develop-
can integrate microcomputers and video technology- into the educational
ment of effective
and training environments of basic education. The MSIT program
projects.
ad-
dresses the preparation of three types of professionals:
•
Those who wish
to enter a career in the training
Those
who
tings as trainers
for their
•
already
work
and de^-elopment
in business, industry, or health care set-
and developers, but seek a formalized degree structured
needs and further development
The
or higher education.
ctirriculum of the program concentrates
in the following ar-
•
Curricultim and Instructional Design
lum and
— systems approach, curricu-
instructional materials, psychology of learning
and screen
de-
sign
•
Instructional
Computing
— computing
literacy, programming
and
authoring, computer-assisted instruction, computer-based interactive
Those who wish to become instructional technology resource spe-
cialists in private, public,
The program curriculum includes study
eas:
sector of business, industry-, non-profit institutions, or government.
•
instruction, and then apply these principles in course
video,
•
on the application of
the computer and other emerging technologies to education and
scripts
train-
•
ing, with the emphasis directed towards the design, development, pro-
gies
duction, and evaluation of computer-based interactive multimedia
•
computer
grapliics
Video Production and Post-Production
—
equipment, aesthetics,
and editing
Technology
— past and current technologies, emerging technolo-
and networking
Human
Resource Development
—
teamwork, interpersonal com-
courseware. Master's candidates have the opportunity to experience a
munication, orgai-iizational psy chology; project management and orga-
variety of state-of-the-art interactive technology configurations through
nization training
Bloomsburg University
Page 31
Admission
ate
For Instructional Technology, standardized tests such as the Gradu-
Faculty Research Interests
Record Examination (GRE) and the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) are
Harold
not required for admission, but are required for candidacy.
Persons
who desire graduate
intend to earn a master's degree
level university instruction
but do not
Bailey, Ph.D., professor.
interactive video, project
may be admitted as non-degree students
Timothy
L. Phillips,
No more than 12 semester hours
may be later applied toward a master's
Nancy
Special admission requirements for the
E. Thornton,
Ph.D., assistant professor Instructional
educational evaluation, cognitive psychology
MSIT program include the
June
L.
Trudnak, Ph.D., professor mathematics education,
following:
•
Three
•
A
1-
instructional design,
interview with one or
letters of
to 2-page
computing and
design, appreciation of learning theory to instruction,
degree except by special permission.
A personal
management
Ph.D., assistant professor Instructional
authoring tools
dergraduate college or university.
•
Instructional design,
design, interactive graphics, instructional
provided that they provide proof of graduation from an accredited un-
earned as a non-degree student
J.
computer-based instruction, interactive technologies,
more of the MSIT
faculty.
computer programming and design
of hypermedia applications
recommendation.
paper describing the applicant "s
interest in instruc-
tional technology.
•
A minimal TOEFL score
of 570 for international students.
Graduation
Persons
who
hold a bachelor's degree in any discipline from an ac-
credited college or university
may become degree
candidates and pro-
ceed to the master's degree by completing a minimum of 33 semester
hours of coursework including either an internship or master's
All
thesis..
courses are 3 semester hours imless otherwise indicated.
Required Courses (18 semester hours)
57.550
Instructional Design
57. 551
Advanced
57.570
Introduction to Interactive Technologies
57.573
Authoring Systems
57. 575
Managing Multimedia Projects
27.5 1
TV Production and Design (summer)
One
1
spring)
(fall,
Instructional Design
1 (fall,
(fall,
spring)
(fall,
summer)
spring)
(fall,
spring)
course from the following:
25.445
Organizational Communication (spring)
25.585
Communication Interviewing Techniques
25.586
Communication Training
25.587
Conflict and Communication: Small
48.453
Organizational Psychology (spring)
93 -566
Organizational Behavior (summer)
93. 583
Human Resource Development (fall)
Elective Covirses
Select three courses
in the Organization
(6 semester hours
Group Discussion
minimum)
from the following:
summer)
57.560
Interactive Graphics
57.572
Designing Multimedia with HyperCard
57.574
Authoring Systems
09.580-589
(fall,
II (fall,
summer)
SpecialTopics
Final Requirement
(one course)
57.590
Graduate Internsliips (3 credits)
57.599
Graduate Thesis (6 credits)
(fall,
summer)
Graduate Studies Catalog
Master
of
Page 32
Science
Faculty Research Interests
M. Christine Alichne,
Nursing
R.N., Ph.D., professor. Professional
socialization of nursing students, relationship between
and personal values, predictors of success
cardiopulmonary nursing, advanced nursing
practice and community/university nursing centers.
Mary A. Gavaghan, R.N., Ed.D., associate professor. Causal
interpersonal
in nursing,
Program Coordinator:
Patricia A. Torseila,
D.N.Sc, R.N., C.S.
attributions, coping,
and needs of cancer patients;
and psychosocial
practices of breast self-examination
(717) 389-4419
factors as possible determinants of breast cancer
prebioptically; and information desired
The
goals of this
advanced
program are
clinical practice to:
Use advanced knowledge,
1)
in the
by patients
undergoing lymphangiography.
Annette Gunderman, R.N., M.S.N. associate professor Adult
continuing education, women's health, adult health and
to assist students in selected areas of
,
critical
thinking and communication
illness.
competent use of nursing process, therapeutic interventions and
Nancy A. Onuschak,
technology to provide nursing services designed to promote, restore and
maintain health and
the progress of a diverse client population
facilitate
and psychiatric and mental health nursing
Employ the multifaceted roles of practitioner, educator, researcher,
care and
Patricia A. Torseila, R.N.,
care services designed to impact the delivery of health
promote attainment of client
growth and professional
postmyocardial infarction patients regarding transfer
setting, educator perception and use ofpattern recogni-
Synthesize advanced knowledge of nursing and related disciplines
Demonstrate advanced competence
professor
Dorette Welk, R.N., Ph.D., professor Attitudes in
tion principles in baccalaureate nursing programs,
to improve the practice of professional nursing.
•
C.S., assistant
and elderly.
enhance personal
role development.
Graduates of this program:
•
D.N.Sc,
Mentoring: analysis of the concept for nursing education,
community health nursing, and nursing education topics
goals.
3) Participate in learning activities designed to
research
topics
leader/manager in accord with ANA standards, to coordinate and expand
upon nursing
of
benefit analysis of clinical education in B.S.N, students,
toward a goal of optimal wellness.
2)
R.N., D.Ed., professor Perception
factors affecting quality of therapeutic nursing care, cost-
and
general
in using nursing
process to
formulate clinical decisions designed to promote, restore and maintain
health and attain client goals.
•
Use advanced knowledge, critical thinking and communication
the competent use of therapeutic interventions and technology to
sist
in
as-
diverse clients in a variety of settings to attain an optimal level of
•
vanced practice of professional nursing and provide the foundation
education
wellness.
Collaborate with clients, support systems and other providers
who
at
the doctoral level.
quired in each of these two specialty areas for graduation. The master's
influence the health care environment to coordinate services designed
degree program
to improve the quality of health care, provide for continuity of care
Community Health Option
assist
•
and
the client to effectively interface with the health care system.
Validate, use
and extend research
to
improve the quality of profes-
sional nursing practice.
•
•
identified
needs of
and other designated populations.
skills
to impact the deliv-
Serve as consultants for clients and other consultees to
change
•
in social
and
political action
designed to effect change in
in role
development.
specialty' areas in
The main focus
is
clinical special-
on preparing the
community
promote and improve community health care. Students develop
competence in their multifaceted role as a clinical specialist and use their
solving and
communication to promote change
in the
in the
community. As
competent use of the
nurs-
ing process to diagnose the health problems of special populations,
facilitate
the progress toward the goal of optimal
wellness within the community environment, and to impact the
deliv-
ery of health care in the community. As advanced practitioners, they
Bloomsburg Universit)' offers a Master of Science
with
Nursing.
munity health nursing, working with special populations and commu-
design programs to
Operationalize personal and professional goals designed to enhance
growth
designed to prepare the graduate as a
Community Health
advanced practitioners, they engage
policies that affect health care.
•
is
accredited by the National League for Nursing.
advanced knowledge, responsible decision-making, irmovative problemfacilitate
for positive growth.
Engage
in
nities to
Employ leader/manager knowledge and
ery of health care and promote attainment of client goals.
•
This option
ist
is
graduate to assume a leadership /management role in the area of com-
Develop teaching plans designed to meet the
clients
for
A minimum of 39 semester hours is re-
health,
in
Nursing (M.S.N.)
and adult health and
illness.
The programs of study prepare graduates as clinical specialists in the ad-
serve as consultants and engage in social, ethical and political actions to
influence and initiate change in health care policy in order to promote
the health of communities.
Bloomsburg University
Adult Health and Illness Option
This option
is
illness.
mission for candidacy.
designed to prepare graduates to assume a leadership/
manager position
as a clinical specialist in the area of adult health
and
Through the development of competence
in their multifaceted
engage
in responsible deci-
role as a clinical nurse specialist, students
Following a preliminary review of admission materials, qualified
dents are invited for personal interviews with
members
be considered on an individual
basis.
Applicants
may request a prelimi-
nary interview with the program coordinator for
dent practice designed to meet the changing health needs of a specific
applicants
advanced knowledge,
critical
thinldng
and communication skills in the competent use of therapeutic interven-
and technology to
tions
assist
political actions are
emphasized to
initiate
and
affect
change regarding the development of health care policy and
effect
on health care
its
delivery for a targeted adult population
Students may select either full-time or part-time study depending upon
evening in order to
Classes are scheduled in late afternoon and
sional
facilitate
These
such time as
skills
equivalent to a sound baccalaureate nursing base.
Retention
In addition to meeting the general retention requirements for the
who
School of Graduate Studies, students in the M.S.N, program
been admitted
have
must maintain a minimal Q.PA. of 3 0, receive a minimum grade of B in advanced clinical courses, and complete
to candidacy
the program within six calendar years. Failure to meet these require-
FuU-Time or Part-Time Study
their individual needs.
clarification.
a provisional basis until
completed to ensure knowledge and
identified prerequisites are
others to impact the delivery of health care for a specific adult popula-
and
may be admitted on
the adult client in attaining wellness. As
advanced practitioners, the students serve as a consultant for clients and
tion. Social, ethical
stu-
of the faculty.
Applicants who do not meet the identified admission requirements will
sion-making, innovative problem-solving, and independent/interdepen-
adult population. Students use
Page 33
progression in either type of study. Profes-
ments
will result in the student
being transferred to non-degree status
(Category 510).
Candidacy
Nurse Traineeship Grants from the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services are avaOable for full-time
Requirements for candidacy are the same as those for the School of
study on a competitive basis.
Graduate Studies. Requests for admission to candidacy are submitted
Graduate assistantships are also available to students in the program.
to the option adviser
Preceptors
In the clinical courses in each specialty area, students have the op-
portunity to
work with
a preceptor
works with the
sistant Vice President for
faculty adviser to select the preceptors based
program and the individual student's
upon the
Students are placed in major medical and health care centers in Pennsylvania as well as
with the National
munity agencies
in a variety of settings
Graduation
Required Core Courses (18 semester hours)
Institutes of Health
where
(NIH) and com-
holistic health care
is
82.500
Applied
82.501
Role Theory and Development in Nursing Practice
82.502
Conceptual Role Models
such as hospice care and other specialized health practices.
is
made
jointly
by the
faculty adviser
Statistics for
Health Professionals
82.503
Nursing Research
82 505
Physical Assessments for Advanced Nursing Practice
82.550
Nursing Research
.
delivered,
by the As-
goals.
Placements
The selection
for approval
Graduate Studies and Research.
who is a master's prepared clinical
nurse specialist in the area of the student's specialization. The student
Clinical
and subsequently are reviewed and recommended
by the Nursing Departmental Graduate Council
I
II
and the individual
student.
Clinical Specialization Courses (15 semester hours)
Admission
82.504
•
Document
a bachelor's degree
with a major
82.506
gram accredited by the National League
Q.PA. of
statistics,
3.0,
in nursing
for Nursing,
an vindergraduate
research,
and health assessment
Be licensed to practice nursing
(as either integrated content
in the
United
Submit three
•
Submit a narrative detailing personal and professional goals for
recommendation;
Have completed a minimum of one-year postbaccalaureate
practice in the applicant's
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
82 53 1
Community Health Nursing
82.532
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
.
I
II
n
Elective Courses (6 semester hours)
Graduate-level courses to
fulfill
elective requirements will
clinical
chosen area of clinical specialty prior to
ad-
be chosen
clinical
option
requirements, and role development of a clinical nurse specialist. Electives
graduate education;
•
82.512
by the student and an adviser based on career needs,
•
letters of professional
(Community Health Option)
Community Health Nursing I
.
States;
Have received a minimal composite score of 1 ,200 on the GraduRecord Examination (GRE);
•
ate
82 5 1 1
in
or as a separate course);
•
Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles for Contemporary
Practice
from a pro-
and successful completion of undergraduate courses
for Nursing Practice (Adult Health
Option)
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, applicants must:
Advanced Physiology
may be
selected from graduate coiu-ses in psychology, sociology,
political science, business,
nication, education,
nursing electives
communication
disorders,
speech commu-
and nursing. The following courses are considered
when
not required for the clinical option:
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 34
course
Advanced
82.504
Physiolog>' for Nursing Practice
is
presented in a seminar format with an open forum defense of
the proposal, serving as a comprehensive examination.
Epidemiology': Concepts and Principles for Contemporary'
82.506
Clinical Policies
Nursing Practice
Management and Organizational Behavior
82.5 1 3
82.533
in Advanced Nurs-
Prior to enrolling in advanced clinical courses, graduate students
ing Practice
be candidates for the degree. As
Management and Organizational Behavior in Health Care De-
with agencies serving as
liver)-
clinical
practicum
must have the following documentation on
System
Nursing prior to participating
Projection of Part-Time Course Sequence
First
set forth in the contractual
Year
Fall
82.501 Role Theory and Development in Nursing Practice
Spring
82.502 Conceptual Models in Nursing
Summer 82.503 Nursing
82 500 Applied
Research
Health Professionals
in the clinical
graduate students
with the Department of
component:
•
verification of current cardiopulmonary' resuscitation certification;
•
verification of current professional liability insurance for a
minimum
of $300,000;
•
a comprehensive health examination;
•
verification of current Pennsylvania R.N. licensure;
•
a current resume.
I
Statistics for
.
sites, all
file
Clinical Sites
and Preceptors
Second Year
Lehigh Valley Hospital, Allentown, Pa.
82 504 Advanced Physiology for Nursing Practice
Fall
.
Patricia
-OR- Oective
Spring
Summer
Campbell, M.S.N., R.N.
Linda Petrine, M.S.N., R.N.
82.505 Physical Assessment for Advanced Nursing Practice
-OR
-
Elective
Berwick Hospital Center Home Health Care
82. 506 Epidemiology; Concepts
and Principles for Contempo-
rary Nursing Practice
Services,
Berwick, Pa.
Marilyn Gibbons, M.S.N., R.N.
-OR- Elective(s)
Berwick Hospital Center, Berwick, Pa.
Carolyn Martin-Shaw, M.S.N., R.N.
Tfjird Year
Community Health Nursing
82.5 11
Fall
Christine
I
Zimmerman,
M.S.N., R.N.
-OR-
82.512 Adult Health and
Illness
Nursing
Carlisle Hospital, Carlisle, Pa.
I
Susan Walsh, M.S.N., R.N.
Spring
82.531
Community Health Nursing
II
-OR-
Columbia-Montour Home Health/Visiting Nurse Assoc.
82.532 Adult Health and
Illness
Nursing
n
Laureen Comstock, M.S.N., R.N.
Jane
Gittler, M.S.N.,
R.N.
Fourth Year
FaU
82.550 Nursing Research
Hahnemann
n
University, Philadelphia, Pa.
Private practice associated with Lycoming
Optional Spring: 82.590 Thesis
Projection of a full-time sequence of courses
is
possible over a two-
Maternal and Family Health
Research
OB and GYN
Associates, Nurse-Midwifery Service, Williamsport, Pa.
Rosalie F Kaleda. M.S.N., R.N..
year calendar.
CN R
Services, Inc., Wilkes-Barre,Pa.
Cheryl FuUer, M.S.N., R.N., C.N.R
Students have the opportunity to
and preceptors
extend research
in all
which
is
collaboratively with faculty
They
also validate, utilize,
and
coursework and through the development of a
research proposal, which
sis,
work
in research endeavors.
is
required for graduation, or tlirough a the-
The second research
course. Nursing Research
II,
S.
Hershey Medical Center of The Pennsylvania
State University, Hershey, Pa.
Mary Kathryn Reeves-Hoche,
edge drawn from core and clinical coursework to expand on the research
in
Nursing Research
I.
M.A., M.S., R.N.
M.S.N., R.N.
serves as the cul-
minating experience in the program. The students synthesize knowl-
prospectus developed
The Milton
Wendy Wilkinson,
optional.
In developing a
compre-
National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and
Human Services, Bethesda, Md.
Diane Tompkins, M.S.N., R.N.
hensive research proposal, students conduct an extensive review and
Polyclinic Medical Center; Harrisburg, Pa.
critique of relevant literature, formulate a conceptual or theoretical frame-
work and select an appropriate
research design and methodology.
The
must
agreements
Trish Bennett, M.S.N., R.N.
Linda Bennett, M.S.N., R.N.
Bloomsburg University
Sandra Christensen, M.S.N. R.N.
Melanie Duffy, M.S.N. R.N.
Joanne Ferrari, M.S.N. R.N.
Linda Haldeman, M.S.N., R.N.
University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pa.
,
Page 35
,
,
Susan Hamilton, M.S.N., R.N.
Ann Meyers,
Professional Home Health Care Agency (Affiliate of Polyclinic
Medical Center)
M.S.N., R.N.
Terri Williams, M.S.N. R.N.
,
Pat Cassel, M.S.N. R.N., C.R.N.P
,
Presbyterian Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pa.
CyntiaTyger, M.B.A., R.N., C.N.A.A.
Barbara Gleeson, M.S.N. R.N.
,
The Nurse's Center, Bloomsburg, Pa.
Deborah Traugh, M.S.N., R.N., C.N.R
Sandra Hicks, M.S.N. R.N.
,
Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Louise Guszick, M.S., R.N., C.R.N.P
Student Health Center, Bloomsburg University, Bloomsburg,
Harrisburg Hospital, Harrisburg, Pa.
Cindy Harris, M.S.N., R.N., C.R.N.P
Pa.
Master of Science
•
2.8,
Special Education/
Exceptionalities
An undergraduate
cumulative Q.PA. of
2.8.
the student will be admitted as provisional,
nated after completion of 1 2 to
3-0 or better
is
earned.
1
If
5 semester hours in
No Cs may be
average
below
is
which must be
elimi-
which a Q.PA. of
earned during a probationary
period.
Retention
Program Coordinator:
Carroll J.
Redfern, Ed.D.
A Q.PA.
of two Cs
(717) 389-4119
is
of 3.0
is
A maximum
required for retention in the program.
permissible.
If
a
C
is
earned
in a
practicum course, it must
be repeated with a grade of B or better within
a time
frame determined
by the area of concentration.
This program provides an opportunity for individuals to pursue two
different master's programs.
for those
who
A Master of Science in Special Education is
hold certification in special education.
It is
intended to
improve the competence of the student's work for further graduate work
in the field of special education.
gram
is
The Masters of
Exceptionalities pro-
who are not currently working in the special
who wish to expand their knowledge and develop
for professionals
education
field,
but
Graduation
Students seeking the M.S. in Special Education must complete a mini-
mum of 30
may opt
semester hours with a cumulative Q.PA. of 3
0.
Students
to complete a thesis or a departmental paper, or take
tional semester
hours
6
addi-
— yielding a total of 36 semester hours — in place
of the thesis or departmental paper
new skills for working with the exceptional person. Certification in Special Education may also be pursued through the Masters of
Master of Science in Special Education
Exceptionalities program.
Graduation requirementsChoice A: Thesis option
24 hours
course work plus six credits for thesis. Choice B: Department paper
option
Applicants seeking admission to the master's degree program in spe-
education must
satisfy
the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies. The following additional criteria are also
A one-page, handwritten letter of intent
•
•
•
•
— 30 hours of course work plus department paper
— 36 hours course work.
Choice C:
Core requirements (9 credits)
70.565
Reading and Interpreting Research in Special Education
OR
stating professional back-
ground, experience, and rationale for wanting to be admitted to a specific
certificate
Course work option
required:
•
and
—
Admission
cial
Prerequisite: B.S. in Special Education
79. 591
Research in Education
70.575
Seminar
70.591
Practicum in Special Education
in
Current Issues in Special Education
department;
Two
letters of
recommendation;
Resume;
An interview with the program
Free Electives (a
coordinator;
Graduate Record Examination; and
minimum
of 12 credits must be taken in special
education. Note: one graduate methods course
is
recommended
previous methods course has not been taken in the lastfive years).
if
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 36
70.501
Administration and Supervision in Education of Exceptional
Individuals
Faculty Research Interests
70.502
Mental Retardation
Arthur
"0.506
Introduction, to Early Intervention
70.522
Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for Special Needs
Mary
B. Hill. Ph.D.,
professor Special education research
and
technology
Students
Kenneth R Hunt, Ph.D.. professor Behavior disorders, applied
behavior analysis, behavior management
Needs
70.526
Transition for Individuals with Special
70.533
Language Arts for Students with Special Needs
70.534
Learning Disabilities
70.544
CrowelJ Jr, Ph.D., associate professor Mental
R.
retardation, learning disabilities, administration.
assessment, inclusive practices
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
(recommended
Dove Jones, Ed.D., assistant professor Early childhood,
Sheila
Michael
if
previous assessment course older than five
J.
Karpinski, Ph.D., assistant professor
Exceptionalities, vocational education, transition
years)
Ann
70.547
Technology for Exceptional Individuals
70.550
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
Disabilities (Elementar)')
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
70.556
The MentaUy Gifted
70. 562
Issues of Individuals with Physical Disabilities
70.5"'0
Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.572
Seminar
Disabilities (Secondary')
in
Individuals
Master's Research Paper
72.572
Augmentative Communication
74.490
Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered Individu-
74.501
J.
Redfem,
Ed.D., professor
mental retardation, supervision
Joseph M.Youshock, Ed.D., professor Exceptionalities,
vocational education, transition, curriculum development
on secondary levels
Behavior Disorders
Special Workshop
70.599
als
Carroll
Exceptionalities,
70.551
70.596/597/598
Lee, Ed.D., associate professor Inclusion, early
L.
childhood, language arts
*70.522
Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for Special Needs
*70.526
Transition for Individuals with Special
*70.533
Language Arts
*70.534
Learning Disabilities
Students
for Students
and Their Families
Introduction to Sign Language
Needs
with Special Needs
With adviser approval you may also choose additional elective gradu-
*70.544
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
such as reading, early childhood, curricu-
*70.550
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
ate courses in related fields
lum and foundations, psychology', and
sociology.
Disabilities
*70.551
Master of Science in Exceptionalities
Graduation requirements
course work plus six credits for
thesis.
Teaching Methods for Individuals with Mild and Moderate
Disabilities
— Choice A:Thesis option — 24 hours
Choice
B:
Department paper
— 30 hours of course work plus department paper
Course work option — 36 hours course work.
option
(Elementary)
(Secondary)
*70.562
Issues of Individuals with Physical Disabilities
*70.570
Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.501
Administration and Supervision of Education for Exceptional
Choice C:
One Graduate Reading Course
Core requirements (9 credits)
Individuals
70.5 16
Psy chology of Exceptional Individuals
70.556
The Mentally Gifted
70.565
Reading and Interpreting Research in Special Education
70.572
Seminar in Behavior Disorders
OR
72.572
Augmentative Communication
"'4.490
Counseling Needs of Communicatively Disordered Individit
79. 591
Research
70.575
Seminar in Current Issues in Special Education
in
Education
als
74. 50 1
Free electives (a
minimum
of 12 credits must be taken in special
education. Note: for certification to teach the mentally/plyysically
handicapped,
all starred
courses or their equivalent must be taken.)
Introduction to Sign Language
70.591
Special Workshop
Master's Research Paper
Practicum in Special Education or student teaching, depending
70.501
and Their Families
70.596/597/598
70.599
Individual
on student background
Administration and Supervision of Education for Exceptional
Individuals
With adviser approvalyou may also choose additional elective gradu-
*70.502
Mental Retardation
ate courses in related fields
*70.506
Introduction to Early Intervention
lum and foundations, psychology, and sociology.
such
as reading, early childhood, curricu-
Bloomsburg University
Master
of
Science
Page 37
Faculty Research interests
Dianne H.Angelo, Ph.D., associate professor
methods, augmentative communication
Speech Pathology
Ronald
Program Coordinator: G. Donald
Miller,
R.
Champoux,
Clinic, clinical
Neurogenic disorders
Ph.D., professor
of speech and language, orofacial disorders of speech,
Ph.D.
clinic
Robert
(717) 389-4436
J.
Lowe, Ph.D., associate professor Phonology,
phonetics, speech science, clinic
M.Weitz, Ph.D., assistant professor
Julia
Normal language,
language disorders in children
The graduate program
clinical practice
in
speech pathology prepares students
with a variety of communication disorders and
variety of clinical settings.
The program
is
heavily based
on
extemship practicum
Retention
clinical ex-
perience both in our in-house clinic and culminating with a
ter of
for
in a
full
semes-
in a clinic, hospital, or school setting.
Graduate students must maintain a Q.PA. of 3-0 with a
two Cs throughout the graduate program.
must make application
school, students
ter they
a grade of C
maximum of
is
earned in a
course must be repeated. To progress in graduate
clinic course, the
Admission
If
for admission to candidacy
af-
have completed 12 to 15 semester hours of coursework.
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the
School of Graduate Studies, applicants for the master 's degree program
in
Graduation
speech pathology must meet the following specifications:
The graduate program
•Applicants are required to submit a one-page, typed letter detailing
their professional
background, experience, and rationale for wanting to
be admitted to the program
in
speech pathology.
from references
who
rience
is
have knowledge of their academic and
speech pathology consists of a minimum
considered necessary and inseparable from the existing course
sequence.
•Applicants are required to submit three letters of recommendation
in
of 42 semester hours with most courses being required. Clinical expe-
It
becomes an important
step in the development of a
com-
petent clinician, linking the classroom and textbook information with
clinical
clinical
experience, certification, and eventual employment in the
field.
background. This information must include the name, address, position,
Required Courses
and telephone number of each reference.
72.550
Adult Aphasia
minimum Q.PA.
72.552
Preschool Language Disorders
an area other than communication
72.554
Stuttering
72.556
Phonology
•Applicants must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited
tution with a major in
of 2.8. Applicants
communication disorders and
whose major is
in
a
insti-
disorders will be required to satisfactorily complete certain academic
and practicum deficiencies. These
will
be prescribed by faculty follow-
ing analysis of the individual's transcript.
•A minimum combined score of 1 ,450 on the verbal, quantitative and
analytical subtests of the
all
applicants.
Graduate Record Examination
is
required of
72.558
Clinic
72.560
Voice Disorders
72.562
Language Disorders of School-aged Children
72.565
Speech Disorders
72.566
Clinic
II
72.576
Clinic
III
72.580
Communication Disorders of theTraumatically Head Injured
72.582
Research in Speech and Language Pathology
72.584-.586
I
Field
in Adults
Experience
I
and Children
&U
Elective Courses
72.530
Fundamentals of Audiology
72.568
Speech Habilitation
72.570
Adult
72.572
Augmentative Communication
72.574
Seminar in Communication Disorders
72.590
Independent Study and Research
II
-
in the Schools
Secondary Language Disorders
72.591
Independent Study and Research
72.592
in Audiology
and/or Speech Pathology
72.593
Workshop
Workshop
in Audiology
and/or Speech Pathology
72 594
Workshop
in Audiology
and/or Speech Pathology
72.599
Master's Thesis
.
.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 38
Curriculum and Instruction (N, K-12)
Social Studies
30 semester hours
Special Education
21 semester hours
Prerequisites for Admission
Supervisory Certificate
•
Certification in the area for
which supervisory
certification
is
sought.
Programs
•
for
At least five years of satisfactory teaching experience in the field
certification is sought. (Valid certificate in the field is
which
required)
Program Coordinator: John
R.
Hranitz, Ed.D.
Program Requirements
A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate-level courses from the
(717) 389-4030
following areas:
Management and
The Supervisor of Curriculum and
Instruction Certificate Programs
Principles
administration
and practices
include the supervisor of curriculum and instruction certificate and the
School law and fmance
supervisory (N, K-12) certificate programs designed for supervisors in
Group dynamics
an area of specialization. Thes are designed for individuals seeking certification
with district-wide responsibilities that includes designing, co-
ordinating, improving, evaluating,
and extending instruction from
N to
in
school supervision
Research techniques
Curriculum development
Practicum
— field experience
12.
Admission
•Candidates must provide proof of a valid Pennsylvania teaching
Cooperative Doctoral Program
certificate.
•Candidates must provide evidence of at
ton' teaching experience. (Experience
an intern certificate
is
least five years
on an emergency
of
satisfac-
certificate or
not acceptable.)
combines the resources of both
minimum
of 36 semester hours
at
the
The program includes
graduate level from seven areas of competency.
•Curriculum and instruction
— theory, design, and development
•Curriculum and early childhood, elementary, middle, and secondary'
offers a Doctorate of Education in cooperation
is
a
cooperative doctoral program in elementar)' education that
Program Requirements
Candidates must complete a
Bloomsburg
with Indiana University of Pennsylvania (TUP). This
education
•Research
institutions.
areas of concentration
•
curriculum and supervision;
•
administration;
•
reading;
•
early childhood education;
•
educational psychology; and
•
special education.
•Supervision, management, and administration
in:
•Group dynamics
•School law and fmance
•Practicum
— field experience
Students take courses
at
both Bloomsburg and lUP and the
doctoral committee guiding the dissertation consists of faculty'
Supervisory (N, K-12)
This program
is
from both
designed for the person with primary responsibility
supervising and directing the activities of professional and non-professional
employees
in given fields.
If
institutions.
you are interested
in this doctoral
S.
Bloomsburg
Bloomsburg, PA
University,
degree program, you
O'Bruba or John
should contact William
1
R. Hranitz at
78 1 5
Areas of Specialization
Curriculum and Instruction
Early
Childhood Education
36 semester hours
30 semester hours
Elementary Education
30 semester hours
Reading
30 semester hours
School Health Service
30 semester hours
Secondary Education
30 semester hours
Communication
30 semester hours
Foreign Languages
30 semester hours
Mathematics
30 semester hours
Science
30 semester hours
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary courses are planned
by more than one
department or program. The courses are sometimes taught by
teams of faculty members. Students should consult with their
advisers to determine the appropriateness of these courses for
their particular degree programs.
Bloomsburg University
Page 39
Course Descriptions
Course Codes
Graduate Courses
Code
Field of Study
91.
Accounting
40
46.
Anthropology
40
30.
Art
40
31.
Art History
40
32.
Art Studio
41
72.
Audiology/Speech Pathology
50.
Biology
43
90.
Business Education
45
23.
Communication
45
25.
Communication Studies
45
40.
Economics
45
60.
Educational Foundations
46
62.
Elementary and Early Childhood
...42
Education
47
96.
Finance
48
05.
Health and Physical Education .48
80.
Health Sciences
48
42.
History
48
92.
Information Processing
57.
Instructional
09,
Interdisciplinary Studies
49
98.
Law and
50
93.
IVIanagement
50
55.
Marine Science
50
97.
Marketing
51
27.
Mass Communications
51
53.
Technology
Legal Elements
49
49
Mathematics and Computer
Science
51
82.
Nursing
45
94.
Office
54.
Physics
44.
Political
79.
Professional Studies
48.
Psychology
54
63.
Reading
54
65.
Secondary Education
55
45.
Sociology
55
70.
Special Education
56
74.
Studies
Systems
53
53
Science
in
Hearing Loss
53
54
57
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 40
91.551
shown
Note: Semester hours
parentheses
after
prerequisites,
if
indicated at the
course
in
any, are
91.552
An
Controllership Accounting
(3)
integrating course dealing with
administrative problems of the accounting
function; internal control system design and
maintenance; relations with audit committee,
CPA firm, and regulatory agencies pertaining
to internal and external reporting.
each
course discription
Accounting (Code 91)
Financial Accounting
(3)
Emphasis on asset valuation, income
determination, and financial accounting
principles, with selected topics from the cash
flow statements and interpretation of financial
Special Topics
Advanced Financial Accounting
Advanced
problems
This course addresses a variety of topics in
accounting and allows the instructor to focus
profession.
accounting, and selected topics
dealing with government units and nonprofit
service organizations. Selected reference to
professional literature and uniform CPA
fiduciar)
examination problems. Prerequisite: 91-
Government & Fund Accounting
"iOl
(3)
Accounting principles and practices of
governments and nonprofit institutions.
Comparisons between accounting principles
and practices which apph' to governments
and nonprofit institutions and those which are
generally accepted in business.
91.521
Students should contact the
46.440
concepts and practical procedures of reporting
Special emphasis
is
management.
placed upon the use of
budgetan control and budget analysis; the use
of standard costs; the relevance of
management's costs and profit responsibilit)
reports; and the importance of capital
expenditure planning and control.
91.522
Advanced Auditing Theory
(3)
In-depth examination of the audit process,
including compliance with GAAS, ethical
considerations.
anah ses,
EDP auditing,
as well as current
use of statistical
problems facing
the auditing profession.
91.523
Advanced Tax Accounting
(3)
91.524
Managerial Accounting
(3)
Language and Culture
discussed include: dialectal variation, discourse
analysis,
46.450
Peoples and Cultures
of
South
America
(3)
Surveys introduction to the aboriginal, nonliterate cultures of South America including
the ecological background, archaeology, and
cultural patterns.
students.
Readings and Research
in
American
Art History
Advanced study of the
(3)
history of visual art in
America.
31 .570
Readings and Research
European Art History
in
Early
(3)
31 .571
Readings and Research
European Art History
in
Later
(3)
Examines period from the early Renaissance
through French Impressionism.
31 .575
Readings and Research
in
Oriental
(3)
Advanced survey of Oriental Art in the broadest
sense of the word, the art, and architecture of
the ancient Near East, Japan, China, and India.
An introduction to both monuments and
cultural ideas. Exposes advanced students to
basic problems in chronology, style, and
research methodology.
History of Anthropological Thought
and Theory
(3)
Intensive survey of the leading
interpretation with special emphasis
on the
concept of culture and its practical application
to modem problems.
Art
30.590
Arts for Exceptional
(3)
Stresses importance of art activity' as a
means of
enriching and stimulating special children's
awareness of themselves and their world.
Emphasis
is
placed on those positive a.spects
child possesses.
World from the
Pharaonic Egyptian period through the
contemporary 20th century. Typical and
outstanding examples of each period are
discussed and researched. Imperative to an
architecture in the Western
architecture.
(3)
Children
(3)
Advanced survey of the evolution of
rationale for the creation of such an
Current Theories of Art and Art
Advanced Visual
in
understanding of the physical structures studied
an analysis of the type of society and the
(Code 30)
Education
Readings and Research
Architectural Art History
is
Focuses on current theories of art and art
education practiced in American schools with
an emphasis on eventual application. A research
paper or research project is required.
30.591
31 .580
methods and
theories of anthropological and ethnological
management decision making.
solving, case studies.
from the late 1 9th century to the present
with readings and research for advanced
art
Art History
for creative activity
problem
(3)
movements in
multilingualism, language, and
cognition and the role of language in education.
Introduction to the literature of accounting in
Theory,
(3)
evolution and contemporary' cultures. Topics
Presents an in-depth analysis of Federal and
Pennsylvania tax codes with particular
emphasis on corporations, estates, and trusts.
Readings and Research in
Contemporary Art History
Detailed study of contemptiran
Tlie place of oral or non-oral language in human
(3)
Provides a thorough understanding (jf the basic
cost information to business
(Code 31)
Research focu.ses on specific topics relating to
the periods from Pre-Historic to Gothic.
Anthropology (Code 46)
46.470
Advanced Cost Accounting
31 .560
instructor prior to enrollment.
statements, stockbroker's equit), partnerships,
91 503
(3-6)
on appropriate current topics in the accounting
(3)
consolidated
in
Master's Thesis
Art History
(3)
statements.
91.502
30.595
31 .565
91.599
91.501
(3)
title;
end
of
International Accounting
Addresses the global nature of accounting in
the current business environment.
which the handicapped
31 .585
Art
and Culture
of
France
(3)
Stud)'-t()ur of France with specific attention to
French Art seen in relation to its social and
cultural environment. Visits will be made to
places of artistic and cultural interest in and
around Paris and specific areas of France related
to the particular course of .study. Course also
offered through the School of Extended
Programs for ad\ anced students and members
of the community.
31 .592
Readings and Research
Visual Aesthetics
in
Advanced
(3)
Advanced stud\' of images and viable aesthetic
Bloomsburg University
positions in the plastic arts emphasizing artistic
visual statements in crafts. Individualized
and perceptual awareness and concern with
environmental relationships.
instruction and independent planning for each
31.595
Directed Study
Advanced study of
history.
History (3 or 6)
in Art
a topic in the area of art
Intensive review of the scholarly
literature in the field.
A paper is required under
the direction of a faculty adviser.
student
on
32.521
all
Advanced
Crafts
Individual concentration
II
(3)
on
specific
media
and related tecliniques. Intense involvement
with refined design schemes, systems, and
variations that are oriented toward an
increasingly more defined singular direction in
Art Studio
32.500
(Code 32)
Advanced Ceramics
Advanced Painting
IV
(3)
Mature fulfillment of personal expression.
Painting should reflect continuity of intent and
style. A selection of work is prepared for
exhibition and thesis.
Advanced Sculpture
32.550
(3)
I
Requires students to define in writing their
level of knowledge and philosophical direction,
crafts.
32.522
painting designed into architectural space.
32.543
four levels.
Page 41
Advanced
Crafts
III
(3)
Highly independent and mature involvement
with advanced concepts, methods, and
then prepare a plan of study that allows for a
direction of work. Students are responsible for
the completion of show quality pieces.
Advanced Sculpture
(3)
processes in a specific crafts direction. Students
32.551
Requires students to define in writing their
should begin to develop a thesis presentation
wliich should emerge from studio experiences,
independent research, and from a wide, highly
selective exposure to craft objects in museums,
Emphasis on student experimentation while
still being concerned with the concept form.
Focus on growth and development of more
I
level of knowledge and competency, then
prepare a plan of study that will allow for a
direction of work. Students are responsible for
making and
firing their
own work.
galleries,
and private
Advanced Ceramics
II
(3)
32.523
Advanced
Students intensify their study of selecting a
specialized problem relating to the experiences
gained in Advanced Ceramics
32.502
Advanced Ceramics
I.
III
(3)
Students continue to pursue an advanced and
Crafts IV
(3)
Continued involvement with advanced
concepts in crafts. Concentration on
completing final works for a one-man or a one-
woman
show.
A
definitive position
positive philosophical ideas.
Advanced Sculpture
facilitates
continuity in learning.
32.503
Advanced Ceramics
IV
(3)
Focuses on professional and philosophical
attitude reflected in students' work. Students
are required to have an exhibition of their
work.
Advanced Drawing
involvement of personal expression and
imagery.
32.511
Advanced Drawing
(3)
II
Emphasis on the development of individual
themes and projects.
32.512
Advanced Drawing
III
(3)
transition
from experimentations to a more
and aesthetic
reflect a significant
definite direction in technique
opinion.
Advanced Sculpture
32.553
be developed.
Students produce highly professional pieces
IV
(3)
of art while maintaining an awareness of their
32.530
Advanced Graphics
(3)
I
responsibility to society. This responsibility
Advanced level exploration of traditional and/
or experimental printmaking methods.
Emphasis on personalized imagery and
fulfilled
technical proficiency.
32.580
32.531
Advanced Graphics
(3)
II
Exploration of advanced level printmaking
including color and color registration
(3)
I
Explores advanced drawing techniques and
(3)
work should
reflecting a personal philosophy in crafts should
procedures.
32.510
III
Students'
paper
refined level ofstudy in the discipline of creating
an art object. A specialized problem relating to
the experiences gained in the first two levels
(3)
studios.
32.552
32.501
II
for a thesis.
Advanced Photography
(3)
I
Focuses on foundations of black and white
photography for the advanced student.
Emphasis on the technical controls of exposure
and printing, research on historical and
contemporary photographers and issues, and
active participation in class critiques
32.532
Advanced Graphics
(3)
III
Focuses on personalized forms for potential
expected to be
innovative and proficient in technology of
is
by an exhibition of each student work
and
lectures.
Advanced Photography
thesis statement. Students are
32.581
printmaking.
Students identify teclmical and conceptual
problems and goals which they will pursue
(3)
II
Concentration on the selected forms for a
during the course. "Written statement of
intentions, self-evaluation of work, and a final
portfolio required. Attendance at lectures and
unified thesis statement.
critiques
is
32.582
Advanced Photography
32.533
Advanced Graphics
IV
(3)
required.
Focuses on personal expression and imagery
for potential thesis statement
self-direction
32.540
and innovation.
Searches into purpose of painting with specific
Stresses proficiency in black
attention to traditional methods,
exposure and printing. Students design a
semester photographic project with a finished
—
32.513
Advanced Drawing
IV
(3)
Advanced Painting
(3)
I
i.e.,
glazing,
egg tempera, and imderpainting.
Concentration and production of drawings for
a unified thesis statement.
32.520
Advanced
I
(3)
Advanced
levels of experimentation with
contemporary idioms in crafts design. Emphasis
on highly professional concepts of form and
methods and on investigation and refinement
of techniques as a means of realizing significant
(3)
and white
and exhibition as final goals.
Continued class participation and development
portfolio
32.541
Advanced Painting
II
(3)
Exploration and different approaches of
Crafts
III
of technical
skills
expected.
painting for individual expression. Emphasis
on achieving
32.542
32.583
in representational painting.
Advanced Painting
III
(3)
Continued development into maturity of
individual style
with emphasis on mural
—
Advanced Photography
IV
(3)
Students write a statement outlining their thesis
work to be carried out during the course. A
final
thesis,
required.
exhibition, and portfolio are
Graduate Studies Catalog
32.595
Directed Study
in
Page 42
Studio Art
Continued development of
a
(3 or 6)
student's
involvement in a studio area after satisfactory
completion of four levels of advanced study in
that area or in a related area of relevance.
Consent of the instmctor and the department
chairperson are required.
Audiology/Speech Pathology
(Code 72)
72.500
problems
(3)
mechanisms. Covers etiology of hearing losses,
interpretation of audiometric evaluations, and
available rehabilitative procedures. Lab
experience in the administration of clinical
audiometric evaluation is provided.
Prerequisite: ''2.200. ^2.300.
in
in
Audiology: Industrial and
Public Health Audiology
(3)
Problems and programs ofhearing conservation
in public institutions and industries examined
with special emphasis on legislation and
medico-legal questions. Examines role and
function of the public health and industrial
72.516
Study of the electrophysiologic techniques
used to assess cochlear and retrocochlear
Review of theories and
clinical
evoked
responses,
and
Seminar in Audiology: Auditory
Problems in Children
(3)
Hearing Aids and Auditory Training
variety of clients.
72.530
Fundamentals
of
Audiology
concepts
in diagnostic
and
rehabilitative
72.532
procedures.
Emphasis on solving practical equipment
problems and understanding the operation of
equipment used in clinical practice and hearing
Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical
and Clinical Masking
(3)
implications of the audiological topics to each
of the fields of study listed above.
Instrumentation and Electronics:
Clinical
and Hearing Science
services.
adults.
72.520
of aphasia, neurological basis for aphasia,
symptomatology of aphasia, associated
Educational Audiology
(3)
72.550
Adult Aphasia
(3)
Studies language disorders in brain-injured
Areas of concentration include history
problems, intelligence and aphasia, evaluation
of language and nonlanguage functions, and
Examines the effects of hearing loss on speech
and language development, the use of
current rehabilitative procedures.
Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature in
amplification in the schools, and educational
72.552
and other rehabilitative
audiolog}' alternatives
and models.
measures available to individuals with serious
organic and nonorganic hearing problems.
Study, interpretation, and evaluation of modem
72.522
Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and
Practice
(3)
Habilitation/rehabilitation of the hearing
children.
72.506
impaired including auditor)' training, speech
reading, hearing aids, assistive listening devices,
72.554
Externship: Clinical Practicum in
(3)
I
Hearing losses and deafness affecting the
personal and socio-economic adjustment of
and treated through
supervised study and experience. Extemships
ma> be arranged in approved private and public
communication strategies, and counseling.
Emphasis on the sensory capabilities (audit on',
visual, tactile, and auditor>'-visual training) of
individuals evaluated
the hearing impaired with practiciun lab.
institutions.
72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528
Clinical Methods and Practicum
Audiology
72.508
Externship: Clinical Practicum in
Audiology
(3)
II
See course description for 72.506
72.510
Research
in
Audiology
(3)
Application of clinical and non-clinical research
literature to the solution of diagnostic
and
treatment problems encountered in the general
practice of audiology.
72.512
Seminar in Audiology: Special
Problems
Analysis, interpretation,
(3)
and study of selected
(3)
Emphasizes the Speech, Hearing, and Language
Clinic as an integral part ofthe teaching-training
program of the Department of Communication
Disorders. The clinic provides outpatient
diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons
of all ages with speech, hearing, and language
problems, including students, other members
of the university community, and residents of
the Bloomsburg area; ser\'es as an extension of
the classroom where students can apply and
study evaluational procedures, therapeutic
methods, techniques and materials, and the
classification and etiolog) of speech and hearing
(3)
Stuttering
(3)
Studies the development, diagnosis, and
treatment of stuttering disorders with equal
emphasis on academic understanding and
clinical management.
72.556
in
Preschool Language
Reviews normal language acquisition with
primary emphasis on the application of
developmental information to the diagnosis
and habilitation of language disorders in
instruments and tests included.
Audiology
(3)
Neurophysiological and acoustic basis of
problems of masking in auditor}' measurement
explored and training offered in clinical
masking procedures.
(3)
relation to educational
(3)
Designed for graduate students who are not
audiology majors such as, but not liinited to,
students in speech pathology education of the
in children discussed in
conjunction with appropriate habilitative
aspects of audiology in the educational setting.
72.504
in all
impairment
Deals with the diagnostic and rehabilitative
elect rocochleography.
experience
— diagnosis, therapy,
counseling, and report writing — with a wide
aspects of remediation
,
applications of vestibular tests, auditory
brainstem
and lecture information to actual
under the close supervision of
audiology. Attempts to relate the possible
72.518
(3)
relate text
clinical cases
Congenital and acquired hearing impairment
in children examined with special emphasis
on problems of differential diagnosis.
Educational and social implication of hearing
Audiometry and
Electronystagmography
disorders; gives students an opportunity to
hearing impaired, reading, nursing, or special
education. Presents a synopsis of the primary
Audiology:
Brainstem Evoked Response
function.
Seminar
audiologist.
iVIeasurement of Hearing Loss
Physiological Methods
and related disciplines
certified staff. Students gain
72.514
Studies anatomy and physiology of the hearing
72.502
in audiolog)'
may
include education, psychology',
otology, rehabilitation, and other fields.
that
Phonology
(3)
Examines language-based disorders of
articulation. Emphasis on identification,
description,
and remediation of phonological
disorders.
Discusses enerative and natural
phonological processes are discussed.
72.558
Clinic
(3)
I
Emphasizes the Speech, Hearing, and Language
Clinic as an integral part of the teacliing-training
program of the Department of Communication
Disorders. The clinic provides outpatient
diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons
of all ages with speech, hearing, and language
problems, including students, other members
of the imiversity community and residents of
,
Bloomsburg University
the Bloomsburg area; serves as an extension of
the classroom
72.574
where students can apply and
Seminar
in
Communication
Disorders
72.599
Page 43
Master's Thesis
(3)
(1-6)
Opportunity to employ accepted methods of
study evaluational procedures, therapeutic
Selected theoretical and clinical areas of
educational research in the solution or intensive
methods, techniques and materials, and the
classification and etiology of speech and hearing
disorders; gives students opportunity to relate
communication disorders and related
disciplines. Selected areas may include clinical
study of some problem area of interest or
concern. The problem area selected for the
research project must be related to Speech
Pathology/Audiology.
and lecture information to actual clinical
cases imder the close supervision of certified
and research topics pertaining to student needs.
text
staff.
Students gain experience in
all
—
—
aspects of
diagnosis, therapy, counseling,
remediation
with a wide variety of clients.
report writing
72.560
Voice Disorders
Studies diagnosis
functional
and
clinical
Clinic
III
(3)
See course description for 72.558.
72.580
Communication Disorders of the
Traumatically Head Injured
Biology (Code 50)
50.411
(3)
(3)
Studies the nature of traumatic head injuries,
management of
emphasizing assessment and treatment of
resultant cognito communication disorders.
and organic voice disorders.
Language Disorders
72.562
72.576
of
School Aged
Children
72.582
Research
in
Speech and Language
Pathology
(3)
(3)
Explores disorders of later language acqtiisition
Application of clinical and nonclinical research
and the interaction of language disorders with
academic achievement, especially in the
acquisition of literacy skills. Diagnostic
assessments and treatment approaches are
literature to the solution of treatment problems
developed.
Considers special clinical problems of clients
through advanced study and experience.
Extemships in approved institutions or schools.
Problem areas and student practicums must be
approved by a graduate adviser.
Disorders of Speech
72.565
in
Children and
Adults
(3)
Considers the neuromuscular and structural
disorders that may affect the speech process as
and
adult, cerebral palsy, cleft palate
dysarthrias.
72.566
72.586
Field Experiences
Field Experiences
(3)
I
(3)
II
(3)
See course description for 72.558.
72.568
See course description for 72.584.
Independent Study and Research
Permits students to
II
Speech Habilitation
in
work under
language pathology in a school setting as it
interacts with the other school-related
disciplines.
Emphasis
of communication
72.570
Adult
II
is
placed on
among the
facilitating
scheduled courses.
72.591
-Secondary Language
(3)
Independent Study and Research
(3)
72.592
Workshop in Audiology and/or
Speech Pathology
(3)
Temporary workshops/seminars designed to
focus on contemporary trends, topics and
problems in the fields of audiology or speech
pathology. Guest lecturers, resource speakers,
emphasis on disorders of right
team teaching, field experience and practium,
new media and technologies and related
tecliniques and methodologies are concepts
that might be incorporated into one of the
hemisphere
damage,
dementia,
and
Augmentative Communication
(3)
schizophrenia.
72.572
workshops/seminars.
Explores the field of augmentative
communication and nonspeaking persons.
72.593
Topics include candidacy issues, assessment,
vocabulary configuration, symbol selection,
and communication interaction training for
See course description for 72.592
language board and electronic device users.
Examines current research practices and
communication interaction patterns
of nonspeaking individuals.
studies in
instructor.
72.594
Microbial Genetics
(3)
Genetic analysis of microbes to provide insights
into the molecular basis of gene action using
viruses, bacteria,
and lower eukaryotes. Topics
include DNA and chromosome structure, gene
organization and expression,
genetic
recombination, plasmids, transposons, and
recombinant DNA. Three hours lecture/
seminar per week. Prerequisite: Consent of
the instructor or two of thefollowing courses
52.341 Biochemistry, 50.242 General
Microbiology, 50.332 Genetics.
Workshop in Audiology and/or
Speech Pathology
Workshop in Audiology and/or
Speech Pathology
See course description for 72.592
50.441
Cytogenetics
(3)
Describes the structure and behavior of
chromosomes and their effects on development
the effects of
Study of secondary disorders of language in
adults. Special
whole
50.232, 50.233, 53. Ml, or consent of the
and human genetic syndromes
See course description for 72.590.
disciplines.
Disorders
plants and animals from cells to
organisms; application of radiochemicals in
biological studies. Minimum of 4 hours per
week including laboratory. Prerequisite:
close faculty
guidance on library study of specified areas or
(3)
Examines the profession of speech and
on
—
(3)
on individual research projects when particular
needs cannot be met by registration in regularly
the Schools
nuclear structure; fundamental properties of
radiation; physical, chemical, and genetic effect
50.432
72.584
72.590
Clinic
(3)
encountered inspeechand language pathology.
an aerodynamic mechanism. Special emphasis
on the
Radiation Biology
Studies effects of radiation on living organisms;
(3)
chromosome
in reference to
abnormalities
on
phenotype. Explores relationship between
chromosomes, oncogenes and cancer.
Laboratory studies include microscopic
techniques, cell structure methods, and
karyotype preparation. Two hours lecture, 2
hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
50.332 or 50.333; or consent ofthe instructor.
50.455
Environmental Microbiology
(3)
Provides a practical application of knowledge
of microorganisms, their effects on our
environment, methods of control, sanitation
regulations, and testing procedures. Field trips
taken when practical. 1 hour lecture, 4 hours
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 50.341 or
consent of the instructor.
50.457
Entomology
(3)
Studies the physiology, morphology, behavior,
classification,
(3)
A
and general biology of the insects.
collecting period provides an opportunity
for students to collect,
display insects for study.
limited to order
and
mount, and properly
Taxonomic emphasis
family. Equivalent to 5
)
Graduate Studies Catalog
week
hours per
50.462
Plant
Page 44
including laboratory.
Anatomy
(3)
Outlines recent concepts of plant anatomy and
evolution. Laboratory sessions stress
comparative morphology of higher fungi,
laboratory techniques, and field mycology.
Two hours lecture/3 hours laboratory per week.
historical consideration of classical researchers.
Reviews structure, function, growth, and
morphogenesis of the vascular plants.
Addresses composition and growth of
meristems and the phenomena of subsequent
tissue differentiation to increase appreciation
of development events. Describes anatomical
organization by developmental and
comparative methods in order to explain
important cell, tissue, and organ relationships.
Two hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: 50. 120.
50.463
Biological Photographic Techniques
(3)
and
50.551
Conservation of Biological
(3)
Emphasis on the theory and practice of
environmental conservation of biological
resources and on applied ecology. Field trips
to observe practices of wildlife, forest, and soil
conservation. Five hours per week including
laboratory.
Limnology
50.552
(3)
Chemical and physical aspects of lakes, ponds,
and streams and the nature of their biota.
Laboratory and field investigations. Five hours
per week including laboratory.
Biology of the Lower Vertebrates (4
50.557
Study of
copying,
embracing
autoradiography, nature
work
photomicrography, thesis
other special techniques.
filmstrips,
in close-ups,
illustrations,
and
Two hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory per week. Additional
laboratory' hours may be required.
50.571
Endocrinology
(3)
system with respect to their development,
Resources
printmaking, gross specimen photography,
transparencies,
interviewing.
Studies the individual glands of the endocrine
Presents theor>' and practice of photography
as applied to biology- including negative
specimens, and methods of professional patient
amphibians, and reptiles
anatomy and physiology,
evolutionary history, zoogeography, and
behavior. Field and laboratory work includes
collection and identification of local fauna. Six
hours per
fishes,
their
week
morphology, function, regulation, and
significance in integrating physiological
higher vertebrates. Three hours
activities of
lecture per week.
50.572
Comparative Animal Physiology
(3)
Compares higlier vertebrate adaptations to
various environments with respect to
regulation of body fluid volume composition,
core temperature, and nitrogen metabolism.
Four hours per week.
50.573
Systemic Physiology
(4)
Examines how normal body function is
maintained by the precise control and
integration of the specialized activities of
various organ systems. Three hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory per week.
50.575
Cell Physiology
(3)
Applies physical and chemical principles to
including laboratory.
cellular processes, biochemistry of cellular
50.558
Fungal Ecology
(3)
constituents, physiochemical environment;
(3)
Provides a broad treatment of the ecology of
bio-energetics, intermediate metabolism. Three
Morphology, taxonomy, and geographical
distribution of vascular plants. Five hours per
fungi and an intensive examination of selected
hours lecture/discussion per week.
week including
bark, and forest litter, ecology of aquatic and
predaceous fungi, community structure of soil
and/or dung fungi, and aspects of mycorrhizal
symbioses. Laboratory stresses demonstration
Systematic Botany
50.521
50.530
laboratory.
Evolution
(3)
Studies the major concerns of the theory of
evolution and contributions toward their
made by
solutions
systematics,
genetics, paleontology,
and ecology. Three hours lecture
topics,
i.e.,
fungal decomposition of
wood,
of basic principles, testing existing and
formulating new hypotheses, and research
techniques, and has a field component.
per week.
50.559
Developmental Biology
50.531
(3)
Study of progressive changes or transformations
that occur during the existence of various
plants
and
animals.
Morphogenesis,
and genetics
differentiation, metabolism,
control are considered. Experimental studies
in the laboratory
from the
Ornithology
(3)
and
living cells
grown in
identification in the field
by song and
sight.
Studies birds of this region in relation to
migration, time of arrival, and nesting.
Two
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.
Off-campus study may be required.
50.561
Animal Behavior
Presents description and classification of animal
laboratory.
behavior,
its
evolution and biological function.
Emphasizes mechanisms underlying behavior,
Molecular Genetics
(3)
especially species-typical behavior. Three hours
Study of macromolecular complexes, protein
lecture, 2
hours laboratory per week.
gene regulation, and chromosome
structure with emphasis on the eukaryotes.
Three hours lecture/seminar per week.
50.570
Medical Parasitology
synthesis,
(3)
(3)
life history, physiology, taxonomy,
and morphology of parasites of medical
importance to humankind. Special attention
critical survey of the kingdom Fungi with
emphasis on the Ascomycota, Basidiomycota,
and Deuteromycota. Lectures cover
morphology, physiology, biochemistry,
cytology, genetics, systematics, ecology, and
given to clinical aspects such as pathology,
symptomology, diagnosis, prevention, and
treatment. Laboratory work stresses
identification of parasitic disease through living
and preserved material, proper handling of
50.550
A
Mycology
(3)
50.590
Critically
Current Topics
examines
in
Biology
(3)
a specialized topic in
Topic
each semester offered. May be repeated
once, provided that the topic is different.
Three hours of lecture/seminar per week.
biology in a lecture/seminar format.
varies
(3)
the laboratory. Four hours per week including
50.532
Neuromuscular Physiology
Examines normal physiology of the nervous
and skeletal muscular systems; specifically
studying cellular neurophysiology, muscle
contraction, sensory physiology, motor control
and their integration. Three hours lecture and
discussion per week. Background in
mammalian or systemic physiology,
biochemistry and anatomy recommended.
General biology of birds and the study of bird
use living material obtained
local region
50.576
Presents
50.591
Directed Study
An independent
in
Biology
investigation,
(3)
conducted
under the direction of a member of the
Department of Biological and Allied Health
Sciences, in an area of biology in which the
student has a particular interest. Student
encouraged to identify a problem, employ an
experimental design, and analyze collected
data.
Study of pertinent literature
50.592
Master
of Education
is
required.
Thesis
(6)
Independent research and the preparation of a
formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree of Master of
Education in Biology.
Bloomsburg University
Master
50.593
of
Science Tliesis
(6)
Communication and Communication
Independent research and the preparation of a
formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree of Master of
Education in Biology.
Studies (Code 23 and 25)
23.501
Nature of Communication
(3)
study of communication. Emphasizes
developing competencies in recognizing
philosophical assumptions, conceptual
elements, and adequacy of communication
Teacliing Strategies in Business
90.551
which
geared to involve
studentsintheassessment of their perfonnance
according to specific criteria. Emphasizes an
increasing degree of professionalism and
teacher competency in education today by
using specific criteria for judging a teacher's
effectiveness. Designed to develop teaching
strategies and to evaluate the results of
performance-based instruction.
is
23.502
Interpersonal Communication
(3)
Surveys assumptions, models, theories,
processes, and contexts related to the study of
person-to-person communication. Studies ways
of perceiving the communication of self to
others as a
means of strengthening
interactions.
23.598
Master's Research Project
(3)
Independent research on a topic approved by
the student's adviser(s).
Worl(shop
(1-3)
Addresses those educational ideas and
experiences that encourage, support, and guide
participants to acquire an increased
understanding of the accumulated knowledge
pertaining to the development of business
skills, enhancement of business education as a
profession, and determination of a business
and office personnel's responsibility and role
25.445
An
Organizational Communication
aspects of
develop
how communication
in organizations.
of organizing, as well as considering gender
roles.
theory as
it
(3)
management and curriculum
applies to business education
program administration and supervision.
Course approached from the perspectives of
plarming, organizing, staffing, directing, and
controlling.
25.501
Introduction to
Communication
(3)
fields of research in
communication and an examination of the
contributions of professional speech
communication organizations, graduate
studies, and research. Examines and evaluates
historical, descriptive and experimental
A pilot thesis
demonstrate competency
research studies.
is
required to
in research
techniques and use of bibliographical
Seminar
in
Business Education
(3)
Investigates and evaluates completed research
in
business education on particular topic
Students submit written reports which
area(s).
are
used as the basis for
90.590
class discussions.
Master's Thesis
in
(6)
Rhetorical Criticism
(3)
Studies theory and practice in the investigation
and evaluation of symbolic acts created by
people to influence thought and behavior.
25.585
Business
Education
25.502
Special Topics
in
Communication
(3)
Specialized study by the class. Subject varies by
semester.
90.599
Special Topics
in
(3)
advanced topics in the field
of business teacher education and/or office
25.586
Special Topics
in
Communication
of
(3)
capitalist institutions on industry, agriculture,
commerce, banking, and the social movement.
40.514
Labor Economic Theory
Public Policy and Business
(3)
Focuses on public policies affecting the
economy: historical, philosophical, and legal
basis of regulation; the rationale of free
enterprise. Intensive analysis of selected areas
of economic policy related to government
action.
40.531
Current Economic Problems
(3)
Examines economic problems of current
interest and concern to our society. Basic
economic principles and theories and the
and present as revealed in their published
works.
40.532
Communication
25.587
Special Topics
25.590
Master's Research Paper
25.597
Internship in
in
courses.
Comparative Economic Systems
capitalist systems; the
state capitalism;
modem welfare states;
communism; and
International
modem
socialism.
Economic Policies and
Relations
(3)
intemational economic and
(3)
fmancial analyses to emerging contemporary
(3)
problems of nations trading with one another.
Selected topics include: customs unions;
optimum currency area;
Communication
(3)
Compares workings and perfonnance of the
major forms of economic organization:
Applies
Graduate
(3)
Emphasizes labor economic theory and its
application in analyzing the issues of
employment and inflation. Topics include
growth of the labor force and its composition,
wage theories and wage structures, trade
unionism and income distribution, economics
of poverty, minimum wage, and hour laws,
and civil legislation. Occupational choices, job
search, labor mobility, and human capital
formation included. Students are exposed to
research and measurement methodology to
meet the research requirements of the course.
(3)
Studies current or
systems not normally presented in other
Development
Covers transition from feudalism to capitalism
and the subsequent influence of leading
40.533
Business
Education and Office Systems
Origin and
thinking of recognized economists of the past
resources.
90.581
40.513
40.515
Research
IVIanagement and Development
Studies basic
patterns
Compares and
contrasts international and intercuJtural aspects
Overview of the
Business Education Program
(3)
explanation of theoretical and practical
in the business world.
90.564
Economics (Code 40)
social
Business and Office Education
90.560
forms.
Capitalism
(3)
Presents teaching-learning environments based
instruction
Contact departmental internship
coordinator to obtain detailed information and
the major.
theories.
Education
upon
work experience in industrial, business or
government work setting. Students must
achieve academic integrity of their proposed
experience and its relevance to coursework in
Examination, discussion, and evaluation of
definitions and theories in the contemporary
Business Education (Code 90)
Page 45
intemational cartels;
-
(3)
Integrates classroom experience with practical
and flexible exchange rates. Focuses on impact
of governmental and intergovernmental
relations and regulations.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 46
materials for optimum utility, a review of
contemporar)' literature in the fleld, and a
producti(m component involving advanced
Educational Foundations (Code 60)
60.451
Pupil Personnel Services in the
Public School
(3)
Comprelunsi\ f \icv\ ol pupil i^crsonncl
sen ices in c icmcntan and secondare schools:
work
in television,
60.551
l
60.514
Home, School and Community
Relations
(3)
pupil transportation, psychological services,
Introductor) course in public relations with
ser\ ices.
reference to elementary school.
)evelops a philosophy of partnership between
special
Major Philosophies
60.501
Intreprets
modem
Of
Education
ctlucatioiial jirohlcms ant!
trends in the light ol philosophical
study of priman
(3)
\
iewpoints:
sources of concepts and
philosophies which have influenced and are
influencing education.
60.502
program. Fosters understanding of these
pressures and patterns so that the teacher can
work
effectively to encourage the good and
reduce the harmful impacts of social forces in
relationships of children.
60.503
History of
60.520
with emphasis on individuals and
schools of thought which have influenced and
are influencing education in America.
Comparative Education
(3)
materials.
60.552
(3)
Guidance
educational programs to the American
philosophy and practice of public education
in
schools and their effectiveness in providing
good guidance.
60.561
Urban Education
(3)
Examines problems of the urban educational
system. Emphasizes growth of sensitivit\ u>
the disadvantaged \oungster. in-depth
examination of current research findings in
areas studied, teaching strategies, and resources
and appnraches to rtsoWe major problems.
Discussion of polarization
in critical
prfjblem
in
the
Classroom
(3)
Activity-centered course that provides an
orientation to the use of the
newspaper
in
various subject areas, Prf)vides opportunities
for the
development of Ic-aming experiences,
60.512
Advanced
Educational rviedia and Software
stud\ of the role of
media
in
(3)
on theories of effec tiv e discipline and
classroom management. ,\lethods of planning
for the be ginning of the vearand for establishing
an effectiv e classroom organi/^ition to promote
f ocuses
(
v
earare
urrent models and maj(;r theories
of discipline are
60.530
(3)
educative prfx;ess. Includescritical assessment
of that role, selection of equipment and
Introduction to Educational
Guidance
in
the Elementary Schools
(3)
guidance process in the ekmentarv school,
behavioral and develfjpmentai problems, and
fVleasurement and Evaluation
Elementary School
in
the
in
educational administration
elementary schools.
Creativity for
Teachers
(3)
Problems
in
(3)
changes resulting from judicial decisions.
Covers fiscal control of education with
emphasis on l' problems.
60.577
Educational Research for
Supervision
(3)
Considers development of ability to read and
interpret educ ational research and apply it to
a school situation f^jnclusions concerning
curriculum content and teaching strategies
designed for the improvement of the
educational pnxress are emphasized.
in their
approaches to students and subject matter.
Emphasis on understanding the creative
process, recognizing the creative child, and
dev elopment of the CTcativc potcTitial of student
and teacher
60.550
School Law and Finance
Qjnsiders limitations established by kxal, state,
and federal laws relating to the interactions of
school pervjnnel Special attention to recent
(3)
Emphasizes construction, admini-stration, and
interpretation of group tests of intelligence,
achievement, aptitude, and pervmality in
60.534
(3)
Focuses (;n examination of the functions and
tasks of educational administratitjn. Issues
include the evolving school setting; the
meaning, development, and work of schrx)!
administrators: educational systems analysis:
sch(; and organi/.ational behavior: and career ladders
reviewed and evaluated.
clovers concepts and techniques of the
60.533
in
secondary' schools,
total
Classroom fVlanagement and
appropriate behav ior throughout the
(3)
lixamines construction, administration, and
interpretation of group tests in intelligence,
Administration
Counseling
the
the
60.573
Helps teachers i>ecome more creative
Using Newspapers
in
exceptional children related to the
guidance counseling program
areas
60.507
Measurement and Evaluation
Secondary Schools
achievement, aptitude, and personality
releasing creative capacities of children.
60.506
(3)
guidance and counseling techniques for
teachers and guidance coimselors in meeting
those needs: guidance and counseling for
countries are examined for their impact upon
ourculture and education Particular attention
is given to the relationship of European
Organization and Supervision of
i;xamines types of guidance organizations used
60.576
Educational ideas and practices of various
(3)
and practices
for
schools fincluding the academically talented):
reviewed,
60.505
Guidance and Counseling
Effective Discipline
Historical foundationsof American educational
Counseling
of counseling: development and use of
counseling materials such as test results,
educational information, and (nher pertinent
Studies needs of exceptional children in public
American Educational
(3)
in
theories, principles,
for
60.527
Theory
theor\
home, school, and commimity, O^nsiders
and technic|ues to
encourage community sharing in the planning
of and assuming responsibility forgcxxl sch( k )1s
Techniques
ocuseson
principles, attitudes,
(3)
Hxamines effects of social class, family, and
communit\ pressures and changing patterns
and standards of life in our societ\ on the
sch(}ol
1
Exceptional Children
School and Society
occupational information and data;
interviewing and coimseling techniques,
transparencies, slide-tape,
and com|-)uter-assistcd instruction,
school attendance, schcjol health programs,
guidance
of test results and inventories; use of
Guidance and
60.578
Group Processes
in
Supervision
(3)
f.mphasisoi) group pr'K esses, communication
in
the group and organizational gcmls related
super\ision, Ffjcuses on
knowledge of and practice in laboratorv
experiences in group processes and
to educational
applicability to supervisicm.
Experiences
(3)
provide c;pportunitiesffjr experimenting with
Covers philovjphv of guidance: histf^ry of the
guidance movement: guidance needs of
children and adolescents: methodsf>f gathering
and evaluating leadership skills and promcning
creativity and initiative.
data: nature of schfxjl records: interpretation
P^e 47
Bloomsburg University
60.579
Supervision of Curriculum and
Instruction
(3)
Examines objectives, techniques, and materials
of
staff supervision:
defines the
development. A review, critique, :md evaluation
of current theoretical positions and design
methodology are an integral part of the course.
supemson-
function directed toward the improvement of
with emphasis on the
interrelationships between the humanistic
aspects of education and democratic
educational qualit)' assessment, interpersonal
relations,
and the catalytic role of the supervisor.
Curriculum and Instructional
Practicum
in
the Elementary
(3)
Examines contemporary trends and current
(3)
framework
development of a conceptual
for a social studies program.
Competency-based course consisting of
elements providing a base for the student in
current theory and practice in the evaluation
of school curriculum and instruction. Reviews,
critiques, and application of current thinking
and practice in curriculum evaluation are an
62.528
Language
Arts in the
Modern School
(3)
Studies problems related to instruction in
various aspects of the language
arts;
place of
the language arts in the curriculum; current
research and
its
practical application.
Supervision of
Curriculum and Instruction
(3)
62.510
Methods and Materials
Childhood Education
in
of a curricular and instructional program.
Competency-based experiences discussed in a
weekly seminar. Evaluation of the candidate's
performance based on achievement of
Early
(3)
I
For in-service teachers and graduate students.
Study of selected areas in early childhood
education. Individual or group saidy of subjects
of interest or concern in teaching.
62.520
specified competencies.
Independent Study
Methods and Materials
Childhood Education
Education (1-6)
in
Provides an opportunity for public school
in
submits a 'learning contract
to an adviser
"
designated by the department chairperson.
Contract includes details of the academic goals,
descriptions of the project in
its
Elementary School Curriculum
(3)
Studies problems related to development,
experimentation, and improvement of
curriculum practices in the elementary school.
62.522
relation to the
and of a proposal for a final report, a
reading list, and the proposed credit. Permission
Curriculum Trends
in
literature.
62.530
Awareness of Enviornmental
Education Problems for the
Elementary Grades
Helps
classroom
(3)
II
teachers to pursue in-service projects in
cooperation with a faculty' adviser. The teacher
and methods that are effective in the encounter.
Students become acquainted with children's
books, work with children in a storytelling
experience, discover ways other than through
reading by which children may experience
Early
See course description for 62.510
62.521
(3)
Surv eys ways cliildren may encounter literature
setting responsible for the overall planning,
coordination, implementation, and evaluation
Literature for Children in the
Elementary Grades
Education (Code 62)
the candidate for a Curriculum and Instruction
N-12 Supen isor)^ Certificate in a cooperative
relationship with an individual in a school
62.529
Elementaf7 and Early Childhood
Field-based practicum experience that places
60.581
in
School
as a basis for
Evaluation
integral part of the course.
60.580
Social Studies
research in the disciplines of the social sciences
60.585
instruction
administrative behavior; studies roles of
contemporan' supervision with respect to
62.527
Early
(3)
organize
environmental education activities. Areas of
content include problem-solving activities,
material sources, the use of resources,
curriculum building, development of an
awareness of environmental problems, and
possible solutions to them. Camping and a
camp
Childhood Education
teacher
fee are required.
(3)
goals
to register for the course granted upon approval
of the contract Evaluation based on the written
.
committee
appointed by the adviser and/or department
chairperson. Students may register at any
report and an examination by a
suitable time; the duration of the
Seminar
in
Education
(1-6)
Provides the opportunity for a group of teachers
engaged in a common in-service project to use
the resources of the university and its faculty.
A "learning contract" similar to that of 60.581
is submitted by the group as a basis for
permission to register. Papers relate to aspects
of the project and to the literature designated
in the contract. Discussion and criticism in
seminar meetings under the direction of a
faculty member. Evaluation is based on the
seminar reports and a final comprehensive
written report by the student.
60.584
programs required to meet the needs of children
who enter school with increased experiential
background.
62.523
Practices
in
Teaching the Young
(3)
Curriculum and Instructional Theory,
Design and Development
(3)
Competency-based course consisting of
elements that provide a base in relevant theory
associated with the activity of curriculum
Examination of current practices in teaching
the young child with emphasis on the
developmental aspects of childhood as they
relate to the school program.
62.524
Knowledge and the Curriculum
practices.
in
Elementary
School Science
(3)
Studies the problems resulting from the
increased interest of children in science and
the need for science instruction in the
elementary grades; methods and materials for
nurturing these interests and for implementing
science instruction witliin the limits of the
interests of children are presented
evaluated.
for the
(1-3)
Opportunity for students to broaden their
experiences in environmental education.
a
camp
fee are required.
Prerequisite: 62.530
62.533
Values Clarification
in
the
Elementary School
(3)
Primarily for elementary education stvidents.
of values clarification as
(3)
Studies the place of knowledge in developing
Current Practices
and Materials
Elementary School
Emphasizes the philosophy and composition
a curriculum. Emphasis on content influenced
62.525
Environmental Education Awareness
Activities
in
the Elementary School
by innovative
62.531
Camping and
Child
experience is
flexible.
60.583
Studies the changing goals and the developing
and
it
applies to the
elementary school child. Practical and
theoretical aspects stressed as well as
techniques for helping children build a value
system by which they can live. Emphasis on
methods which aid the teacher in becoming
aware of the emotional needs of children,
humanizing of the education process, and
improvement of working and learning
relationships with others.
62.539
Current Topics
in
Elementary
Education
Investigates current thinking
(3)
and research
aspects of elementary education.
in
3
P^e 48
Graduate Studies Catalog
62.581
Independent Study
in
Comparable
management practices as used in the decision-
Elementary
Education
(1-6)
making
role of the financial manager.
Seminar
in
Elementary Education
(1-
In-depth study of management
to 60.583.
performance improvements. Allows
(3)
opportunity' for students to be involved in
activities
proper hypothesis formation both for their
involved in the financial aspects of business
enterprise.
Theoretical knowledge gained
6)
Comparable
alternative practices in exercise
science and adult health. Provides methods to
validate
to 60.581.
96.535 Financial Management
62.583
between
own
investigations but also for evaluation of
current published works.
through exposure to fmancial management
62.590
Current Research and Development
in
Early Childhood Education
(3)
and research in
early cliildhood education, prenatal through
Examinates recent
literature
age 8.. characteristics of the learner, learning
environment, learning materials, and imiovative
literature
is
applied to problem situations
through the use of case studies and simulation
techniques. Emphasis on the development of
perspective in the decision-making process
with the acquisition of tools to facilitate effective
decision making.
Concepts
05.511
in
Graded Exercise Testing
(3)
Studies concepts, procedures, and techniques
required in graded exercise testing (GXT)
involving bicycle ergometer and treadmill test
protocols.
programs. Departmental paper and/or
curriculum projects are initiated in tliis course.
96.540 International Finance
(3)
Studies the principles and practices relevant to
62.591
Learning and Development
Young Child
understanding the nature of international
of the
(3)
finance,
its
problems and
its
institutions.
Adult Exercise Programming
05.575
(4)
Concentrates on adult physiological functions
under stress and the adjustment and regulatory
activities of the body during exercise;
Sun eys child development and its relationsliip
Discussion centers on sources and instruments
development of
of international export and import financing,
development of working knowledge of
assessments, motor characteristics, and
exchange
physical performance.
to the early school
)
ears: the
the young child from prenatal through age
eight.
62.592
Identification
Needs
of
and Prescription
of the
Young Children
(3)
rates,
balance-of-payments,
governmental regualtions and policies, financial
management, as well as accounting for
international transactions. Prerequisite: 96.3 1
Business Finance.
of
young children and
and mental needs
in
developing
appropriate prescriptive procedures.
62.593
Organization and Administration of
Educational Programs for Young
Children
(3)
Studies the various programs in early childhood
education with emphasis on the expansion
and administration with regard to the selection
of personnel, evaluative techniques, and
curriculum procedures, school law, finance,
and other appropriate subjects.
62.594
Practicum
in
Early Childhood
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio
IVIanagement
Advanced treatment of aspects involved in
developing a logical and systematic approach
to analyzing and evaluating t)pes of securities.
Investment strategy and management of an
investment portfolio. Theoretical aspects of
security' analysis and problems involved in
analyzing and evaluating securities within the
context of the type of industry issuing them.
96.599 Special Topics
May
Law
(3)
of advanced topics in
at the graduate level, and permits the
instructor to focus on issues of particular
address a
variet)'
Individually prescribed course of study
activitA-based learning
enrollment.
(6)
and
and practice teaching.
Previous experience and academic
achievement reviewed. Practician proposal
required, and consent ofprogram coordinator
and department chairperson required.
62.595
Individualized Instruction
Classroom
(3)
modes to individualized settings.
Finance (Code 96)
96.525 Financial IVIanagement Decisions
advanced
aids, aging,
the effects of ergogenic
and the environment on physical
performance.
05.577
IVIethods
and Materials
in
Adult
Physical Education
(3)
Emphasizes the academic and technical
knowledge necessan' to conduct health and
fitness programs in public and private agencies.
Students are prepared to assume leadership
and management positions within the health
and fitness industries.
Health Sciences (Code 80)
80.500
Health Sciences Internship
(3-6)
sciences an opportunit)- to apply acquired
knowledge in an on-site practicum experience
under the super\-ision of an appropriately
credentialed preceptor.
(Code 05)
Technology
in
Health/Fitness
financial
History (Code 42)
(3)
Presents the basic principles of software and
hardware usage for exercise science and human
performance t\'pe of environments. Special
emphasis on spreadsheet and data base
modeling of performance tests and evaluations
used in the area of fitness assessment. Utilizes
several common environments as well as
methods of software modification and
hardware interfacing.
(3)
Studies business financial problems and the
of
knowledge of the physiology of
Provides students in die multidisciplinary health
Health and Physical Education
05.500
Analyzes practices, principles, and procedures
for individualizing instruction. Experiences
include procedures for adapting conventional
development
s
human performance,
—
Principles and Practices for the
instructional
(3)
exercise physiolog}' as applied to adults and
student
(3)
importance and interest to the discipline.
Students should contact the professor prior to
Education
Adult Exercise Physiology
Provides a continuation of basic and advanced
the elder population. Intended to develop
Focuses on techniques of identify ing the
physical, emotional, social,
05.576
05.510
Physiological Assessments
(3)
Studies skills necessary to make rational choices
Soviet Russia
42.452
(3)
Presents a critical analysis of the political,
social, economic, and cultural evolution of the
Soviet
Union and a study of Soviet foreign
Not offered every semester.
policy.
Prerequisite: 42.
42.453
1
13
Problems
America
of
Contemporary Latin
(3)
Analyzes recent events or movements that
may indicate recurrence of historical problems
)
Bloomsburg University
or major developments of international
significance in selected countries of Latin
America. Not offered every semester
42.460/61 Topics
in
European History
(3)
European histoiy.
Seminar-style course studies variety of problems
in European history, in the medieval, early
modem and modem periods. Discusses and
analyzes secondary materials on the history,
philosophy, politics, science and art of a chosen
period. Research paper required. Topics vary
Prerequisite:
from semester to semester.
42.112 or 42.155
Investigates select topics in
M.Ml
History of Labor
in
Specific emphasis on
student materials.
applying instmctional design techniques to
the design and development of instmctional
products in print form.
the United States
(3)
57.551
Advanced
instruction.
Course goes beyond the
in previous courses to simulate a hypothetical
formative and summative evaluation.
In
addition, the course emphasizes learning
theory, cognitive and behavioral approaches
comparison of instmctional
and research evidence that
Provides a survey of the major aspects of
modem
Interactive Graphics
interactive
(3)
computer graphics from
the user perspective. Included are overviews
(3)
introduction and basic
orientation to the use ofinfomiation processing
educational environment. Students
required to investigate the impact of the
computer and associated peripheral devices
on the classroom. Emphasis on the effective
use of available computer resources.
[Vlanagement Information Systems
(3)
Studies information analysis and systems design
from the user's point of view. Students identify
the basic concepts of systems point of view,
organization as a system, information flows,
and nature of management information
systems. Data bases and data base management
systems will be investigated from the manager's
perspective.
92.599
Special Topics
(3)
Examines current or advanced topics in the
field of computer and information systems not
normally examined in depth in other classes.
manipulation of graphical objects, the user
interface, and a basic understanding of the
fundamental implementation algorithms. Not
a programming course, but rather for users of
interactive graphical
57.550
Technology (Code 57)
Instructional Design
(3)
hardware and software.
57.570
Introduction to Interactive
Technologies
(3)
Examines the fundamental concepts of
computer-based learning and information
systems. Specific emphasis is placed on the
design, development, and authoring of
interactive videodisc courseware. Emerging
technologies and their potential impact upon
education and training are also studied.
57.572
Examines the systems approach for the design,
development, and evaluation of instruction
and training materials. Students conduct a
needs assessment and instmctional analysis,
write objectives,
develop instructional
strategies, and develop teacher's guide and
Master's Thesis
(6
Consists of an independent scholarly
investigation in
which the student
designs,
develops, implements, and evaluates a brief
module to address a specific
Under the direction of a faculty
committee, the student identifies a
performance problem in an audience of
interest, and works with a subject matter expert
to design and produce instruction on a
particular topic.
The instmction is later
implemented with the target audience and
evaluated for its effectiveness. The student
then makes the necessary revisions based on
instmctional
the evaluation data.
Designing Multimedia with
HyperCard
(3)
Acquaints the student with the various user,
authoring, and scripting levels of a hypermedia
application program such as HyperCard or
ToolBook. Basic constmcts such as stacks/
books, backgrounds, cards/pages, fields, and
buttons are used in developing multimedia
computer presentations. Applications are
reviewed and developed with emphasis on
good design and programming techniques.
Authoring Systems
I
(3)
Provides a careful, in-depth study of various
(3)
57.599
audience.
57.573
Instructional
Graduate Internship
Allows students to put into practice the theory
that they have learned in previous courses.
Each intemsliip must last at least 1 2 weeks and
must be directly related to the general content
of the master's program.
of the hardware, software, data stmctures,
Information Processing (Code 92)
92.554
Student teams use a
systems approach to design, develop, and
evaluate a comprehensive interactive
computer-based multimedia project.
business environment.
57.590
supports instmctional design practices.
57.560
in the
(3)
and procedures for
effective test items,
role in
A comprehensive
Managing Multimedia Projects
Technology curriculum. Smdents are teamed
together to apply concepts and skills learned
contemporary labor-
Information Processing
57.575
learning outcomes, techniques for writing
management problems and
92.550
systems and authoring languages in an MSSpecific areas of
emphasis include the design and use of
hypermedia applications, characteristics of
various authoring tools, and criteria for
choosing and authoring tool.
Windows environment.
design of instmctional strategies for specific
design models,
labor's changing
our increasingly technological society.
Prerequisite: 3 semester hours in history.
(3)
II
Culminating experience in the Instmctional
to instmction, a
A third of the course is devoted
Authoring Systems
An in-depth smdy ofvarious PC-based authoring
introductory course by elaborating on the
organized labor from the post-Civil War period
to an analysis of
(3)
(57.550) by providing additional information
and practice concerning the design of effective
Surveys the emergence and development of
to the present.
Instructional Design
Serves as a sequel to Instmctional Design
57.574
Page 49
PC-based authoring systems and authoring
languages in an MS-DOS environment. Specific
areas of emphasis include types of authoring
software, generalized authoring options,
specific techniques for planning and creating
instmction using the authoring tools, and
principles of effective design of computerbased instmction.
Interdisciplinary Studies (Code 09)
09.401
History and Politics of the
USSR
(3)
Provides sufficient background in history and
political science to enable students to better
understand the USSR. Encompasses some of
the major developments in the Soviet Union
since 1917 employing lectures, films, slides,
guest speakers, readings, and discussion.
09.427
Socialism: Theory and History
(3)
Surveys socialist philosophies from Biblical
times to the present concentrating on the
theories of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and
Mao and
including a review of the major historical events
surrounding
socialist
development.
09.580-589 Special Topics
(1-3)
Provides an opportimit)' for graduate students
from any graduate program to expand
their
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 50
knowledge from a previously learned
experience or to explore a new learning
experience not offered on a regular basis. Each
course carries from 1 to 3 semester hours.
Prerequisites are determined by the instructor.
Graduate Internship
09.590
(1-6)
environment and issues that could enhance an
enterprise's sunival and success.
resources in organizational settings. Emphasis
basic principles of behavior, motivation,
on
and development, leadership, and
performance in organizations.
training
93.558
Social Responsibility and Business
Ethics
(3)
Relates the American business system and
93.599 Special Topics
individual business firms to the social, political,
This course
economic environments. It
examines the powers and responsibilities of
(3)
may address a variety of advanced
Management at the graduate level,
ProNides a work-study experience initially
administrated by an academic faculty- member
and a sponsoring employer. Provides the
opportunity for an internship experience across
tehnological and
topics in
the business system as a major institution within
and permits the instructor to focus on issues of
particular importance and interest to the
discipline.
Students should contact the
disciplines at a graduate level.
the same society.
09.599
Master's Thesis
(3-6)
The course addresses social
responsiveness in the general context of
managerial ethics.
93.560
Law & Legal Elements (Code 98)
98.507
society as well as individual business firms in
Operations Management
(3)
International Legal Environment of
Analyzes of manufacturing and service systems
and application of decision making of
Business
operational policy problems.
(3)
Introduction to public and private international
law
as applied to the increasingly globalized
business environment. Cases include: Trade
law: extraterritorial application of U.S. law:
treat)"
the
NAFTA and
law: U.S. -Japan relations:
GATT; European Union: multinational
corporations:
human rights, communications,
and environmental regulation
international
98.599
sy
in
the
stem.
Special Topics
(3)
Addresses a variety of topics in law and legal
elements and allows the instructor to focus on
appropriate current topics in the accounting
profession.
Students should contact the
93.562
Organizational Theory
(3)
Applies comparative examination of major
approaches to the study of organizations
theories and research fmdings to practical
Topics include sy stems of power
and influence, organization structure,
organizational conflict and cooperation,
individual motivation, group process,
behavioral science research and its implications
situations.
on management.
93.563
Operations Research
(3)
Covers construction and use of qtiantitative
models in business decision making.
93.566
Management (Code
93)
Statistical Analysis
(3)
statistical principles
of data.
93.512
Managerial Economics
(3)
Covers economic analysis of the firm and its
environment; determination of prices, output,
and employment.
93.540
Small Business
Institute
Seminar
SmaU
concepts to practical
decision-making business problems.
in applying theoretical
International
Management
human
aspects of organization, spotlighting
Includes the
the group and the indi\ idual.
fmdings and conceptual models of those who
have conducted empirical behavioral research
and the behaviors of class members. Includes
concepts of roles, norms, cohesive and divisive
processes. Explores social and status aspects
of self-concept, personal perception, goals,
feelings, ego. responsibility, decisions,
conditioning, and personal functioning.
Business Institute Program as well as experience
93.556
(3)
(3)
Provides graduate credit for students
participating in the College of Business'
Organization Behavior
Focuses on internal organizational issues with
recognition given to personal and external
organizational background factors. Deals with
and procedures
basic to research in business and interpretation
Covers
Marine Science (Code 55)
Ecology
55.431
of
Marine Plankton
(3)
Studies phytoplankton and zooplankton in
marine and brackish environments. Qualitative
and quantitative comparisons made between
the plankton populations of various types of
habitats in relation to primary and secondary
productivity.
Problems
55.500
in
Marine Science
(3)
Graduate students may pursue one of the
following options:
Option
A
-
EnroU
course offered
at
in 200, 300, or
400
level
the Marine Science Center in
desire advanced work and
complete, in addition to the regular course
requirements, an approved project in the area
under the direction of the instructor,
which they
'Written permission
from the instructor
is
required.
instructor prior to enrollment.
93.511
professor prior to enrollment.
(3)
Focuses on d> namic changes
business environment and increased foreign
competition that challenge company managers.
Addresses international issues and
understanding of their impact on market,
Develops
products, and services.
understanding of international business
in international
93.581
Business Policies
Examines complex
(3)
industrial situations to
determine best strategies to insure a firm s
long-run sur\ ival and growth in competitive
markets. Emphasizes problem-solving skills,
implementation of optimal decisions, nature
of strategic analysis including selected cases
involving production, pricing, capital
investments and their interaction with other
factors.
93.583
Human Resources Development
(3)
Focuses on current research and theory related
to
management and development of human
OR —
Option B - Enroll in an Independent Research
Project. To be admitted, a student must submit
a research proposal to the academic committee
of the Marine Science Consortium.
The proposal must include the scope and
duration of the proposed research, equipment
and facilities required, and a recommendation
and approval from the student s academic
adviser.
Requires written permission for graduate credit
acceptability from the chairperson of the
graduate committee of the Department of
Biological and Allied Health Sciences before
registering.
Copies of this approval and the instructor's
permission must be forwarded to the academic
director of the Marine Science Center before
the student arrives on station to take the course.
55.540
Environmental Science Education
(3)
Field-oriented approach to environmental
education with special emphasis upon coastal
zones. Students relate their own disciplines to
education for quality environments.
Consideration will be given to sources, facilities,
methods, techniques, and concepts used in
environmental education.
Bloomsburg University
55.541
Biology of Mollusca
The Mollusca
is
82.501
Mathematics (Code 53)
(3)
53.411
of morphological, ecological and behavioral
variations. This course offers an evolutionary,
Continued and advanced study of theorems
and applications of group theory begun in
functional and ecologic approach to studying
abstract algebra. Prerequisite:
Introduction to Group Theory
53
(3)
Research Cruise
53.421
— Biology
in
Advanced Calculus
(3)
Examines theoretical formulations related
roles and role
development and
to
their
applicability to the functional role development
of the clinical nurse specialist. Students use
concepts, principles and strategies inherent in
310.
important group of organisms.
55.570
Role Theory and Development
Nursing Practice
the second largest group of
animals and perhaps the most diverse in terms
this
Page 51
(3)
a variety of theories (e.g., systems,
change and
framework
(3)
Presents a rigorous treatment of the concepts
role) to serve as a
three-week session involving planning and
preparations for an oceanographic research
cruise of approximately eight days, actual
execution of the cruise plan on board an ocean
research vessel. Introduces data-processing
techniques and instrumentation used by
Prerequisite:
biological oceanographers.
55-241 or its equivalent, orpermission of the
of limit, continuity, derivative, and integral for
development and enactment of the subroles of
functions of a single real variable. Prerequisite:
practitioner, educator, researcher, leader/
53 226, consent of instructor.
manager and consultant. Leadership principles
are employed as students identify an actual or
A
instructor.
55-593
53.422
Complex Variables
(3)
complex
numbers and theory of functions of a complex
Presents a rigorous treatment of the
(3)
Prerequisites: 53-226, consent of instructor.
Designed to present animal behavior within an
ecological
and evolutionary context. Presents
mathematical and theoretical framework of
behavioral ecology. An in-depth exploration
of the ways in which the behavior of animals is
influenced by the environment, especially with
regard to resource distribution.
potential issue or problem related to a
component of the clinical nurse specialist role
and design
53.451
Introduction to Topology
(3)
Introduces fundamentals of general topology;
elementary
set theory,
topological spaces,
mappings, connectedness, compactness,
completeness, product and metric spaces; nets
and convergence.
82.502
Marketing (Code 97)
53.471
Marketing Management
(3)
Applies managerial process of analysis,
organization, planning and control to marketing
activities marketing concepts analysis of
marketing opportunities, growth and
competitive strategy, marketing information
systems, buyer behavior, and product
development.
Numerical Analysis
(3)
Provides a computer-oriented analysis of
algorithms of numerical analysis. Includes the
topics of non-linear equations, interpolation
and approximation, differentiation and
integration, matrices and differential equations.
Prerequisites:
53-322 and 53-373-
Marketing Research
(3)
Advanced techniques of the
scientific
53.491
Special Topics
in
Mathematics
(3)
as a regular course offering.
analysis
and interpretation).
An
Consent of instructor.
53.576
Computer Graphics
for Instructional
Applications
applied
(3)
orientation for the users of marketing research,
Sequel to 5 3 375 where techniques for creating
reflecting the current trends in the integration
color, graphics,
of
microcomputers and mainframes, and
in
Nursing
•
and sound are examined and
applied to the development of instructional
international marketing.
computing programs.
97.599
53.592
Nursing Research
(3)
I
nursing research gindings to improve the
quality of health care
Principles
and
and health care delivery.
strategies inherent in scientific
inquiry, critical evaluation and the research
process are applied throughout the course.
Prerequisites: undergraduate courses in
research design and statistics. 82.500, Applied
for Health Professionals, may be
taken prior to or concurrent with this course.
82.504
Advanced Physiology
for
Nursing
Practice
(3)
Presents selected aspects of genetic,
biochemistry, physiology, and pharmacology
as applied to advanced nursing practice.
Functionally relates embryonic, histologic, and
gross anatomical features of certain organ
systems to biochemical and physiological
mechanisms essential for the maintenance of a
stable internal environment. Considers
Special Topics
(3)
Special Topics
(3)
82.500
Television Production and Design (3)
(3)
and methods of
statistical
analysis of data in the health professions.
The
course emphasizes
statistical
of principles and a
way of thinking for health
concepts as a set
high school
Focuses on the practical aspects of planning
professionals. Prerequisites:
and producing video tapes for specific
algebra, basic statistics course or permission of
instructional purposes.
Covers pre-production
planning, production activities, and post-
production editing.
the instructor.
clinical
practice.
Applied Statistics for Health
principles
physiology, biochemistry,
pharmacology, one year of nursing
Professionals
AppUes
27.511
anatomy and
Nursing (Code 82)
instructor prior to enrollment.
Mass Communications (Code 27)
some
deviations from normal metabolism, structure,
and function. Prerequisites: Undergraduate
This course addresses a variety of topics in
marketing and allows the instructor to focus
on appropriate current topics in the accounting
profession.
Students should contact the
(3)
Prepares students to critique, use and extend
Prerequisite:
marketing research procedure (problem
defmition, research design, data collection,
Conceptual Models
Statistics
Presents an area of mathematics not available
97.552
planned change.
Explores theory building and levels of theory,
the relationship of models to theories, the
elements of a model, and major conceptual
models in nursing practice. Students conduct
an in depth analysis of one specific conceptual
model in nursing, as well as design/select a
model for advanced nursing practice in their
area of clinical specialization,
82.503
Prerequisites: 53-226, consent of instructor.
97.551
a proposal for
variable, limits, continuity, analytic functions,
Cauchy-Riemarm equations, contour integrals,
conformal mappings, and applications.
Behavioral Ecology
for the
82.505
Physical Assessment for Advanced
Nursing Practice
(3)
Focuses on knowledge and perspective of
physical assessment of individuals across the
life span to develop a systematic approach to
physical assessment with synthesis of cognitive
knowledge and psychomotor skills. Emphasizes
the wellness component of physical assessment
with reference to major health deviations.
Graduate Studies Catalog
82.506
Page 52
employed
Epidemiology: Concepts and
are
Principles for Contemporary Nursing
adult clients, support
with
stems and variety- of
providers in di\ erse settings to promote, restore
and maintain adult health. Through social,
etliical and political actions, client advocao'
and change process are encouraged to affect
the quality- of adult health care. Weekly seminar
practice as a clinical nurse specialist within a
specialized area of adult health and illness
and methods of the epidemiologic orientation
as the framework for assessing the well-being
populations and designing strategic nursing
inter%'entions based on levels of prevention.
affords students' participation in analyzing
skills,
current adult health care problems, trends/
issues and in evaluating and formulating
for adult clients. Students
Students apply basic epidemiologic research
skills
designs in the investigation, analysis, and
presentations, clinical practicum and course
Practice
(3)
Focuses on the epidemiological model as a
basis for decision making and health promotion
in contemporan- clinical and communit)- health
nursing practice. Presents concepts, principles,
proposed solutions to observed patterns of
health states in contemporan' populations.
undergraduate research,
microbiology and community health nursing.
Prerequisites:
Community Health Nursing
Focuses on the role development of the clinical
nurse specialist in community- health nursing.
Students apply advanced knowledge, skills
and critical thinking in the competent use of
the nursing process with populations and the
community as a whole. Evaluation and
refinement of a model for advanced practice
provide a framework for the student's
development of the multifaceted roles of
(6)
Focuses on the role development of the clinical
nurse specialist in adult health and illness.
Students apply advanced knowledge, skills
and critical thinking in the competent use of
nursing process, therapeutic interv entions. and
technology to administer nursing services to a
specific adult population to facilitate optimal
wellness and to impact on the deliver}- of adult
health care.
model
for
Evaluation and refmement of
advanced practice provide
a
a
framework for holistic care of adult clients and
one's development of the multifaceted roles as
practitioner, educator, consultant and leader/
maruger. Leadership principles and strategies
communication
and \ alues in advanced clinical nursing practice
enhance
their
analysis of current concepts, practices, trends,
issues, health policies
organizational decision making. Prerequisite:
illness.
Management and
Behavior
in
Organizational
Advanced Nursing
Practice
(3)
in
Consent of the
nurse
.
and research in their
enactment as clinical nurse specialists in
the advanced practice of adult health and
role
Prerequisite: 82.512.
instructor.
Management and
82.533
82.514
Independent Study
Behavior
(3)
faculDi' preceptor in
conducting an individualized study related to a
particular area of clinical interest.
82.531
Builds
Community Health Nursing
(6)
II
upon Practicum and concentrates on
I
advanced professional nursing. There is an
emphasis on the students' increasing
independence and self directed learning.
Through the assimilation of additional theor\',
in
Organizational
Health Care Delivery
System
Student works with a
(3)
Seminar format that explores model building
and the future directions of organizational
structures for advanced nursing practice.
Organizational theor>- provides the framework
for
organizational
characteristics and
identifying the organizational strategies
and
structures with greatest potential for promoting
and evaluate community health nursing
performance and organizational
Focuses on organizational
environments and planned change in the health
care deliver)- system. Cotirse may be taught in
another countn- to provide international
aspects.
Prerequisite:
Consent of the
programs and interventions
instructor.
interventions and values as the\' implement
I
critical thinking,
therapeutic inter\entions/technolog>-
advanced practice. Focuses on leadership
theories, strategies for maturation and change,
concepts of power and influence, and
82.505, candidacy- for
research skills, and understand the
development and operationalization of health
policies within communit\- health programs.
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
knowledge,
related to the role ofthe clinical nurse specialist
and
students continue to apply critical thinking,
82.512
facilitated to assimilate additional
theor>- and research in advancing the students'
Explores the concepts of organizational st\ie
and the theories of management behavior
assignments. Prerequisites: 82.501, 82.502,
82.503, 82.504,
M.S.N.
communication
82503,
self-directed learning activities, the
is
.specialist in adult health and illness by
assuming leadership/management positions in
a health care setting and b)- functioning both
independendy and collaboratively with clients,
support systems, other providers and
communit)- in improving the qualit)' of adult
health care. Social, ethical and political actions
are employed in order to initiate and affect
change regarding the development of health
care polio* and its effect on health care Weekly
student-conducted seminars focus on the
of current community- health issues, develop
82.505, 82.506, candidacy for M.S.N.
student
enhanced through seminar
are
enable the students to participate in the analysis
Prerequisites: 82.500, 82.501, 82.502,
Through
expertise in the mtiltifaceted roles of the clinical
practitioner, educator, researcher, consultant
and leader/manager. Leadership principles
and strategies are applied as students assess
and anal^-ze the health status and determinants
of health of populations and the total
community.
Students collaborate and
coordinate with other community' health
ntirses, a variet\" of providers, and clients in a
diversity- of settings to plan and develop
innovative programs designed to meet
identified health needs of risk populations in
the communit)'. Weekly seminars assist and
tlirough independent, self-directed learning.
Research
(6)
I
sy
strategies for health care reform.
82.513
82.511
as students collaborate
risk populations.
therapeutic
skills,
for selected high
effective
growth.
They function independently
and collaboratively with others who influence
the health care environment to improve the
Nursing Research
82.550
II
(3)
to engage in social, ethical
Serves as the culminating experience in the
Students synthesize knowledge
program.
drawn from core and clinical course work to
which
expand on the research prospectus developed
health of the communit)-. Students continue
initiate
and political actions
and effect change at the
community' level. Interventions that assist in
the development of public policy- based on the
assessed needs of populations are stressed.
Weekly seminars continue to focus on the
analysis of current
community
health issues,
leadership in the development of health policy
and research in the advanced practice in
community' health nursing. Prerequisite:
82511.
82.532
Adult Health and Illness Nursing
In developing a
Nursing Research I.
comprehensiv e proposal, students conduct an
extensive review and critique of relevant
in
literature,
formulate a conceptual or theoretical
framework and select an appropriate research
The course is
design and methodology.
presented in a seminar format with open forum
defense of the proposal serving as a
comprehensive examination. Prerequisite:
All course work in the nursing major
II
(6)
Concentrates on advanced professional nursing
82.590
Upon
Thesis
(6)
successful completion of 82.550,
.
Bloomsburg University
students who choose to carry out their research
Ptiysics
44.440
(Code 54)
study may enroll in thesis as an elective option.
Prerequisite:
82.550
54.421
Systems (Code 94)
Office
Solid State Physics
(3)
Examines physical properties of matter in the
solid state. Reviews basic quantum concepts,
crystal structure, electrons in metals, electrical
94.500
Office
An overview
Systems and Information
of office systems
and
technology,
—
procedures
(3)
people,
within
organizational and environmental contexts.
Provides an understanding of the evolving role
band theory,
and the p-n junction. Studies dielectric and
magnetic properties of matter. Three hours of
class per week. Prerequisite: 54.310, 54.314;
Mathematics 53.225.
conductivity, semiconductors,
94.510
Systems Applications
(3)
Discusses applications of office automation
technologies to enhance productivity of office
employees from support personnel to
managers. Hands-on experience includes
comparative and selective techniques for
hardware and software, as well as an evaluation
of appropriate training materials for support
Provides application of communication
(3)
skills
professionals who work in
environments with automated information and
communication systems. Topics include: oral
and written reports, systems-related documents
(reports, proposals, procedures), research
methods, and information technology.
for those
Explores the constitutional limitations, citizen
expectations and myths surrounding these
institutions.
44.446
Constitutional
Law
(3)
I
federal-state relationships. Offered fall semester
thermodynamics, thermodynamics of simple
systems, introduction to kinetic theory, and
statistical thermodynamics. Three hours of
class perweek. Prerequisite: 54.2 12, or 54. 1 12
with consent of instructor; Mathematics
only.
53.225.
54.450
Introduction to
Quantum Mechanics
(3)
Administrative Communications
legislative relationships, constitutional issues.
(3)
Thermodynamics
personnel.
94.520
(3)
Presents concepts and principles of classical
54.422
Office
The President and Congress
Reviews presidential and congressional politics,
public policy-making roles, executive-
Analyzes the evolution, structure, andfunction
of the Supreme Court, concentrating on a case
study approach of the court's interpretations
of the powers of the president. Congress, and
of the office as a key information systems
center.
Page 53
Examines the development and interpretation
of Schroedinger's wave mechanics, its
mathematical formalism, and the results and
predictions of this
quantum theory as applied
hydrogen
atom, and multi-electron atoms. Three hours
class per week.
Prerequisite: 54.310;
Mathematics 53-225.
to one-dimensional systems, the
44.447
Constitutional
Law
Studies the decisions of the
(3)
II
Supreme Court
as
they are related to the individual and the
government, concentrating on nationalization
of the Bill of Rights, rights of persons accused
of crimes, equal protection, and voting rights.
Offered spring semester only.
44.448
Judicial Process
(3)
Studies policy-making by the federal courts,
primarily the
Supreme Court. Analyzes nature
of the policy-making ftinction as well as the
impact of policy-making on American society.
44.452
State and Local
Government and
Politics
(3)
Presents a description and analysis of state and
94.530
Telecommunications
local legislatures, executives,
(3)
Political
Introduction to telecommunications in the
business environment. Topics include:
area
networks,
communications media, hardware, and
software.
local
Management
issues
and
practical
applications are an integral part of the course.
Emphasizes
the
application
of
telecommunications to facilitate information
interchange in whatever form the information
takes: voice, data, text, and image.
94.540
Training and Oevelopment
(3)
Applies theories of learning and instructional
procedures to education and training of
employees in office systems. Topics include:
instructional design, strategies, technology,
and implementation, evaluation, and
management of training with the organizational
structure.
94.550
Integrated Office Systems
(3)
Capstone course of office systems curriculum.
The Development
Thought
during the last semester ofthe degree program
Prerequisite:
the instructor.
94.500, 94.540 or consent of
of Political
judiciaries;
and problems. Offered spring semester
in political
44.409
philosophy
American
Political
Thought
(3)
Analyzes the relationship of American political
thought to contemporary political science by
using traditional materials in an historical,
chronological way but reworking them to
show their relation and relevance to actions
and
institutions.
Covers main ideas of the
leading political thinkers in America from the
Colonial period to the present.
44.437
only.
(3)
A serious in-depth look at higher-level questions
Public Administration Applications
44.458
U.S. Foreign Policy
(3)
Analyzes substance, methods, and purposes of
U.S. foreign policy including the determinants
of policy, policy-making machinery, and
implementation matters.
44.464
Government and
Politics of Ireland
(3)
Surveys historic, social, cultural, and religious
developments
in Ireland
with concentration
on a study of the government and politics of
Northern Ireland and the Irish Republic.
Examines contemporary literature, drama,
music, and art.
(3)
Puts into practice the theory of public
administration by using simulations and cases.
Offered spring semester only.
44.438
Public Personnel Administration
Includes a synthesis and an application of
concepts related to current office systems
topics. Students should enroll in this course
and
the myths and realities of state and local politics;
intergovernmental relations; current policies
44.405
telephony, data codes, protocols, network
architectures,
Science (Code 44)
Examines public service
(3)
as a career, the
personnel needs of national, state, and local
governments; civil service law, personnel
systems; and current problems in the public
service.
44.487
International
Law and Organizations
(3)
Examines the nature of international law and
politics and surveys basic issues in
contemporary international law. The course
also examines the process of international
organizations and selected issues.
44.490
Independent Study
Science
in Political
(3)
Provides for individualized reading, research,
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 54
and reporting under conditions of minimal
supen ision. Projects must have departmental
approval and be under way by the end of the
first
week
making. Class size limited to 20 students.
48.101 and consent of the
instructor. Offered spring semester only.
Prerequisite:
of a session.
Seminar
in
Government and
Politics
(3)
Examines selected government and politics in
an attempt to review and unifj' theories and
methods of political science. Emphasizes
individual research projects.
Professional Studies (Code 79)
79.591
Research
in
based assessment, and informal diagnostic
techniques; analysis of extreme reading
application of practical remediation
techniques; discussion of how to adapt
instructional techniques to test results, a clinical
environment, and a classroom.
disabilities;
48.453
44.492
interpretation of standardized tests, curriculum-
Education
(3)
methods and techniques used in
educational research; development and
Studies
Organizational Psychology
(3)
Describes the application of psychological
theory and research to the study of industrial,
business, profit, and nonprofit service, military,
and governmental organizations. Emphasizes
the interaction of individual perceptions, group
dynamics, and organizational climate and
strategies to maximize the satisfaction and
effectiveness of each component within and
between complex organizations. Prerequisite:
48.101, 48.253, and consent of instructor.
Offered spring semester only.
Clinical Practicum
(3)
I
age students who have reading and/or learning
difficulties; focuses on self-help strategies
related to decoding, comprehension, oral
reading, and study
emphasizes the
skills;
application of clinical strategies to curriculum
materials
48.464
interpretation of statistical data and application
Advanced Experimental Design
(3)
Presents an advanced consideration of the
to professional problems.
63.543
Clinical experience in diagnosing and
remediating the reading difficulties of school-
and homework; written summary
reports required.
63541,
Prerequisites: 63.540,
63. 548 plus consent ofclinic director.
planning, conduct, and evaluation of research
79.593
studies
in
Human
Diversity
(3)
Designed for teachers seeking an advanced
degree in education. Broadly based and fieldbased oriented. Provides additional
opportunities to integrate new learning and
classroom experiences in these areas: human
development, language and culture, learning
modes and stales, multicultural and exceptional
sfjdies, and an understanding of the social and
cultural milieu.
79.599
Ttiesis
(6)
Student demonstrates ability to employ
accepted methods of educational research in
the solution or intensive study of some problem
area of interest or concern.
The problem
area
and biological sciences,
employing parametric and non parametric
statistics. Emphasizes inferential statistics,
design, analysis, interpretation, and computer
in the behavioral
Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160,
48.281, 48.282, or consent of the instructor.
utilization.
is
pursuing.
Psychology (Code 48)
48.406
Independent Study
in
Psychology
(3)
instructor
48.497
and departmental approval.
Psychology Practicum
(1-15)
Provides application of psychological
knowledge through study, observation, and
practice in a community. May be repeated for
Prerequisites:
instructor.
Human
Studies the historical and contemporary
Theories
of
Learning
learning systems and models
which
(3)
yield
of Personality
Prerequisites: 63-540,
63.545
Organization and Administration of
Reading Programs (K-12)
(3)
For classroom teachers, reading specialists,
and resource room specialists who are involved
with a school district's reading program;
emphasizes a working knowledge of
certification requirements, job descriptions,
guidelines for programs funded through federal
or state agencies, resources for exemplary
reading programs, program evaluation, and
parent involvement.
Reading (Code 63)
63.540
self,
and
learning points of view. Prerequisite: 48.101,
48.160, 48.281, or consent of instructor.
Offered fall semester only.
in
Group
Introduction to the Teaching of
(3)
Focuses on recent research and trends and
provides an historical perspective of reading
instruction; designed to develop a knowledge
base and instructional competence with
different programs and approaches to reading
instruction.
norm-setting, leadership, problem solving, role
playing cooperation/competition, and decision
the Content Areas
63.541
(3)
in
Reading
(3)
in the study of
recent research in the field of reading as it is
applied to curriculum, instructional materials,
and procedures of teaching reading.
63.548
Reading Instruction
Learner
for the At-Risk
(3)
Emphasizes methodology related to improving
skills of at-risk learners: provides
an overview of how Pennsylvania laws and atrisk learners affect classroom instruaion; topics
the reading
Diagnosis and Prescription
in
Reading
Emphasizes
Seminar
Advanced independent work
(3)
Offers on-going experience on topics including
in
for content area instruction in grades 4-12;
63.547
Reading
personality. Considers personality from
psychoanalytic, social, individual,
Reading
Presents theory and related teaching strategies
and strategies for improving
comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills.
(3)
study of theories explaining
development, structure, and organization of
63.546
evaluations,
critical
Processes
reading instruction.
topics include the reading process, textbook
principles for practical application.
instructor.
Laboratory Training
Practicum I, provides
experience with different age/grade levels and
in 63.543, Clinical
(3)
48.576
48.451
reports required;
director.
Requires
reports and discussions of current research
and may be repeated with change in topic.
Prerequisite:
48.101 and consent of the
Provides a
summary
when combined with the experiences acquired
of technical psychological literature or
empirical manipulation of variables in the field
or laboratory under supervision of a psychology
faculty member. Requires written report on
results of study. Prerequisites: Consent of the
Consent of the
significant topics in psychology.
Theories
(3)
1!
applying a remedial
63.541, 63.543, 63-548 and consent of clinic
Provides for an advanced consideration of
48.436
setting; written
in
Studies a topic via either review and research
a total of 15 semester hours.
Psychology Seminar
Clinical Practicum
experience
practical application of various theories of
48.466
selected for the research project must be related
to the curriculum that the student
63.544
Clinical
the
(3)
administration
and
include historial and current theories and
research
on
at-risk learners,
diagnostic tests.
Bloomsbiirg University
learning modalities, exemplary programs,
and
adapting instruction.
63.549
Teaching Reading
to the Hearing
Impaired/Language Handicapped
Child
(3)
methods, and materials
of teaching reading to hearing impaired/
language handicapped mdividuals; awareness
of research and clinic practices which can be
applied to classroom settings.
Literature, Literacy
and Culture
lead
to
environmental
particularly water,
(3)
Examines psychological aspects of literacy
development and implications for teaching
reading, writing, listening, and speaking across
Sociology of Deviant Behavior
Evaluates the presence and function of deviance
in society. Includes
mental
illness
and various
types of crime and stigmatized behavior.
Examines
how
therapeutically
handled
through
deviance is
and legally
Sociology of Aging
its
and punishment.
In-depth discussion of cognitive and behavioral
45.500
Sociology of Mass Communication
(3)
effects of mass media, especially television,
Work Processes
Utilizes problem-solving interventions in small
Social
(3)
II
groups integrating social work knowledge,
skills, and values. Offered fall semester only.
Middle and Junior High Schools
(3)
Inquires into the role of early secondary
education by analyzing historical trends,
curricular patterns, instructional designs,
and
organization unit.
Emphasis on teacher behavior, student values
and attitudes, and instructional designs peculiar
to junior high, middle, and intermediate
schools.
65.560
Development
Secondary
of the
School Curriculum
Problems
related
(3)
experimentation, and improvement of
curriculum practices in the secondary school.
Evaluating Teaching
65.571
in
Middle and
Secondary Schools
(3)
Improvement of instruction through
analysis.
self
Micro-teaching techniques, planning
dimensions, self-appraisal techniques.
Designed for teachers with special reference
to the
work of cooperating
assessment and intervention with primary
emphasis on ecological systems. Covers
knowledge of rudimentary assessment and
intervention skills for problem solving with
families.
Social Welfare Policy
Independent Study
Education
in
Secondary
(1-6)
See course description for 60.581.
United States cross-culturally compared
in other societies. Specific
institutions selected depending on the interest
in the
with those
45.513
Offered spring semester only.
adolescent's social interactions in groups and
Seminar
in
(1-6)
Computer Applications
in
U.S. society
Sciences
(3)
45.523
An introduction to computer use for the social
Social Indicators
(3)
on systematic step-by-step understanding,
analysis, and preparation of social indicators at
the federal, state, and local levels of social
The Contemporary American
Community
(3)
and
interpretation of statistical results.
Prerequisites: 45.260 or similar statistics
course. Offered spring semester only.
dynamics of community life, its institutions,
organizations, and people within the context
of the development of post-industrial society.
translating questions into data analysis
45.525
45.467
Population Problems
human population,
(3)
major theories,
and future
developments of population, and impacts of
population problems on society as influenced
by vital processes.
its
Social Service Planning
(3)
Provides an advanced consideration of the
development of social
of the social
Current Social Issues
(3)
Analyzes current social issues and solutions
offered to solve them. Explores issues and
solutions within the broad framework of the
social sciences and specific framework of
sociological and anthropological data.
Sociology of Work
(3)
Focuses on structure and organization of
industrial and post-industrial societies and the
of the social effects of social policy, planning,
relationship between work organizations
within communities and society. Presents a
sociological examination of work and the milieu
of the worker. Course focuses on formal and
informal work organizations, worker job
and services on people
satisfaction,
local levels of organization.
Reinforces and extends earlier learning in
research techniques and methods by focusing
with special emphasis on the
An advanced examination
and implementation of social
and/or human services at federal, state, and
45.441
(3)
sciences (through use of SPSS). Emphasizes
policy, planning,
Sociology (Code 45)
American Society
the Social
social context of the
See course description for 60.583.
in
institutions.
45.465
45.468
Secondary Education
Adolescents
Studies the role of adolescents in contemporary
45.578
65.583
(3)
(3)
distributions composition, changes,
65.581
Social Institutions
Sociological examination of major institutions
Frameworks for analyzing social and economic
policies presented with special focus on
legislative, judicial, and administrative policies.
Studies
teachers.
45.511
of students and faculty.
45.453
development,
to
field.
(3)
Surveys the major theoretical models for family
Instructional Strategies in the
tliis
Family Counseling
on
audiences, the social structure of
communications industry, particularly its
influence on media content and the political
use of mass media. Students critique the latest
research articles in the
45.451
Curriculum Development and
(3)
major theoretical themes,
patterns of living, socio-psychological and
cultural consequences of aging. Examines the
contemporary issues, problems, and programs
Studies aging,
of the aging.
needs of diverse learners.
Secondary Education (Code 65)
45.490
institutionalization and treatment. Attempts to
provide a broad theoretical perspective as well
as concrete examples of deviance in any society.
Examines current methods of rehabilitation
45.450
personnel structure of
pollution,
energy and other resource depletion, and
(3)
the curriculum; addresses the instructional
65.530
deterioration,
and noise
air,
increasing population density.
45.443
Principles, practices,
63.550
policy planning and analysis. Promotes
understandmg of social indicators and the use
of these indicators within all levels of society.
Page 55
A critical analysis
in a service-oriented,
post-industrial society.
45.474
Contemporary Environmental Issues
(3)
Examines some major human problems
that
and
dissatisfaction.
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 56
secondary students. Math education software,
manipulatives, games, and materials will be
Special Education (Code 70)
70.501
70.550
Administration and Supervision of
Teaching Methods
for Individuals
with Mild and Moderate Disabilities,
evaluated and utilized.
Elementary
(3)
Education for Exceptional Individuals
70.526
Transition Services for Individuals
(3)
Application of the fundamental principles of
school administration and supen ision to the
areas of exceptionality' and to problems unique
to each. School law. teacher recruitment, inser\ ice education, organization and integration
of special education and ancillan- ser\'ices,
evaluation of special provisions, and finance as
with Special Needs
(3)
Presents an overview of methodology and
sen ice structures that facilitate the successful
from school to adult
transition
living for
individuals with special needs. Examination of
individual vocational assessment,
development
these bear on special education.
of functional vocational curriculum, and the
instruction of vocational competencies will be
70.502
content focus. Issues related to the transition
planning process are presented.
Mental Retardation
(3)
Intensive review of research pertaining to
etiolog)'
Language Arts
Special Needs
70.533
of mental retardation, classification
systems, and diagnosis. Includes study of brain
injur)', familial
retardation, research on learning
and evaluation of psychological
Criteria distinguishing mental retardation
characteristics,
tests.
from other problems.
70.505
Seminar
Facilitates
in
Learning Disabilities
(3)
an in-depth study of the behavioral
and cognitive development of
children with specific learning disabilities.
characteristics
Intended for students seeking a master' s degree
with concentrated emphasis in learning
disabilities.
Enrollment limited to students
with the necessary- prerequisites and the
approval of the instructor.
70.506
Introduction to Early Intervention
(3)
Presents an overview of the field of early
inter\'ention, including historical perspectives,
philosophies of early intervention, influences
of disabilities on the development of young
children and early inter%'ention models.
70.516
Psychology
Of Exceptional
Individuals
(3)
Symptomatology personality formation and
developmental and therapeutic consideration
for the exceptional indi\'idual.
for
Students with
(3)
Will provide preservice teachers with a
comprehensive overview of skills, assessment,
and strategies for teaching listening, speaking,
reading, and written expression. A holistic
philosophy for teaching language arts will be
Students will prepare a portfolio of
resources and "best practices" for teaching
language arts to students with special needs.
stressed.
70.534
Learning Disabilities
(3)
Study of characteristics and symptoms of
specific learning disorders.
Introduction to
diagnostic and educational procedures used
with learning disorders.
Emphasis on
perceptual and conceptual factors in the
development of language skills. For individuals
who have not had a course in learning
Diagnostic and Remedial
Techniques
(3)
Diagnostic and remedial techniques and
instruments used with children in special
education programs. Critical evaluation of
applicability of each to the child in relation to
causes and conditions of exceptionality.
Development of skills in interpreting and
writing case histories and reports in selection
70.522
and application of remedial techniques and
evaluation of progress. Prerequisite: Course
Assessment and Remediation of
Mathematics for Special Needs
Students
(3)
Provides an overview of the concepts of
hierarchy of skills, computation, and
application of addition, subtraction,
in tests
and measurements or its equivalent.
70.547
-
Students will
administer and interpret achievement,
diagnostic and curriculum-based mathematics
assessment.
Emphasis on development of
remedial math programs, adaptations of math
curriculum for special needs students and
design of a functional mathematics curriculum
for moderately disabled students.
Students
evaluate, design, and implement a math
program for elementary, middle school and/or
Individuals
(3)
Provides an introduction to technology as it is
being applied to meet the needs of exceptional
individuals.
Both simple and high technology
solutions are explored as they relate to meeting
the needs of individuals with mental, physical,
sensory and communication disabilities. Topics
include instructional tools and adaptations,
environmental interfaces, prosthetics, as well
as data
teacher, practice collaborative problem solving
and selecting and adapting instructional
materials for students with special needs.
70.551
Teaching Methods for Individuals
with Mild and Moderate Disabilities,
Secondary
(3)
Will familiarize students with a variety of
instructional techniques used to enhance the
learning process of individuals with disabilities
at
the secondary level. Information pertaining
to current issues in secondary special education
and their impact on service delivery
be discussed.
70.552
will also
Projects in Special Education
(3)
Designed to further a student s own interest
and competency in an area of special education
for the exceptional child. Library research or
individual projects involving service to the
may be agreed upon and
conducted under supervision of a staff member.
exceptional person
70.556
The Mentally Gifted Individuals
(3)
Principles and practices that are modifying
school programs to conser\ e and develop to
optimum degree the capabilities of the
more able individuals. Covers teaching
techniques and devices used effectively in
both the elementary and the secondary school.
and productivity
tools.
70.559
Seminar
in
Education of Exceptional
Individuals
(3)
Research oriented and devoted to problems in
the education of exceptional individuals. The
problems may be theoretical and practical.
Consideration given to problems of interest to
the student.
70.562
Issues of Individuals with Physical
Disabilities
(3)
Provides information and experience with
educationally relevant motor disabilities.
Technology and Exceptional
multiplication, division, fractions, decimals,
time, and measurement.
learning needs and abilities. Provides awareness
of role expectations of the special education
the
disabilities.
70.544
Presents principles for effective teaching
techniques and current best practices
applicable to elementary students with diverse
Covers normal motor development; formal
and informal assessment of motor skills and
problems: developmental and corrective
preschool and elementary school programs;
conditions resulting in severe motor disabilities,
self-care, academic, and psycho-social aspects
of physical disabiliU'; prevocational. and
vocational adjustment of the physically
handicapped; and current issues related to
research and litigation.
Bloomsburg University
Reading and Interpreting Research
70.565
in
Special Education
(3)
Aids the student in reading, understanding,
each student. Supervised demonstrations are
an integral part of the course.
74.567
and
results of statistical
and evaluating the
study of some problem area of interest or
concern. The research project must be related
to the exceptional person.
questions that can be answered by various
statistical procedures,
and the development of an
detect misuse of statistics.
designs,
ability to
Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.570
(3)
Covers characteristics of children with behavior
disorders, approaches to remediation, general
principles of classroom management simulated
,
problem
solving, ideal
academic models
for
children with behavior disorders, research
findings,
70.572
and sources of information.
Seminar on Behavior Disorders
Seminar group composed of those
to read
who wish
applications, as well as future directions,
moral
and more advanced systems of
management and instruction.
issues,
Seminar
Current Issues
in
in
Special
Education
in
Special Education
(3)
Graduate experience for students in a setting
with exceptional persons. Student spends a
minimum of eiglit hours per week in practicum
and meets regularly in a seminar fashion with
the university instructors.
(3-6)
Internship in special education.
Supervision
to take place in schools or educational situations
under supervision of the local supervisor and
graduate faculty.
Special Workshop
I
(1-6)
Temporary special workshop seminars
designed to focus on contemporary trends,
topics,
and problems
in the field of special
education. Lecturers, resource speakers, team
teaching, field experience and practicum,
media, and related techniques.
workshops are funded
70.599
(3)
Involves a study of basic sign language
vocabulary and fmgerspelling techniques used
in communication with deaf/hard of hearing
Emphasis on developing proper
expressive and receptive skills.
new
Usually
projects.
Master's Research Paper
74.568
Advanced American Sign Language
(3)
Study of the expressive and receptive
components of American Sign Language with
an emphasis on communicating with the deaf.
74.569
Curricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard
Examines
Hearing
(3)
practices, content,
and methods of
teaching school subjects to the deaf/hard of
hearing with emphasis on content and methods
rather than theory.
(6)
opportunity to employ accepted methods of
educational research in the solution or intensive
74.570
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard
of
74.560
Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard
of
Hearing
(3)
I
Provides an opportunity to work with deaf/
hard of hearing children and/or adults.
Emphasis on speech and language remediation
of
deaf/hard
of
hearing
Prerequisites: 74.564,
74.564
individuals.
74.566,
and 74.567
Speech
for the
Deaf/Hard
of
Hearing
Hearing
(6)
II
Evaluates hearing losses affecting the
communicational, educational, and vocational
adjustment of individuals tlirough supervised
observation, classroom practice, and practicum
experience. Students are assigned to approved
private and public programs for the deaf/hard
of hearing and work with selected professionals
in education of the deaf/hard of hearing,
following the same schedules and assuming
responsibilities similar to those of professionals.
(3)
Study of the principles and techniques used in
development and formation of English speech
sounds by the synthetic and analytic methods
with special consideration given to production,
classification, and transmission of speech
sounds. Supervised demonstrations and
practicums are an integral part of the course.
74.565
Internship'
70.596,597,598
presentations are an integral part of this course.
of
Problems and Trends
the Deaf/Hard of
70.595
(3)
(3)
Designed to help students identify counseling
needs of communicatively disabled individuals
and their families and to provide basic, shortterm counseling. Students introduced to various
counseling strategies in individual and group
settings as appropriate to schools and speech
and hearing clinics.
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language
of
planning. Supervised demonstrations and
(3)
forum to review
and analyze current trends and issues in special
education. The content of the course will
change as current trends and issues emerge.
Practicum
of
(concurrently)
Will provide students with a
70.591
Counseling Needs
Deaf/Hard
Study of structured approaches to teaching
spoken and written language, of language
assessment devices and appropriate lesson
Hearing Loss (Code 74)
Communicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families
Group reads
research and discusses implications for
70.575
74.490
in
for the
II
individuals.
(3)
and discuss current material related to
the area of behavior Didorders.
new
Studies
a knowledge ofthe basic
steps of hypothesis testing, analysis and
comparison of excellent and poor research
Language
Hearing
behavioral research carried out by others.
Covers a working knowledge of basic statistical
terms, an introduction to the type of research
Page 57
Teaching
Hearing
Arrangements relating to student interest
must be approved by program adviser.
Permission of curriculum coordinator
required.
74.580
Independent Study and Research
Permits students to
work under
(3)
close faculty
guidance on library study of specified areas or
individual research projects
when
particular
in
(3)
Focuses on current practices and trends in
education and welfare of the deaf/hard of
hearing. Concerned with psychology, social
adjustment, educational achievement, political
and social viewpoints, learning problems, and
needs cannot be met by registration in regularly
scheduled courses.
74.581
Independent Study and Research
(3)
See course description for 74.580.
74.584
vocational competence of deaf/liard of hearing.
Research in Education
Hard of Hearing
of the Deaf/
(3)
New techniques and methodologies.
74.599
74.566
Language
Hearing
I
for the
Deaf/Hard
of
(3)
Study of the principles and techniques used in
the development and correction of language
for the deaf/hard of hearing. Student
familiarized with leading systems of natural
language development designed for the deaf/
hard of hearing. The step-by-step development
of at least one language system is required for
Master's Thesis
(3
-
6)
Graduate Studies Catalog
Page 58
Administration and Faculty
Administration
JESSICA sledge KOZLOFF, President, B.S.,
M.A., University of Nevada-Reno;
Ph.D., Colorado State University
CAROL MATTESON, Interim Provost and Vice
President for Academic Affairs,
Slippery
Rock
B.S.,
Interim Assistant Vice President for Graduate
Studies and Research
State College; M.S.,
University of Oregon; Ph.D., University
Council of Trustees
of Pittsburgh
Robert W. Buehner Jr.
(as of March 1994)
Kevin M. O Connor
Ramona
Gerald
Plains
Malinowski
Chairperson
Berwick
Vice Chairperson
Mount Carmel
Atherton Jr.
Wilkes-Barre
H. Alley
E.
Secretary!
James
Graduate Council
T.
HAROLD
J. BAILEY, Professor, Mathematics
and Computer Science and Director,
Institute for Interactive
Technolo-
A.
GEORGE
BERTELSEN, Associate
Communication Studies
P.
CHAMURIS,
Professor,
Associate Professor,
Biological and Allied Health Sciences
ROGER W.
ELLIS, Associate Professor, Busi-
ness Education and Office Adminis-
WILUAM GRUTZKUHN,
student representa-
Business Eduction and Office
Administration, 1993-94
ROBERT B. KOSLOSKY, Professor, Art
LINDA M. LEMURA, Associate Professor,
Health, Physical Education, and Athletics
Scranton
Anna Mae Lehr
James H. McCormick
Bloomsburg
John McDaniel
Bloomsburg
Sunbun'
Ex-OJficio
Gail A. Zurick
HSIEN-TUNG
LIU, Dean,
CoUege of Arts and
Sciences
HOWARD
K.
MACAULEY,Dean, College of
Interim Dean, College of Business
EDWARDJ. POOSTAY, Professor, Curriculum
and Foundations
CARROLL J. REDFERN,
Professor,
Communi-
cation Disorders and Special Education
MINOO TEHRAN],
tration
tive,
Feasterville
Professional Studies
gies
DALE
Danville
LaRoy G. Davis
John J. Haggerty
Associate Professor, Man-
agement
PATRICL\ B. TORSELLA,
Assistant Professor,
Nursing
MEHMET UVEY, student representative, MBA
1994
,
,,
Bloomsburg University
CHARLES THOMAS WALTERS,
Accounting
RICHARD
BAKER,
L.
fessor, B.Mus.,
Professor, B.S., M.B.A.,
Associate Pro-
DePaul University;
B. S., University
Boston
Professor, B.S.,
Bloomsburg Uni-
DENNIS
HWANG,
B.
C. P.A.
,
Associate Professor,
M.A.,Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
RICHARD W. SCHRADER, Assistant Professor,
St.
The Pennsylvania
P.
CHAMURIS, Associate Professor,
Community College;
A. A.S., Dutchess
B. S., State University of
New
York
Albany; M.S. James Madison University;
Florida State University.
Ph.D., State University of
,
New
THOMAS F. ALETO,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
University' of Notre
sity of Illinois,
DAVID
Dame; M.A., Univer-
of
Urbana-
Illinois,
JUDITH
Green
Grand Rapids Junior College; B. A. M. A.
Michigan State University; Ph.D.,
Georgetown University.
ROBERTR. REEDER, Associate Professor, B.A.,
Professor, B.S., Bowl-
PHILUP
B.S.,
Arizona State University.
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
M.A., Rider College; Ed.D.,
Temple Uni-
versity.
JANICE C. KEIL, Assistant Professor, B.S. M.Ed.
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D. Temple
,
State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
State University of
Professor, A. A.,
ELUS, Associate Professor,
M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,
,
DOWNING,
P.
ing
MINDERHOUT,
J.
University.
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D.,
University
Champaign.
of Colorado.
ROGER W.
JAMES E. COLE, Professor, B.A., M.A., Western
Michigan University; Ph.D., Illinois State
University.
Associate Professor,
Florida State University; M.Ed.,
DENNIS O. GEHRIS,
Forestry.
College;
of New York
University of Florida; Ed.D., University
York,
College of Environmental Science and
Anthropology
Associate Professor,
Temple
DITTMAN,
A.
B.S.,
at
M.A. Central Michigan University; Ph.D.,
,
State University.
Community
Albany; Ed.D.,
at
NANCY
B.S.,
State College; D.Ed.,
B. S., M.S., State University
B.S.,
Joseph's College; Ph.D., Cornell Uni-
GEORGE
Bloomsburg
A. A.S., Dutchess
ARDIZZI, Assistant Professor,
P.
Systems
DONNA J. COCHRANE,
versity.
Michigan State University;
C.P.A., B.A.,
University.
ELLEN M. CLEMENS, Associate Professor,
M.S.,
Sciences
Chengchi University;
B.A.,
State University.
Biological and Allied Health
JOSEPH
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Auburn
Office
Associate Profes-
Edinboro State College; M.S.,
The Pennsylvania
Bucknell University;
versity; M.S.B.A.,
WILSON JR.,
T.
sor, B.S.,
of
Idaho.
BUREL GUM,
University of Michigan.
KENNETH
of Wisconsin; M.S.B.A.,
University-, Ph.D., University
Ph.D.,
Business Education and
,
MICHAELC. BLUE, Associate Professor, C.P.A.
MARGARET TUX, Assistant Professor, B.S., M.S.,
M.S.,
M.F.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,
Bloomsburg University; Ph.D. The Pennsylvania State University; C.P.A.,C.M.A.
Page 59
FARBER,
New York at Buffalo.
University.
JOHN J.
OLIVOJR., Professor,
B.S.,
Davis and
Professor, B.S., King's
Elkins College; M.Ed., Trenton State
College; M.S., Boston College; Ph.D.,
College; Ph.D., Michigan State Univer-
Catholic Llniversity of America.
sity.
A.
,
M.S.,
GEORGE J. GELLOS, Associate Professor, B.S.,
Mulilenberg College; M.S., Ohio Univer-
The Pennsylvania State University;
Ph.D.,
sity;
M.A., University of Colorado.
DEE ANNE WYMER, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
The Pennsylvania
versity.
C. fflLL, Professor, B.S., M.S.,
Illinois State University;
KARL
sity
A.
BEAMER, Associate
Kutztown
Professor, B.S.,
State College; M.F.A.,
The
Special Education
DL\NNE
FREDERICK
Art
Communication Disorders and
State Uni-
Ph.D., Univer-
of Louisville.
CAROL
BURNS,
B.
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh.
JUDITH KIPE-NOLT, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Messiah College; M S, Ph.D., The Penn-
THOMAS
burg
CLARK,
Assistant Professor, B.F.A.,
MARK
ROBERT B. KOSLOSKY, Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
State College; Ph.D.,
L.
NAGEL,
Professor, B.F.A., Coo-
per Union; M.F.A., Pratt
CHRISTINE M. SPERUNG, Associate
sor, B.A., M.A., University
Ph.D.,
Brown
LOUIS
University of Maryland; M.F.A.,
Institute of Art.
Associate Professor,
B.F.A., University
Indiana University.
of Hartford; M.F.A.,
CROWELL
JR, Associate Profes-
Southern Connecticut
ARTHURG.DlGNAN,AssistantProfessor,B.A.,
New
Gallaudet Llniversity, M.S., California
V.
MINGRONE,
State University, M.Ed., East Central
Professor, B.S., SUp-
Washington
State
PARSONS, Associate Professor, B.S.,
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
CYNTHLV A. SURMACZ, Professor, B.S., The
E.
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Milton
Connecticut.
State University.
University; Ph.D.,
JAMES
R.
sor, B.S., M.S.,
State University; Ph.D., University of
University.
VERA VIDITZ-WARD,
ARTHUR
MILLER, Professor, B.S., CoUege of
Pharmacy, University of Rhode Island;
pery Rock State College; M.S., Ohio
of Oregon;
University.
.
Maryland
Associate Professor,
Profes-
Barbara; STROHMAN, Associate Professor,
B.S.,
lege; M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State
Mexico
Institute.
Provi-
Michigan.
MELNYCHUK,
M.S., University of Texas; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University.
STEWART
,
dence College; M.A.T., Assumption Col-
LYNNE C.
The
of Pittsburgh.
RONALD R. CHAMPOUX, Professor, B.A.
University.
of West Virginia.
Kutztown
S.
B. S.,
Maryland Institute of Art; M.A., University
Associate Professor,
Florida.
Cranbrook Academy of Art.
State College; Ed.D., Lehigh Uni-
versity; Ph.D., University
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of South
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A.,
F.
KUNGER,
Professor, B.S.,
Mansfield State College; M.Ed., Blooms-
A. A., Bradford College; B.A., Macalester
The Pennsylvania State University; M. A.
GARY
S.
Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
RICHARD M. ANGELO,
sylvania State University
Pennsylvania State University.
ANGELO,
H.
Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
S.
Hershey Medical Center, The
Pennsylvania State University.
University.
MARY
B. HILL, Professor, B.S.,
Bloomsburg
State College; M.Ed., University of Dela-
ware; Ph.D., Temple University.
JUDITH M. HIRSHFELD,
B.S.,
Assistant Professor,
M.A., Temple University; C.A.G.S.,
Boston University.
KENNETH P. HUNT, Professor, B.S., M.S., State
University of New YorkatBuffalo; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh.
.
.
Graduate Studies Catalog
SHEILA
DO\T
B.S.,
JONES.
,
.
Page 60
Assistant Professor,
Florida; Ph.D.. Florida State University.
M.Ed.. Bloomsburg State College;
HOWARD N. SCHREIER. Associate Professor,
Ed.D.. University of Missouri.
MICHAEL J. KARPINSKI.
B.A.. Brookly
ROBERT J. KRUSE. Professor. B.A.. M.A.. Ph.D.,
Temple
BONITA B. FRANKS. Associate Professor. B.S.,
University.
sity:
TOMUNSON.
State College; Ed.D.. Indi-
Associate Professor.
Slippery Rock L niversin-; M.Ed. Clarion
.
L niversity of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.. The
Ohio
G.
State University
DONALD \ULLERJR..
ana University of Permsyivania; M.A.,
Ph.D..
Temple
GERALD \X'. POWTRS.
Ed.D.. University of Louisv ille.
sity
CARL CHLMI.
of New Hampshire; Ed.D., University of
Bombay.
M.Ed..
B.S..
Shippensburg State College; Ph.D.. Uni-
VTSHAKHA W. RAWOOL. Assistant Professor,
B. S..
India; M.S.. University of
versity of Pittsburgh.
JAMES DUTT,
Texas; Ph.D.. Purdue University.
Bloomsburg
B.S.,
M.A.,
State Univer-
sity.
HAROLD
State College; Ed.D.. Lehigh University.
K. FREY, Associate Professor, B.S.,
Lock Haven
SAMUELB. SUKE. Professor. B.S.. The Pennsylvania State University; M.S.. University
Associate Professor,
The Permsyivania
Ph.D.,
CARROLL J. REDFERN. Professor. B.S..Johnson
C. Smith University; M.Ed.,
State College; M.A.. State
Associate Professor. B.A.,
Southampton CoUege and Cheyney
State University.
University; M.A.. Antioch University;
JUTJA M. WTITZ. Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Emerson College; M.S., Ph.D. University
CHARLESJ. HOPPEL. Associate Professor. B.S.,
University of Scranton; M.S.E., Ph.D.,
JOSEPH M. YOUSHOCK, Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
Assistant Professor. B.A.
University of Pittsburgh; M.F.A..
Carnegie Mellon University.
MARY KENNY BADAMI.
Fordham
tion; M.A..
Professor. B.S.,
vania State University.
fessor. B.A Willamette University: M.A..
.
The Pennsylvania
BRUCE CANDUSH.
State University.
MICHAELL. COLLINS. Assistant Professor. B.A..
Northeast Michigan State University
;
Purdue University.
RUMBOUGH,
B.A.,
NEIL
L.
BROWN.
Kutztown University; M.Ed.. Kent State
Ed.D.. Temple University.
University
CHERRINGTON,
A.
sor
;
,
B
.
Assistant Profes-
S ., University of Oklahoma
;
M Ed
.
.
Ph.D., Universin of Virginia.
King
sity;
s
College; M.A.. Seton Hall L'niver-
of Central
College: M.S.. Indiana University Ed.D..
:
MlSm.
L.
Assistant Professor. B.S.,
Mansfield; M.Ed.. Ph.D.,
The Pennsylva-
nia State University.
WmJAM O BRUm. Professor. B.S.. CaliforS.
Duquesne Uni-
versity; Ed.D. Indiana Urmersity ofPenn.
sylvania.
EGERTON
Assistant Professor. B.A..
O. OSUtNDE, Assistant Professor.
Bloomsburg University; M.S., Syracuse
University Ph D Pennsylvania State Uni:
Ahmadu
B.S..
.
.
;
Ohio
EDWARD
State University.
POOSTAY.
J.
M.Ed..
sity:
DONALD
M. H. FERESHTEH. Assistant Professor.
PRATT.
Assistant Professor. B.S..
Utica College of Syracuse University;
M.Ed..
St.
Lawrence
University: Ph.D..
University of South Florida.
ROSEMARY T. RADZIEMCH, Assistant Professor. B. A.
sity;
.
The Pennsylvania State Univer-
M.Ed.. Bloomsburg Lniversity:
Ed.D.. Lehigh University.
LORRAINE SHANOSKI.
Associate Professor.
M.Ed., Northeastern University:
Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsy lvania.
\TOLA SUPON.
Assistant Professor. B.S.,
Bloomsburg
B.A.,
B.S..
Ph.D., University of Georgia.
L.
B.S.,
versity.
Professor. Director.
Temple UniversityThe Pennsylvania State Univer-
Reading Clinic.
.
GARY J. DOBY. Assistant Professor. B.S.. M.S..
Ph.D., State University of New York at
Bello University; M.A..
Case\X estem Resene University Ph.D.
Ed.D.. University of Pennsylvania..
Buffalo.
Assistant Profes-
sor, B.A., M.A., University
Oregon.
Ball State University.
Assistant Professor. B.S.,
HENRY D. DOBSON. Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
San Jose State University; M.F.A., The
Pennsylvania State University.
B.
BEERS. Assistant Professor.
M.Ed., D.Ed.. University of Pittsburgh.
ROBERT L. CLARKE, Assistant Professor. B.A..
JANET RE^'NOLDS BODENMAN, Assistant Pro-
TIMOTH\'
MEADE
CHRIS
Rider CoUege; M. A., Ph.D., The Pennsyl-
M.F.A..
C.
Hunter College; Ph.D.. North-
DALE A. BERTELSEN. Associate Professor, B.S.,
M.S.. Ph.D.. University of
GORMAN L. MILLER. Professor, B.A., LaVeme
University of Miami.
ELAINE ANTDERSON. Assistant Professor. B.S..
Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed.. Ph.D.,
The Pennsylvania State University.
University. School of Educa-
western University.
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
Western Washington State College;
M.Ed.. Western Washington University;
University of Toronto: M.Ed.. Ed.D..
Curriculum and Foundations
Communication Studies
nia.
JANE MCPHERSON.
GILDA M. ORAN.
Syracuse University.
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Temple
Lniversity.
Professor, B.S., M.Ed.,
nia State College; M.Ed..
Ed.D.. University of Massachusetts.
of Pittsburgh.
HRANITZ.
R.
FRANK
College of Iowa; M.S.. Elmira College.
GENE GORDON,
of Scranton; D.Ed.. The Pennsylvania
KAREN ANSELM.
Southern California.
JOHN
Ed.D.. Indiana University of Peimsylva-
DAVIS. Professor.
S.
G. HARRIS. Assistant Professor. B.A..
Lutheran College; Ed.D.. University of
Associate Professor. B.A.. Uni-
Amherst.
Northern Colorado.
Professor, B.S.,
Macalester College; M.A.. California
Ph.D.. University of Massachusetts,
FRANK
GILGANNON,
G.
vania State University.
MARY
versity of Massachusetts, Boston; M.B.A..
of Massachusetts; M.Ed.. University
Farmington; M.Ed.,
at
Bloomsburg State College; M.S.,
Marywood College; D.Ed., The Pennsyl-
nia State University.
Professor. B.A., Univer-
Maine
versity of
PATRICLVM. BO'i'NE. Assistant Professor. B.A.,
Ladycliff College; M.S.. The Pennsylva-
University
State Uni-
Long Beach.
Computer and information
Systems
Professor. B.S.. Indi-
The Pennsylvania
ROBERT GATES, Assistant Professor. B.S.. Uni-
NANCY
Associate Professor. B.A..
Ph.D..
B.A.. M.A.. California State University at
ana University- of Pennsy lvania.
ROBERT J. LOWE.
M.S., Central Connecticut State Univer-
versity.
E.
Uni-
versity of Connecticut.
University of Denver.
LEE. Associate Professor. B.S.. .M.Ed..
Bloomsburg
Temple
The
University of Hartford; Ph.D.,
.M A. University
University of Northern Colorado; Ph.D.,
JAMES
University
Teacher University of Tehran; M.P.P.,
KARA SHULTZ, Assistant Professor, B.S., M.A..
Ph.D.. L'niversit)" of Mary land.
ANN L.
n College;
of Georgia; Ph.D..
Assistant Professor,
M.Ed.. Bloomsburg University;
B.S.,
.
State College; M.A.. Tren-
ton State College: Ed.D.. Temple Universiv,-.
,
,
,;
,
Bloomsburg University
DAVID E. WASHBURN, Professor, B.A., M.Ed.,
University
Ph.D.,
Arizona;
of
Postdoctoral Certificate in Multicultural
Education, University of Miami.
University of Denver; M.S.,
BRUCE
State College; Ed.D.,
M.B.A.,
St.
WM
.
STEVEN SMITH
Temple University.
PATRICIA K. WOLF, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Morehead University; M.A., Duquesne
,
Healtii, Physical
and Athletics
K. BAGI, Assistant Professor,
Punjab University;
Associate Professor,
B.S.,
BOHUNG,
Professor, B.A.,
Assistant Professor, B.S.,
New
State University of
Miami
York
at
Brockport; M.A., University of Northern
Colorado; Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts.
MEHDI HARIRIYAN, Associate Professor, B.A.,
National University; M.A.,
Iowa
State
New School for Social
University; Ph.D.,
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Ari-
Ph.D.,
University.
Instructional Technology
HAROLD J.
CoUege; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania.
TIMOTHY
PATCH,
P.
B.S., M.S.,
Assistant Professor,
NANCY
A.
FERDOCK,
B.A.,
THORNTON,
College of
Washington
JUNE
Associate Professor,
The University of Texas,
Finance and Business
St.
Catherine; M.S.,
University; Ph.D., Arizona
BEHR,
L.
TRUDNAK,
Professor, B.S., Blooms-
burg State College;
M.S., Bucknell Uni-
The Permsylvania
versity; Ph.D.,
State
University; M.A.,
Rutgers
Law
KAREN J. ELWELL,
CoUege of
New
York; Ph.D.,
Purdue University.
University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D.,
Ohio
The
State University.
State University of
New
York, M.A.,
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
IREM OZKARAHAN, Associate Professor, B SC,
Middle East Technical University, Tur-
MINOO TEHRANI,
Associate Professor,
B.S.,
Michigan Technological University; M.S.
Arizona State University.
PETER
B.
VENUTO,
Professor, B.A., Syracuse
Austin.
Hunter College;
J.D.,
School.
Associate Professor, B.A.,
Languages and Cultures
,
Champaign.
DAVIDG. HESKEL, Associate Professor, M.B.A.,
S.
B.S.,
BATORY,
Associate Professor,
King's CoUege; M.B.A., Old Domin-
ion University; D.B.A., University of
MARY K. ERICKSEN, Associate Professor, B.S.,
M.S.,
The Ohio
State University; Ph.D.,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute
KIRAN KARANDE,
and
State
B E.,
Bombay; Ph.D.,
Assistant Professor,
M.B.A., University of
University of Houston.
Associate Professor,
University; Ph.D.,
KEISER, Assistant Professor,
B.S.,
College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylva-
B.S.,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Indiana University; M.A. Ph.D.
State University
,
The Ohio
The Union Graduate
School of Ohio.
Mass Communications
WALTER M. BRASCH,
nia.
LUKE SPRINGMAN,
,
M.A. J.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-
Marketing
STEPHEN
University of Karachi; M.B.A., Adelphi
BRENDA
ComeU
B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas.
SAUM QURESHI,
B.A.,
Law
Professor, A.B.,
City
Profes-
Brandeis University; M.B.A.,
University.
Kutztown University; M.A., Middlebury
E.
KINSLINGER, Associate
Maryland.
Assistant Professor,
University.
SMITH, Associate Professor,
Ph.D.,
BARBARA
E.
State University.
sylvania State University.
B.
PHILUPS, Assistant Professor,
vania State University.
Ph.D., Lehigh University.
A.B., St. Vincent College; M.A., The Penn-
RILEY
L.
Kutztown State College; M.S.,
Longwood College; Ph.D., The Pennsyl-
English
RONALD
B.S., vVlbright
B.S.,
Carson Newman College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts.
BAILEY, Professor,
State University.
ROBERT OBUTELEWICZ, Assistant Professor,
B.A., B.S.,
The
Northern Colorado;
New York University.
PAMELA M. WYNN, Associate Professor,
College;M.Ed.,Ph.D.,The Pennsylvania
RAJESH K. MOHINDRU, Associate Professor,
DAV
B.A., University of
Santa Clara.
LEE, Professor, B.S., Delaware
B.A., M.A.,
CHARLES M. CHAPMAN, Associate Professor,
University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of
sity.
Gutenberg University.
J.
Valley College; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
ELIZABETH
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois Univer-
College, Lahore, Punjab University;
WOO BONG
The
Pahlavi University, Shiraz, Iran; Ph.D.,
MICHAEL HICKEY,
Bahawalpur; M.A., Government
lege,
Carleton University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Akron.
Canada; Ph.D., Arizona State University
JAMES R. SPERRY, Professor, B.A., Bridgewater
zona.
Professor, B.A., S.E. Col-
Professor, B.A. (H), M.A.,
University of Dhaka; M.A., D.P.A.,
key; M.A.Sc, University of Toronto,
History
Research.
SALEEM M. KHAN,
of
STEPHEN MARKELL, Associate Professor, B. A.
Alabama.
LEON SZMEDRA,
University; M.A., University of Iowa;
Academy
MARK D. LARSON, Associate Professor, B.G.S.
cuse University.
vania; Ph.D., Cornell University.
The
HOWARD J.
University; M.A., Ed.D., University of
University; A.M., University of Pennsyl-
H.
Education
JERRY K. MEDLOCK, Professor, A.B., Samford
UJAGARS BAWA, Professor, B.A., M.A., Punjab
RUHUL AMIN,
M.A.,
Niagara University; M.S., Ph.D., Syra-
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
PETER
State
M.
sor, A.B.,
LINDA M. LEMURA,
B.Ed., M.A.,
B.A.,
Ohio
.
University; Ph.D., University ofAlabama.
burgh.
SUKHWINDER
Professor, B.A.,
University of Georgia; M.A.,
University; Ph.D.,
Sciences, Armenia.
Associate Professor, B. S
University; Ph.D., University of Pitts-
Economics
stown
Louis University.
ROCKWOOD,
L.
Rajshahi University; M.B.A., Young-
Western Illinois University,
Swarthmore College; J. D., University of
Chicago Law School.
BONNIE L. WILLIAMS, Assistant Professor, B.S.
Bloomsburg
MAINUDDIN AFZA, Associate Professor, H.S.C.
Rajshahi College; B. COM, M. COM,
Ph.D.,
vania.
M.S.,
Management
sity;
Georgetown
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl-
Ph.D., University of Business, Vienna,
Austria.
DAVID G. MARTIN, Associate Professor, B.A.,
C. W. Post College of Long Island Univer-
MARY A. WHEELER, Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Page 6l
ego
Professor, A.B., San Di-
State University; M.A.,
University; Ph.D.,
The Ohio
BaU
State
State Uni-
versity.
JOHN P. MAITTLEN-HARRIS, Assistant Profes-
,
Page 62
Graduate Studies Catalog
B.Ec, University of Sydney;
sor,
New
University of
sor, B.S.,
Litt.B.,
TIMOTHY
MARIA TERESITA
MENDOZA-ENRIGHT,
G.
DANA
Kutztown State College; M.S.,
Longwood College; Ph.D., The Pennsyl-
of the Philippines System; M.A.,
vania State University.
POMFRET,
JAMES
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mexico State University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
MEHDl RAZZAGHI, Professor, G.C.E., Lewes
ULLOTH,
sity
C.
Professor, B.A., Southern
Technical College;
of Missouri.
sity;
Mathematics and Computer
Science
HAROLD J.
BAILEY, Professor,
B.S.,
JOHN
YDOJN
Iowa
versity; M.S.,
State University;
Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
,
COCHRANE,
C.
Ph.D., State University of
New York.
HELMUT DOLL, Assistant Professor, B.A., University of Stuttgart; M.S.,
Oregon
State
THORNTON,
E.
Washington
Catherine; M.S.,
University; Ph.D., Arizona
State University.
L.
TRUDNAK,
The Pennsylvania
State
University.
ERIK WYNTERS, Associate
New
University of
Professor, B.S.,
Hampshire, M.S.,
The Pennsylvania
rado; Ph.D.,
State
DENNIS HUTHNANCE
JR., Associate Pro-
fessor, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,
Georgia
Insti-
Pennsylvania.
Assistant Professor, A. A.,
Williamsport Area Community College;
B.S.,
Bloomsburg University; M.S., Ph.D.,
CURT A.JONES, Assistant Professor, B.S., Lock
Haven University of Pennsylvania;
M.S.,
University of Iowa.
KHAN,
S.
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Punjab University; M.Sc, Islamabad
University; B.S., Bloomsburg University;
M.A.,
Temple
University.
STEPHEN KOKOSKA, Associate Professor, B.A.
Boston College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of New Hampshire.
CLINTON
GAVAGHAN,
A.
J.
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
sylvania State University.
M. GENETAYLOR, Professor, B.S., Muskingum
College; M.S., Ph.D.,
Brown University.
WUKOVITZ,
Associate Profes-
G.
Montclair State College.
sor, B.A., M.A.,
Political
Science
GEORGE
AGBANGO,
A.
Assistant Professor,
M.P.A., Atlanta University; Ph.D., Clark
BRETTSCHNEIDER,
A.
Assistant Pro-
,
nia; Ed.D.,
Temple
University.
ANNETTE GUNDERMAN,
B.S.N.,
sor,
at
Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D.
University.
MICHERI, Assistant Professor,
Fordham University; M.A., Colum-
L.
B.A.,
bia University.
JAMES W. PERCEY,
Associate Profes-
Bloomsburg LIniversity;
The Pennsylvania State
New
New
GLORLAT. COHEN, Assistant Professor, B.S.C,
M.P.A., Ph.D., Temple University.
RICHARD
Associate Professor,
Associate Professor, B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Rutgers
University.
Psychology
University.
NANCY
ONUSCHAK,
A.
Professor, B.S.,
sylvania State University; D.Ed.,
Temple
OXENRIDER,
Associate Profes-
EILEEN
ASTOR-STETSON,
C.
Douglas College
Professor, A.B.,
— Rutgers University;
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
University.
LAURETTA PIERCE,
Professor Emeritus, R.N.,
Harrisburg Polyclinic Hospital School of
Virginia Tech.
ZAHIRA
MARY
M.S.Ed., WilkesCoUege;M.N.,Tlie Penn-
tute of Technology.
SCOTT INCH,
PETER STINE,
M.S.N., A.B.D.,
University.
E.
B.S.N.,
College; M.S.N., Ph.D., University of
,
State College; M.A., University of Colo-
Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
P.JAMES MOSER, Professor, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,
The Pennsylvania State University.
M. CHRISTINE AUCHNIE, Professor,
B.S.N. M.S.N. University of Pennsylva-
homa.
GUNTHER L. LANGE, Assistant Professor, B.S.,
York
York
Professor, B.S.,
PAULG. HARTUNG, Professor, B.A., Montclair
Professor, B.S., Ph.D., Uni-
Nottingham, England.
fessor, B.A., State University of
Westminster College; M.A., Temple
University; Ph.D., University of Okla-
versity of
MARLA
University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Wilkes
GROWNEY,
sylvania State University.
Nursing
England.
S.
Highlands University; D.Ed., The Penn-
Atlanta University.
Ph.D., Cornell University
fessor, B.Sc,
JOANNE
Professor, B.S.,
Kent State University; M.S., New Mexico
burg State College; M.S., Bucknell Uni-
nia.
M. Sc., University ofTehran;
M.Sc, Ph.D., University of Manchester,
sity.
P.JOSEPH GARCL\, Associate
STEPHEN
Professor, B.S., Blooms-
versity; Ph.D.,
University; Ph.D., University of Califor-
GHOLAMREZA G. DARGAHI-NOUBARY, Pro-
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
Utah State University; M.A., Vanderbilt
University; Ph.D., Texas A & M Univer-
Wesleyan University; Ph.D., The Penn-
Assistant Professor,
B.A., College of St.
JUNE
Professor, B.S., M.S.,
Anhui
SHI, Assistant Professor, B.S.,
NANCY
The Penn-
sylvania State University.
University
China; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
CHARLES M. BRENNAN, Professor, B.S.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,
Montclair State College; Ph.D.
The
Normal University at Chuzhon, China;
M.S., Shanghai Teachers University,
Professor, B.S., Tufts Uni-
COUCH,
G.
DAVIDJ. HARPER,
of Connecticut.
State University.
STEPHEN D. BECK,
Sussex Univer-
Professor, B.A., Lehigh
University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Albright
College; M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania
B.S.,
Ph.D., University of London.
RILEY JR.,
H.
Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technolog)'.
JACK
Professor, B.S., Bates
New
College; M.S.,
Missionaty College; A.M., Ph.D., Univer-
PAUL
fessor, B.S., University of Rochester;
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University
R.
CHRISTOPHER BRACIKOWSKI, Assistant Pro-
PHILLIPS, Assistant Professor,
L.
B.S.,
Associate Professor, B.A., M.A., University
Physics
Idaho State University.
versity of Florida; Ph.D., University of
Texas.
Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,
The Pennsylvania State University; D.A.,
England; M.A., Uni-
Nursing; B.S.Ed.,
Temple
University;
University of Pennsylvania;
M.S.N.
,
Ph.D.,
Thomas
Jefferson Medical Col-
lege.
PATRICL\
A.
TORSELLA,
Assistant Professor,
B.S.N. M.S.N. University of Pennsylva,
JOHN S. BAIRD JR., Professor, B.A., University
of Virginia; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina
State University.
BRETT
L. BECK, Associate Professor. A.A.,
James H. Faulkner State Jimior College;
B.A., University of West Florida; Ph.D..
University of Alabama.
WINONA J. COCHRAN,
,
D.N.Sc, Widener University.
DORETTE E. WEEK, Professor, B.S.N.,
A.S.,
nia;
D'Youville College; M.S.N., University
of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Associate Professor,
Dalton Junior College;
B.S.,
Univer-
sity
of Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., Univer-
sity
of Georgia.
STEVEN
L.
COHEN,
Professor, B.A.,
Oakland
University; Ph.D., University of Maine.
.
Bloomsburg University
JAMES
DALTONJR.,
H.
Professor, B.A.,
College; M.A., Ph.D.,
The
JOHN
M.S., Lehigh UniColorado State Univer-
KONTOS,
Assistant Professor, B.A.,
B.S.,
Associate Professor,
The Ohio State Univer-
M.A., Ph.D.,
MARION MASON,
Assistant Professor, A.A.
Olkahoma City Community College; B.S.
Southern Nazarene University, M.A.,
Ph.D.,
The Ohio
POPLAWSKY,
sity
State University.
Professor, B.S., Univer-
of Scranton; M.S., Ph.D.,
The Ohio
State University.
CONSTANCE
J.
SCHICK,
SUE JACKSON, Associate
CALVIN WALKER,
Temple
Professor,
Texas.
B.A.,
College; Ed.M., Ed.D.,
CHARLES W. LAUDERMILCH,
University.
fessor, B.A.,
Sociology and Social Welfare
CHRISTOPHER
F.
ARMSTRONG,
Professor, B.B.A.,
FRANK
State University.
LINDENFELD,
G.
Associate
bia University.
CHANG SHUB ROH,
Dong-A
siana State University.
Professor, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
NEAL SLONE,
Boston College.
B.A.,
Professor, B.A.,
University; C.S.W., M.S.W., Ph.D., Loui-
Pennsylvania.
BONOMO,
Associate Professor,
Muskingum
College; M.A., Ph.D.,
A.
Professor, B.A.,
Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Colum-
University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
THOMAS
Associate Pro-
Moravian College; M.S.W.,
Washington and Lee
LEO G. BARRILE,
Professor, A.B.,
Lycoming College; M.S.S.W., Graduate
School of Social Work, University of
State Univer-
sit>^
J.
Professor, B.A.,
sity.
ALEX J.
The Pennsylvania
University.
I.
Wayne
M.S., Universit)' of Georgia.
RICHARD LARCOM,
Associate Professor,
Shippensburg State College; M.S.,
Muskingum
sity.
L.
WAGGONER,
Ph.D.,
Professor, B.A.,
Muhlenburg College;
versity; Ph.D.,
JULIE M.
E.
B.A.,
Connecticut.
MICHAEL W. GAYNOR,
ware; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
University.
King
University of
Page 63
Wayne State University.
DAVID E. GREENWALD, Associate
Assistant Professor, B.A., State
University ofNew York at Albany; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Washington.
DALE
L.
SULTZBAUGH,
Associate Professor,
Gettysburg College; M.Div.,
B.A.,
Professor,
Angelo State University; Ph.D., Texas
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.S.W.,
Tech Universirj'.
JOSEPH TLOCZYSNKI, Assistant Professor,
B.A., Bloomsburg State College; M.A.,
West Chester University; Ph.D., Lehigh
Ph.D. University of California at Berkley
West
Virginia University.
,
JAMES H. HUBER, Professor, B.S., Bloomsburg
State College; M.A., University of Dela-
ANNE
K.
WILSON,
Professor, B.A., Carleton
College; M.S., University of Mar>'land;
Ph.D.,
The Johns Hopkins
University.
3
Graduate Studies Catalog
9 55
1
1
01 3
3
1
1
3
1
1
Page 64
Index
Academic Computing
Facilities
6
Academic Grievance Procedure
Academic
Policies
1
10
Foreign Applicants 7
in exercise science
General Information 4
29
Grades and Averages
in instructional
1
Academic Support Services 5
Graduate Assistantships 9
Academic Standards
Graduate Council 58
7, 11
Graduate Courses
Accreditation 4
Graduate Faculty 59
Administration 58
Graduate Programs
Admission Information 7
(iraduation Requirements
pro\ isional 8
regular
permanent
art
and
slide collec-
15
Art History
40
at
Minority' Assistantships
Nursing 51
8
Off-Campus Courses 9
Office Systems 53
Physics 53
Health Sciences 48
Political
48
Science 53
Professional Studies 54
Housing 4
Psychology' 54
Information Processing 49
Classes 10
9
Numbering of Courses 10
Health and Physical Education 48
History'
Art Studio 41
Attendance
Minimal Entrance Requirements 7
1
degree candidate 8
Application 7
education 35
speech patholog\' 37
Mathematics and Computer Science 5
Cover
non-degree 7
AnthropologN' 40
Art 40
technology 30
Master's Thesis 12
Inside Front
Advisers 10
tion
in
Graduate Student Categories 7
1
Admission to Graduate Courses 7
Art gallen',
Year 8
in Senior
Instructional Technolog)'
Audiolog)- 42
Interdisciplinan Studies
Reading 54
49
Reading Clinic 5
Readmission 8
49
Comparative and International
Auditing Graduate Courses 9
Institute for
Audio Visual Resources 6
Management
Biology 43
Institute for Interactive
Business Administration 17
Law and
Business Education 45
Librar\' 5
Refunds 9
Registration
Studies 5
Technologies 6
10
Repeating Courses
1
Research (human or animal)
Legal Elements 50
Degree
Management 50
Second Master
Campus Map 63
Marine Science 50
Secondary Education 55
Categories of Graduate Students 7
Marketing 51
Semester Load
Mass Communications 5
Sociology 55
Master of Arts
Special Education
and Preceptors 34
Communication 45
Communication Studies 45
in art studio
Comprehensive Examination 12
in art history
Cooperative Doctoral Program 38
in
Council of Trustees 58
Course Information 10
1
^
1
and Radio
Serv ices
6
Testing 7
in biolog>-
1
in business
education 20
Thesis 12
Time
in
curriculum and instrtiction 21
in
elementan education 22
in
reading 23
Limitation
1
TOEFL 7
Transcripts 13
Childhood Education 47
Transfer of Credits 10
Economics 45
Master of Science
in audiolog)-
in biolog)
Fees 8
in earl\-
Finance 48
in
Financial Help/Assistantships 9
56
Supervisory Certificate Programs 38
Tele\'ision
Master of Education
Departmental Paper 12
Examinations 12
1
Studies in Hearing Loss 57
Master of Business Administration
Degree Programs 14-3^
Elementary Education 47
1
Student Responsibilities 10
1
communication 16
Curriculum Materials Center 5
Educational Foundations 46
s
Speech, Hearing, and Language Clinic 5
Credit 10
Early
1
Scheduling Information 10
Calendar 2
Clinical Sites
fitness
nursing 32
in special
Accounting 40
Admission to Candidao'
in
and adult
Tuition 8
24
University 4
25
childhood education
location
2""
education of the deaf / hard of
hearing 28
Withdrawal 9
grade
1
and environment 4
Important Telephone Numbers
^J
LAKE ERIE
^^^5^
_
_90
_
80
Bmgham
15
NEW YORK
1
-i
79\
OHIO^
/'
y»\
•
\
\
PillsDufQh
Bloomsburg^ University
^
^ \nEW
^
1
/
V^^^
\
'
WEST VIRGINIA
I
>r
\
/
Haqetsiow!!
I
MARYLAND
JERSEY
/C
^^
JT
76
1
_
78
\
Harris
f
791
f
1
60
Allenlown\
1
1
—
^
jf
/
\
\
J
Sc anion
{
IT
\
'
1
-/\™
!
/
/
1
DELAWARE
Bloomsburg University at a glance
Bloomsburg University, foiinded
in 1839,
is
a public, four-year
coeducational institution located in Bloomsburg, Columbia County,
in north-central Pennsylvania.
It is
one of 14 member universities
Commonwealth
of the State System of Higher Education,
of
Pennsylvania
Enrollment exceeds 7,500 students
who may select
from 65
majors offering studies in the basic liberal arts and sciences
programs and business, educational and health care professions.
There are 18 master's programs and 1 1 supervisory certifica-
programs for educators. Bloomsburg offers a 19 to 1 studentwith 62 percent of the faculty holding doctoral
degrees. About 70 percent of students receive financial aid. Tlie
tion
faculty ratio
amoimt of assistance is $3,300. Within the first year, 81
percent of Bloomsburg graduates are placed in employment.
average
Graduates include a Nobel Prize winner in medicine.
Bloomsburg University is committed to providing equal educational
and employment opportunities for
all
persons without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, ancestry,
sexual orientation, handicap, Vietnam era veteran, or
union membership. The university is additionally committed to
lifestyle,
affirmative action
educational and
and
will take positive steps to provide
employment
opportunities.
such
School of Graduate Studies
(717) 389-4015
Office of the Registrar
(717) 389-4263
Business Office
(717) 389-4013
School of Extended Programs
(717) 389-4003
School of Graduate Studies
109 Waller Administration
Bloomsburg, PA 17815
State System of Higher Education
Commonwealth of Pennsyvania
Media of